FOREWORD - PBworks

491
NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction. FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1999 GS 400 / GS 300. Applicable models: UZS160 Series JZS160 Series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals; Manual Name Pub. No. D 1999 LEXUS GS 400 / GS 300 Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 D 1999 LEXUS GS 400 / GS 300 New Car Features RM665U1 RM665U2 NCF161U All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice.

Transcript of FOREWORD - PBworks

Page 1: FOREWORD - PBworks

NOTICEWhen handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide

information on the electrical system of the 1999 GS 400 / GS

300.

Applicable models: UZS160 Series

JZS160 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the above

models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the

following manuals;

Manual Name Pub. No. 1999 LEXUS GS 400 / GS 300

Repair Manual Volume 1Volume 2

1999 LEXUS GS 400 / GS 300New Car Features

RM665U1RM665U2

NCF161U

All information in this manual is based on the latest product

information at the time of publication. However, specifications

and procedures are subject to change without notice.

Page 2: FOREWORD - PBworks

A INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 12 sections:

No. Section Description

A

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USE THISMANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

H

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through groundpoints. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by codeaccording to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”).The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also containedin this section.

I GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.

JOVERALLELECTRICALWIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

K POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart) Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.

L PART NUMBER OFCONNECTORS Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.

Page 3: FOREWORD - PBworks

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the powersource is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuitdiagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuitwhere the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power sourcesupplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points(see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuitoperation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problemcircuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routingsections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiringharness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of eachsystem circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for betterunderstanding of connection within a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows(from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall ElectricalWiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

Page 4: FOREWORD - PBworks

@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ

W–R

7. 5AGAUGE

1

2

3

4

487

2 1 11

13

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

B18

BL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)

R–L

R–L

G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–G

R

L 4

H17

R 6

DELAYCIRCUIT

S 6

B18

3

4

R 7

BV11

G–W

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–W

G–W

(W/G

)

(S/D

)(S

/D)

C 7

(SHIELDED)

BV11

I 5

LL

STOP LIGHT

15

7

TO ABS ECU

BO

50

15ASTOP

IB

IB

REAR LIGHTSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

3C

3C

IE114

STOP LIGHT SW

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T R

H]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T L

H]

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

[A]

[B]

[I]

[D]

[F]

[H]

[E]

[J]

[M]

[N]

[K]

[L]

[G]

[C]

LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actualcircuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 5: FOREWORD - PBworks

B

[A] : System Title

[B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used andonly the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish itfrom the J/BExample : Indicates Relay Block No.1

[C] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring andconnector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.

[D] : Indicates related system.

[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).Outside numerals are pin numbers.

Female Male ( )

The first letter of the code for each wiring harnessand wiring harness connector(s) indicates thecomponent’s location, e.g, ”E” for the EngineCompartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and ”B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1,IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harnessand wiring harness connector.

[F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue).The code is the same as the code used in partsposition.

[G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/BNo. and the connector code is shown beside it).Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separatethem from other parts.

3C indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo.3

Example:

[H] : When 2 parts both use one connector in common,the parts connector name used in the wire routingsection is shown in square brackets [ ].

[I] : Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black W = White BR = Brown

L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue

R = Red O = Orange LG = Light Green

P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray

G = Green

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Example: L – Y

L(Blue)

Y(Yellow)

[J] : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for theEngine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B”for the Body).

The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

[K] : Indicates a shielded cable.

[L] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.The numbering system is different for female andmale connectors.

Example : Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

Female Male

[M] : Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for theEngine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Paneland Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

[N] : Page No.

Page 6: FOREWORD - PBworks

[O]

[P]

[Q]

[R]

[S]

[T]

[U]

[V]

[W]

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flowsthrough the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWhen the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the currentflowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects thedisconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated.As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lightswarning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warningcircuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.

S6 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 2, 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on

4, 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position11–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C7 34 L4 36 R7 37

H17 36 R6 37 S6 35

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 18 R/B No.1 (Instrument Panel Left)

@@@@@@@@@

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB 20 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C 22 Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Left Side)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

BV1 50 Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Compartment Left)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BL 50 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

BO 50 Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I5 44 Cowl Wire B18 50 Luggage Room Wire

H17GRAY

1 2X421

X 7 8 X 11 XX

3

6

1

2

13X4 X

3

6

C7 L4 R6 R7 S6

[X]

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 7: FOREWORD - PBworks

Pins used in the system circuit.

Occupied positions, but notapplicable to the system circuit.Unoccupied positions.

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification.

Junction Connector

Short TerminalSame Color

Junction connector (code: J1 to J24) in this manual include a shortterminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Alwaysperform inspection with the short terminal installed. (Wheninstalling the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected toany position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, inother vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may beconnected to a wire harness from a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have thesame color.

HINT :

B

[O] : Explains the system outline.

[P] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

[Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual.∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts

starting with that letter.Example : L 4

ÁÁ

Parts is 4th in orderLight Failure Sensor

[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit.

Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrumentpanel.

[S] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit.

Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

[T] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiringharness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described onpage 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel.

[U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center.

[V] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual.

[W] : Indicates connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.

[X] : Connector ColorConnectors not indicated are milky white in color.

Page 8: FOREWORD - PBworks

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identifythe problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also bechecked this way.

I GROUND POINTFAN MAIN RELAY

FAN MAIN RELAY

A/C FAN RELAY NO.2

A/C FAN RELAY NO.3

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

RETRACT CONTROLRELAY

RETRACT MOTOR RH

RETRACT MOTOR LH

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

PARKING LIGHT RH

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

PARKING LIGHT LH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

DOOR KEY LOCKSW RH

DOOR LOCK MOTORRH

BLOWER RESISTOR

A/C AMPLIFIER

RADIO AND PLAYER

HEATER RELAY

AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR

BLOWER SW

PARKING BRAKE SW

COMBINATION METER

HORN SW [COMB. SW]

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH

DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH

FUEL CONTROL SW

WOOFER AMPLIFIER

COMBINATION METER

COMBINATION METER

FUEL SENDER

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

O/D MAIN SW

CLOCK

5

5

5

5

4

4

4

4

4BA15

IB18

EA210

3E5

3E6

3G13

3F3

3D1

3B7

ID115

IC33

IA12

E 3

A

AA

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

BR BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

BRBR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B (4A–GZE)

W–B

A

A

A

I 6

I 6

I 2

I 2

I 2

B 5I 5

I 5

I 5

B 5

B 5

B 5

I 5

I 5

I 3I 3

E 3

E 3

E 3

E 2

E 4

E 5

E 4

E 5

E 6E 4

E 4

B 4

EA

I 4

B 4

B 4

I 4 I 8

IB IC

3C7

4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

4

DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY

ELECTRICAL IDLE−UPCUT RELAY (M/T)

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

UNLOCK WARNINGSW

WIPER AND WASHERSW [COMB. SW]

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

HEATER CONTROLASSEMBLY

HEATER SERVOMOTOR AMPLIFIER

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

CRUISE CONTROLMIRROR SW

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW

POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 9: FOREWORD - PBworks

B

The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each systemare explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fullyunderstood.

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

11

1

EA11EA23

7

EB16

E 6

E 7 I 2 I 2

I 2

E 7

E 7

E 7

2

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

B

B

WW

BB

BB

B

W–B

B

B

B

B–O

B–W

W–B

B–W

STARTER RELAY

INJECTION RELAY

15A HAZ–RADIO

7.5A AM2

50A MAIN

1.25B FL MAIN

BATTERY

W W W

W

W

W

R

W–L

WW

G–W

G

15A TAIL

20A DEFOG

15A RAD CIG

TAILRELAY

7.5A DOME

40A DOOR LOCK CB

21

12

48

23

34

G

W–R

P–L

B–Y

B–Y

W–R

AM

2IG

2

AC

C

IG1

AM

1W

W

W–R

W

W

W–B

2 1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

2

1

11

1

IGNITION SWI 8

Battery 30A AM2 2

Starter S 220A RADIO NO.1

10A HORN

15A EFI

7.5A DOMEShort Pin

10A HAZARD

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.

Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)

ABSABS and Traction ControlCruise ControlElectronically Controlled Transmission and A/T IndicatorMultiplex Communication System

Cigarette Lighter and Clock

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

STOP

Fuse Page194

214

112

System

DOME

20A

10A

Combination MeterHeadlightInterior Light

2

2

6100A ALT

EB1

POWER SOURCELight Auto Turn Off

187180166210

230

122

10A ECU–B

560A ABS

2

6Fusible Link Block

2

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

Page 10: FOREWORD - PBworks

To Ignition SWIG Terminal

Fuse

VoltmeterSW 1

Relay

SW 2 Solenoid

[A]

[B]

[C]

Ohmmeter

SW

Ohmmeter

Diode

Digital Type Analog Type

C TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK

(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the checkpoint.Example:

[A] – Ignition SW on[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on[C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good groundpoint or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to theconnector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltagebetween the check points.

(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the checkpoints.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

Page 11: FOREWORD - PBworks

To Ignition SWIG Terminal

Test Light

RelayLight

SW 2 Solenoid

Disconnect

Short [A]

DisconnectDisconnect

SW 1

Fuse Case

Short [B]

Short [C]

Pull Up

Press Down Press Down

Pull Up

C

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT

(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.

Example:[A] – Ignition SW on[B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on[C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)

(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching thetest light.The short lies between the connector where the test lightstays lit and the connector where the light goes out.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking theproblem wire along the body.

CAUTION:(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your body orclothing comes in contact with the terminals of leadsfrom the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORS

To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, notthe wire harness.

HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you aredisconnecting before pulling apart.

Page 12: FOREWORD - PBworks

10

3

0.21

1

(mm)

Reference:

ToolUpExample:(Case 1)

Terminal Retainer

Terminal Retainer

[Retainer at Full Lock Position]

[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]

StopperTerminalRetainer

SecondaryLocking Device

Example:(Case 2)

C TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)

1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shown onthe left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR

TERMINAL RETAINER.

(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminallocking clip can be released and the terminal removed fromthe connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondarylocking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

[A] For Non–Waterproof Type Connector

HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the

connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so

check the position before inserting it.

”Case 1”

Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock

position.

”Case 2”

Open the secondary locking device.

Page 13: FOREWORD - PBworks

ToolTab

Tab

TerminalRetainer

Access Hole( Mark)

Tool

Tool

Female

Example:

Male

[Male] [Female]

Retainerat Full Lock Position

Retainerat Temporary Lock Position

Terminal Retainer

[Male] Press Down [Female]Press Down

ToolTool

Example:(Case 2)

C

[B] For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT : Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.

Example:Terminal Retainer : Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

”Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulledup to the temporary lock position (PullType).

Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole (Mark) and pullthe terminal retainer up to thetemporary lock position.

HINT : The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals etc.), so checkthe position before inserting it.

”Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock insert the tool straight intothe access hole of terminal retainer asshown.

Page 14: FOREWORD - PBworks

Retainer atFull Lock Position

[Male] [Female]

Retainer atTemporary Lock Position

Locking Lug

Tool

C TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal outfrom rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR

(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock

position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in tothe full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

Page 15: FOREWORD - PBworks

∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as beingabbreviations.

ABBREVIATIONS D

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System

A/C = Air Conditioning

ACIS = Acoustic Control Induction System

A/T = Automatic Transmission

CD = Compact Disc

COMB. = Combination

D/A = Digital/Analog

ECU = Electronic Control Unit

ESA = Electronic Spark Advance

ETCS–i = Electronic Throttle Control System–intelligent

EVAP = Evaporative Emission

HID = High Intensity Discharge

IC = Integrated Circuit

J/B = Junction Block

LED = Light Emitting Diode

LH = Left–Hand

MPX = Multiplex

O/D = Overdrive

PPS = Progressive Power Steering

R/B = Relay Block

RH = Right–Hand

SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection

SRS = Supplemental Restraint System

SW = Switch

TEMP. = Temperature

TRAC = Traction Control

VSC = Vehicle Skid Control System

VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve

VVT = Variable Valve Timing

w/ = With

w/o = Without

Page 16: FOREWORD - PBworks

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attaches tothe Body, thereby providing a returnpath for an electrical circuit; without aground, current cannot flow.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

HEADLIGHTSCurrent flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light. Aheadlight may have either a single(1) filament or a double (2) filament

1. SINGLE FILAMENT

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

2. DOUBLE FILAMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it.Some units automatically reset whencool, others must be manually reset.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition current forfiring the spark plugs.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flow in onedirection but blocks reverse flow only upto a specific voltage. Above that potential,it passes the excess voltage. This acts asa simple voltage regulator.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat up andemit light.

PHOTODIODEThe photodiode is a semiconductorwhich controls the current flowaccording to the amount of light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodes emitlight without producing the heat of acomparable light.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage current fromthe ignition coil to the individualspark plugs.

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle to move,thereby providing a relative displayagainst a background calibration.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burns throughwhen too much current flows through it,thereby stopping current flow andprotecting a circuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINK

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one or manyLED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relative ordigital display.

FUEL

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed in highamperage circuits which burns through onoverloads, thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the crosssectionsurface area of the wires.

(for Medium Current Fuse)

(for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link)

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

M

Page 17: FOREWORD - PBworks

E

RELAYBasically, an electrically operatedswitch which may be normallyclosed (1) or open (2).Current flow through a small coilcreates a magnetic field which eitheropens or closes an attached switch.

1. NORMALLY CLOSED

2. NORMALLY OPEN

SWITCH, MANUALOpens and closesi it th b

SPEAKERAn electromechanical device whichcreates sound waves from currentflow.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

circuits, therebystopping (1) orallowing (2) currentflow.

1. NORMALLY OPEN

2. NORMALLY CLOSED

RESISTORAn electrical component with a fixedresistance, placed in a circuit toreduce voltage to a specific value.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuously passescurrent through one set of contactsor the other.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non adjustableresistance values.

SWITCH, IGNITIONA key operated switch with severalpositions which allows variouscircuits, particularly the primaryignition circuit, to becomeoperational.

RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTATA controllable resistor with a variablerate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies its resistancewith temperature.

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers to thestop position when the wiper switchis turned off.

(Reed Switch Type)

SENSOR, SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create a signalfor activation of other components.

TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically used asan electronic relay; stops or passescurrent depending on the voltageapplied at ”base”.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.

WIRESWires are always drawn asstraight lines on wiringdiagrams.Crossed wires (1) without ablack dot at the junction are

t j i d

(1) NOT CONNECTED

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil which formsa magnetic field when current flows,to move a plunger, etc.

jnot joined;crossed wires (2) with ablack dot or octagonal ( )mark at the junction arespliced (joined)connections.

(2) SPLICED

Page 18: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Engine Compartment]

Page 19: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

[Instrument Panel]

Page 20: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Body]

Page 21: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

[Seat]

Page 22: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

1 : Engine Room No.1 R/B Engine Compartment Right (See Page 18)

Page 23: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

2 : Engine Room No.2 R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Page 24: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

3 : Engine Room No.3 R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

Page 25: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

4 : Passenger Side R/B Right Kick Panel (See Page 19)

Page 26: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Driver Side J/B Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

Page 27: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

(Inner Circuit : See Page 32)

Page 28: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Passenger Side J/B Right Kick Panel (See Page 19)

Page 29: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

(Inner Circuit : See Page 33)

Page 30: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

: Instrument Panel J/B Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center (See Page 19)

Page 31: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

(Inner Circuit : See Page 34)

Page 32: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit]

Page 33: FOREWORD - PBworks

F

[Passenger Side J/B Inner Circuit]

Page 34: FOREWORD - PBworks

F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit]

Page 35: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 36: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment[1UZ–FE]

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. SensorA 2 A/C Condenser Fan MotorA 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 4 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single

Pressure SW)A 5 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 6 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 7 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LHA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RHA10 Accelerator Pedal Position SensorA 11 Airbag Sensor Front LHA12 Airbag Sensor Front RH

B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

C 1 Camshaft Position SensorC 3 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve LHC 4 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve RHC 5 Crankshaft Position Sensor

D 1 Data Link Connector 1D 2 Daytime Running Light Relay No.3D 3 Daytime Running Light Relay No.4D26 Daytime Running Light Resistor or Short Connector

E 1 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidE 2 Engine Control ModuleE 3 Engine Control ModuleE 4 Engine Control ModuleE 5 Engine Control ModuleE 6 Engine Control ModuleE 7 Engine Control ModuleE 8 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor

E 9 Engine Hood Courtesy SWE10 Engine Oil Level SensorE 11 Exhaust Gas Sensor

F 1 Front Fog Light LHF 2 Front Fog Light RHF 3 Front Side Marker Light LHF 4 Front Side Marker Light RHF 5 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH F 6 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RHF 7 Front Wiper Motor

G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator

H 1 Headlight Beam Level Control ECUH 2 Headlight Beam Level Control ECUH 3 Headlight Beam Level Control MotorH 4 Headlight Cleaner Control RelayH 5 Headlight Cleaner MotorH 6 Headlight Control ECU LHH 7 Headlight Control ECU RHH 8 Headlight LH (High)H 9 Headlight LH (Low)H10 Headlight RH (High)H11 Headlight RH (Low)H12 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)H14 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)H15 Height Control Sensor (Front)H16 Horn LHH17 Horn RH

Page 37: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 2 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1I 3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2I 4 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.3I 5 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.4I 6 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.5I 7 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.6I 8 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.7I 9 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.8I 13 Injector No.1I 14 Injector No.2I 15 Injector No.3I 16 Injector No.4I 17 Injector No.5I 18 Injector No.6I 19 Injector No.7I 20 Injector No.8

J 1 Junction ConnectorJ 2 Junction ConnectorJ 3 Junction ConnectorJ 4 Junction ConnectorJ 5 Junction Connector

K 1 Knock Sensor 1K 2 Knock Sensor 2

M 1 Mass Air Flow MeterM 2 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor

N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition)

O 1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed SensorO 2 Oil Pressure SW

P 1 Park/Neutral Position SWP 3 PPS Solenoid

R 1 Radiator Fan Motor

S 1 StarterS 2 Starter

T 1 Theft Deterrent HornT 2 Throttle Control MotorT 3 Throttle Position Sensor

V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission)

V 2 VSV (ACIS)V 3 VSV (EVAP)V 4 VVT Sensor LHV 5 VVT Sensor RH

W 1 Washer Level Warning SWW 2 Washer MotorW 3 Water Temp. SWW 4 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer

Page 38: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment[2JZ–GE]

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. SensorA 2 A/C Condenser Fan MotorA 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 4 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single

Pressure SW)A 5 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 6 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 7 ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorA 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LHA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RHA10 Accelerator Pedal Position SensorA 11 Airbag Sensor Front LHA12 Airbag Sensor Front RH

B 1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

C 1 Camshaft Position SensorC 2 Camshaft Timing Oil Control ValveC 5 Crankshaft Position Sensor

D 1 Data Link Connector 1D 2 Daytime Running Light Relay No.3D 3 Daytime Running Light Relay No.4D26 Daytime Running Light Resistor or Short Connector

E 1 Electronically Controlled Transmission SolenoidE 2 Engine Control ModuleE 3 Engine Control ModuleE 4 Engine Control ModuleE 5 Engine Control ModuleE 6 Engine Control ModuleE 7 Engine Control ModuleE 8 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor

E 9 Engine Hood Courtesy SWE10 Engine Oil Level SensorE 11 Exhaust Gas Sensor

F 1 Front Fog Light LHF 2 Front Fog Light RHF 3 Front Side Marker Light LHF 4 Front Side Marker Light RHF 5 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH F 6 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RHF 7 Front Wiper Motor

G 1 GeneratorG 2 Generator

H 1 Headlight Beam Level Control ECUH 2 Headlight Beam Level Control ECUH 3 Headlight Beam Level Control MotorH 4 Headlight Cleaner Control RelayH 5 Headlight Cleaner MotorH 6 Headlight Control ECU LHH 7 Headlight Control ECU RHH 8 Headlight LH (High)H 9 Headlight LH (Low)H10 Headlight RH (High)H11 Headlight RH (Low)H12 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)H13 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)H14 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)H15 Height Control Sensor (Front)H16 Horn LHH17 Horn RH

Page 39: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 1 IgniterI 10 Ignition Coil No.1I 11 Ignition Coil No.2I 12 Ignition Coil No.3I 13 Injector No.1I 14 Injector No.2I 15 Injector No.3I 16 Injector No.4I 17 Injector No.5I 18 Injector No.6

J 1 Junction ConnectorJ 2 Junction ConnectorJ 3 Junction ConnectorJ 4 Junction ConnectorJ 5 Junction Connector

K 1 Knock Sensor 1K 2 Knock Sensor 2

M 1 Mass Air Flow MeterM 2 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor

N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition)

O 1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed SensorO 2 Oil Pressure SW

P 1 Park/Neutral Position SWP 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SWP 3 PPS Solenoid

R 1 Radiator Fan Motor

S 1 StarterS 2 Starter

T 1 Theft Deterrent HornT 2 Throttle Control MotorT 3 Throttle Position Sensor

V 1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically ControlledTransmission)

V 2 VSV (ACIS)V 3 VSV (EVAP)

W 1 Washer Level Warning SWW 2 Washer MotorW 3 Water Temp. SWW 4 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer

Page 40: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A13 A/C Control AssemblyA14 A/C Control AssemblyA15 A/C Room Temp. SensorA16 A/C Solar SensorA17 A/C ThermistorA18 A/T Shift Position Illumination A19 ABS & TRAC & VSC ECUA20 ABS & TRAC & VSC ECUA21 ABS & TRAC & VSC ECUA22 ABS & TRAC & VSC ECUA23 ABS Deceleration SensorA24 Air Inlet Control Servo MotorA25 Air Mix Control Servo Motor (Driver Side)A26 Air Mix Control Servo Motor (Front Passenger Side)A27 Air Vent Mode Control Servo MotorA28 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)A29 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)A30 Automatic Light Control Sensor

B 2 Blower MotorB 3 Blower Motor ControllerB 4 Blower Motor ControllerB 5 Body ECU No.1B 6 Body ECU No.2

C 6 CD Automatic ChangerC 7 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC 8 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC 9 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyC10 Cigarette LighterC11 ClockC12 Combination MeterC13 Combination MeterC14 Combination SWC15 Combination SW

C16 Combination SWC17 Combination SW

D 4 Data Link Connector 3D 5 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)D 6 D/A ConverterD 7 Diode (Daytime Running Light)

E12 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern SelectSW

F 8 Fuel Lid Opener SW

G 3 Glove Box LightG 4 Glove Box Light SW

H18 Hazard SWH19 Headlight Cleaner SWH20 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

[1UZ–FE]H21 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 2)

Page 41: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

I 21 Ignition Key Cylinder LightI 22 Ignition SW

J 6 Junction ConnectorJ 7 Junction ConnectorJ 8 Junction ConnectorJ 9 Junction ConnectorJ 10 Junction ConnectorJ 11 Junction ConnectorJ 12 Junction ConnectorJ 13 Junction ConnectorJ 14 Junction ConnectorJ 15 Junction ConnectorJ 16 Junction ConnectorJ 17 Junction ConnectorJ 18 Junction Connector

L 1 Luggage Compartment Door Opener SW

M 3 Multi–DisplayM 4 Multi–DisplayM 7 Mirror Retraction SW

P 4 Parking Brake SWP 5 Power OutletP 6 PPS ECU

R 2 Radio and PlayerR 3 Radio and PlayerR 4 Radio and PlayerR 5 Radio and PlayerR 6 Remote Control Mirror SWR 7 Rheostat

S 3 Seat Heater SWS 4 Shift Lock Control ECUS 5 Step Light LHS 6 Step Light RHS 7 Stereo Component AmplifierS 8 Stereo Component AmplifierS 9 Stereo Component AmplifierS10 Stereo Component AmplifierS 11 Stop Light SW

T 4 Telephone MicrophoneT 5 Tilt and Telescopic ECUT 6 Transponder Key AmplifierT 7 Turn Signal Flasher

U 1 Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock Solenoid

V 6 VSC Off SWV 7 VSC Warning Buzzer

Y 1 Yaw Rate Sensor

Page 42: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Body

A31 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LHA32 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RHA33 Ashtray Illumination Rear LHA34 Ashtray Illumination Rear RHA35 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor

C18 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)C19 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)

D 8 Diode (Luggage Compartment Door Open Detection)D 9 Door Courtesy Light Front LHD10 Door Courtesy Light Front RHD11 Door Courtesy Light Rear LHD12 Door Courtesy Light Rear RHD13 Door Courtesy SW Front LHD14 Door Courtesy SW Front RHD15 Door Courtesy SW Rear LHD16 Door Courtesy SW Rear RHD17 Door Lock Control SW RHD18 Door Lock Motor , Door Key Lock and Unlock SW and

Door Lock Detection SW Front LHD19 Door Lock Motor , Door Key Lock and Unlock SW and

Door Lock Detection SW Front RHD20 Door Lock Motor and Door Lock Detection SW Rear LHD21 Door Lock Motor and Door Lock Detection SW Rear RHD22 Driver Door ECUD23 Driver Door ECUD24 Driver Door ECUD25 Driving Position Memory SW

F 9 Front Door Speaker LHF 10 Front Door Speaker RHF 11 Front Passenger Door ECUF 12 Front Passenger Door ECUF 13 Front Passenger Door ECUF 14 Fuel Lid Opener MotorF 15 Fuel Pump and SenderF 16 Fuel Pump Control ECUF 17 Fuel Sender (Sub)

G 5 Garage Door Opener

H22 Height Control Sensor (Rear)H23 High Mounted Stop Light (Bulb)H24 High Mounted Stop Light (LED)

I 23 Inner MirrorI 24 Interior Light Rear LHI 25 Interior Light Rear RH

J 19 Junction ConnectorJ 20 Junction ConnectorJ 21 Junction ConnectorJ 22 Junction Connector

Page 43: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Position of Parts in Body

L 2 License Plate Light LHL 3 License Plate Light RHL 4 Light Failure SensorL 5 Luggage Compartment Door Courtesy SW and

Opener MotorL 6 Luggage Compartment Door Key Unlock SWL 7 Luggage Compartment Light

M 5 Moon Roof Control ECUM 6 Moon Roof Control SW

N 2 Navigation ECUN 3 Navigation ECUN 4 Noise Filter (High Mounted Stop Light)N 5 Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger)N 6 Noise Filter (Stop Light)

P 7 Personal LightP 8 Power Window Control SW Front RHP 9 Power Window Control SW Rear LHP10 Power Window Control SW Rear RHP 11 Power Window Master SWP12 Power Window Motor Front LHP13 Power Window Motor Front RHP14 Pretensioner LHP15 Pretensioner RH

R 8 Rear Combination Light LHR 9 Rear Combination Light LHR10 Rear Combination Light RHR11 Rear Combination Light RHR12 Rear Door LH ECUR13 Rear Door RH ECUR14 Rear Door Speaker LHR15 Rear Door Speaker RH

R16 Remote Control Mirror LHR17 Remote Control Mirror RH

S12 Side Airbag Sensor LHS13 Side Airbag Sensor RHS14 Stereo Component AmplifierS15 Stereo Component AmplifierS16 Stereo Component AmplifierS17 Stereo Component Amplifier

T 8 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayT 9 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayT 10 Tension Reducer Solenoid LHT 11 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH

V 8 Vanity Light LHV 9 Vanity Light RHV10 Vapor Pressure SensorV 11 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)

W 5 Wireless Door Lock Control ECUW 6 Woofer (Speaker)

Page 44: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Seat

B 7 Buckle SW LHB 8 Buckle SW RH

J 23 Junction ConnectorJ 24 Junction Connector

L 8 Lumbar Support Control SW (Driver’s Seat)L 9 Lumbar Support Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)

P16 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)P17 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)P18 Power Seat ECUP19 Power Seat ECUP20 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control)P21 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support

Control)P22 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)P23 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)P24 Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)P25 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Front

Vertical Control)P26 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Lumbar

Support Control)P27 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical

Control)P28 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining

Control)P29 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Slide

Control)P30 Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical

Control) P31 Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical

Control)

P32 Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat RecliningControl)

P33 Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

S18 Seat Belt Warning Occupant Detection SensorS19 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Back)S20 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Cushion)S21 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Back)S22 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Cushion)S23 Side Airbag Squib LHS24 Side Airbag Squib RH

Page 45: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 46: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

[1UZ–FE]

: Location of Splice Points

Page 47: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

X 23 X 5 6 78 9 10 11 12

X2

3X567

89101112

X X 3

4 5 6 7 X 9

3 X X

4567X9

1 2 3 X5 X 7 8 9 10 11 11

X 3 2 1

5X78910

1 23 4 5 X X8 9 10 11 12

12

345XX

89101112

1 2

3 4

12

3432

1

3 2

1

1 2 3 X

X 6 7 8 9 10 X 3 2 1

X678910

EC1 BLACK

EA1 EA2

EA3 EA4

EB1 EB2

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA2Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA3Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

EB1Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)

EB2Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

EC1 Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)

Page 48: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

[2JZ–GE]

: Location of Splice Points

Page 49: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

X 23 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12

X2

34567

89101112

1 2 3 X

X 6 7 8 9 10 X 3 2 1

X678910

X 2 3

4 5 6 7 X 9

3 2 X

4567X9

X X 3 XX X 7 X 9 10 11 11

X 3 X X

XX7X910

1 2

3 4

12

34

1 23 4 5 X X8 9 10 11 12

12

345XX

89101112

EA1 EA2

EA3 EA4

EB1 EB2

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA2Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA3Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

EB1Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)

EB2Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

Page 50: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

Page 51: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IA1Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA2Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IB1 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

ID1 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE2Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IF1 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Side of the Steering Column)

IG1 Cowl Wire and Blower Sub Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IH1 Instrument Panel Wire and A/C Sub Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

Page 52: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 53: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

II1

II2Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II3Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II4

IJ1

IJ2 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ3

( )

IK1 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1

IL2 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL3

( g )

IM1Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No 1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

IM2Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

Page 54: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

Page 55: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

1 23 4 5 6 78 9 X 11 12

12

34567

89X1112

1 23 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12

12

34567

89101112

BA1 BB1

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BA1 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

Page 56: FOREWORD - PBworks

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

Page 57: FOREWORD - PBworks

G

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

1 23 4 X X 78 9 10 11 12

12

34XX7

89101112

1 2X X X 6 XX 9 X X 12

12

XXX6X

X9XX12

BC1 BD1

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BC1 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

Page 58: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTO ANTENNA

15ARADIONO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H10

AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY AND MOTORA35

BM

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J22

7

W–B

W–B

15AECU–IG

1H5

10ADOME

2E5

3 4 5G

RG

R

L–Y

B–R

W–R

W–L

B–W

W–R

W–L

B–W

B–W

W–L

W–R

RADIO AND PLAYERR 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

863 1 2 5

AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR

MIC

AU

TO A

NTE

NN

A C

ON

TR

OL

RE

LAY

IJ24 IJ214 IJ213

IL112 IL113 IL14IL13

GR

D

DJ1

3

J 7

B

BJUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

B

J15

BJUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

2F11

2E2

B–R

B–R

B–R

ANTB ANTA ANT

Page 59: FOREWORD - PBworks

A35 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position7–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A35 42 J13 41 J22 42

J7 41 J15 41 R4 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IJ2 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire Left Side of the Blower Unit

IL1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire Right Kick Panel

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

1 2 3X 5 6 7 8

3 4 5 X X

A35 J7 J13 J15

J22 R4

GRAY

B B B B B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

A A

A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 60: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

50AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

1

2 5

4

1 3

4 4

4 44

10AHEATER

1F8

EB19

2 3

1 5

3 3

3 3

15ARADIONO. 2

1C1

5AECU–B2

2F3

3G3

3E3

EB

EB111

II

2F12

D13 D27 A29

F23 F22 B18

1

4

E 4

2

1

EA12

EB1

10

4

1 3 2

GR

W–R

L–R

L–W

R–L

L

L–R

L–W

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L R–L

R–L

LL

W–R GR

W–R

W–B

EXHAUST GAS SENSORE11

L–W L–WL–W

L–B V

W–B

V

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–O

L–B

LG–R

BR

L

L–O

GR(*1)

W–B BR

W–BW–B AA

3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

A/C

DU

AL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

A 4

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A 1

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

FE 5 E 7D

BODY ECUNO. 1

HTRRELAY

A/C COMPRELAY

II12 C

CC

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J13

IG

GND GAS S. G

C

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

D13 F24 F21

D21 D10 B18

(*1)(*2)

(*1)(*2)

ACMG MPX2 LCKI

E2TAMPRE

GR(*2)

,

M2 1

BLOWER MOTORB 2

A2A1

B3 B1B2

IG12 IG11 IG13

W–B

R–L

L–B

L–B

R–L W–B

R B

BE 2 E 3A , ,

B 3

BLO

WE

R M

OTO

R C

ON

TRO

LLE

R

BA

, B

4

M+ M–

+B SI GND

HR

Page 61: FOREWORD - PBworks

A2 A1

IJ111 IJ112 IJ15 IJ14 IJ13

A15 A3 A4 A5 A18 10 A A21 6 A A7 A14

IJ113 IJ16

2

1

A19

3E5

3G5

1C6

1F13

IF II

EA21

A22

A

A

1 3

3 7 6 5 1

A

A

AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTORA24

A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCHAND LOCK SENSOR

A 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

A

2

W–R

L–R

L–W

R–L

L

L–W

GR(*1)

B–Y

W–RGR

L–R

L–W

R–L L

B–O

W–L

R–B

R–W

B–W R B–Y

W–R

L–R

L–W

R–L L R

B–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

L–W

GR

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

A13 A BA14

A/C

RO

OM

TE

MP

. S

EN

SO

RA

15

W–B

* 1 : 1UZ–FE

EA411

( *1)

GR

(*2)

E 1

ECED

BR

BR

1G6

EB

AW–B

SG MFRS MREC TPI S5

ACC +B SG–1 DGS BLW MPX+ SG–4 AIF AIR TPI S5–4 TR SG–3 GND

* 2 : 2JZ–GE,

M

Page 62: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

B10 B15 7 B 13 B 5 B

5 7 6 1 3

AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(DRIVER SIDE)

A25

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BA13 A14A

W B–O

B–W B B–L

TPDr AMCDr AMHDr SG–5 S5–3

IH15IH14IH111IH110IH19

3 B 14 B 6 B

6 IH1

1 3 5 6 7

IH17

AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORA27

G–O

G–Y G

8 IH1

TPO AOD AOF

G–O

G–Y G

,

B2

1 IH1

R–G

TE

2

1

R–G W B–O

B–W B–Y

B–R

W B–O

B–W B–Y

B–R

B–Y

B–R

G–O

G–Y G

I 2

I 2

I 2

I 2

B–Y

B–Y

A/CTHERMISTOR

A17

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–R

M M

Page 63: FOREWORD - PBworks

IJ110

A16

2

7

8

L–R

W

W

W

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

( *3)

( *3)

( *4)

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BA13 A14A * 4 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 3 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

MPX–

MPX1

TEL IN

A17

GR

–R

IJ12

IL115

GR

–R

G–W

G–B

B11 16 B 8 B

12 IH1

1 3 5 7 6

IH113

AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(FRONT PASSENGER SIDE)

A26

G–R

G–W

G–B

14 IH1

TPPa

G–R

AMCPa AMHPa

G–R

B–Y

B–R

G–W

G–B

B–R

,

B1 9 B 4 B

2 3 1

A/C SOLAR SENSORA16

W–R

W–G

B–R

TSPa TSDr S5–2

W–R

W–G

B–R

M

B–Y

3

GR

–R

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

TELE

PH

ON

E T

RA

NS

CE

IVE

RA

ND

SP

EA

KE

R R

ELA

Y

T 9

MPX1

MPX2

Page 64: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATIONManual operationWhen the blower speed is set to a certain level using the blower control SW, the A/C control assembly sends the signals tothe blower control to control the blower motor speed.Auto operationWhen the auto SW is turned on, the A/C control assembly sends the signals from various sensors and temperature SW tothe blower control to automatically control the blower motor speed.

2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CONTROLWhen the FRESH/RECIRC select SW is set to RECIRC, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to movethe damper toward the RECIRC side. Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TP1 of the A/C controlassembly, the motor is continuously rotated until the damper reaches its stop position.When the FRESH/RECIRC select SWis set to FRESH, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move the damper toward the FRESH side.Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TP1 of the A/C control assembly, the motor is continuously rotateduntil the damper reaches its stop position.When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW is set to AUTO, the exhaust gas sensorinstalled in the engine room monitors contents in the exhaust gas and FRESH or RECIRC is automatically switched.

3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CONTROLWhen the mode select SW is pushed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly activates the air vent mode control servo motor.This causes the servo motor to rotate to the position (FACE, BI–LEVEL, FOOT, FOOT/DEF, DEF) selected using the modeselect SW, and moves the film damper.

4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR CONTROLWhen the temperature control SW on the driver’s side is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to theair mix control servo motor on the driver’s side. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperaturecontrol SW on the driver’s side, and moves the film damper. Passenger’s side is operated as same as the driver’s side.

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONThe A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the crankshaft position sensor, outlettemperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor, coolant temperature from the engine coolant temp. sensor and thelock signal from the A/C compressor, etc. When the engine is started and the A/C SW is on, a signal is input to the ECU(Built into the A/C control assembly). As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows fromHEATER fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the A/C COMP relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACMG of the engine control module toTERMINAL MPX2 to TERMINAL MPX+ of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, turning the relay onso that the A/C magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates. At the same time, the engine control module detectsthe magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates and rotates the motor to the open direction to avoid lowering theengine RPM during A/C operation. When any of the following signals are input to the A/C control assembly, the controlassembly operates to turn off the air conditioning.∗ Coolant temp. signal is high.∗ A signal that the temperature at the air outlet is low.∗ A signal that there is a large difference between engine speed and compressor speed.∗ A signal that the refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or low.

A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–4 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 216 kpa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 31 psi) or more than

approx. 3138 kpa (32 kgf/cm2, 455 psi)

A13 (A) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY+B–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

ACC–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON positionAIF–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with FRESH SW onAIR–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with RECIRC SW on

GND–GROUND : Always continuity

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 65: FOREWORD - PBworks

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A136 (1UZ–FE) A25 40

E1136 (1UZ–FE)

A138 (2JZ–GE) A26 40

E1138 (2JZ–GE)

A336 (1UZ–FE) A27 40

J237 (1UZ–FE)

A338 (2JZ–GE) B2 40

J239 (2JZ–GE)

A436 (1UZ–FE) B3 A 40 J6 41

A438 (2JZ–GE) B4 B 40 J13 41

A13 A 40 E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

A14 B 40E3 B

36 (1UZ–FE) J18 41

A15 40E3 B

38 (2JZ–GE) M3 41

A16 40E5 D

36 (1UZ–FE) T5 41

A17 40E5 D

38 (2JZ–GE) T9 43

A24 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

3 24 Engine Room No.3 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

4 25 Passenger Side R/B (Right Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3E31 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G31 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

EA148 (2JZ–GE)

EA246 (1UZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)EA248 (2JZ–GE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA446 (1UZ–FE)

EA448 (2JZ–GE)

EB146 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)EB148 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

IG1 50 Cowl Wire and Blower Sub Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IH1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and A/C Sub Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

II1 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IL1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

Page 66: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EC46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EC48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E146 (1UZ–FE)

Engine WireE4 48 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire

E148 (2JZ–GE)

Engine WireI2 52 A/C Sub Wire

E4 46 (1UZ–FE) Cowl Wire

1 2 213

1

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X X 10 X

X 14 1516171819 21 22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 1011 X 13141516

1 21 2

1 2 3

1 X 3 X 5 6 7

1 X 3 X 5 6 7 1 X 3 X 5 6 71 2

1 2

1 2 3

X

29

X

8

1

X

8

1

BLACK GRAY BLACKA13 (A)

A14 (B) A17BLACK BLACK BLACK

BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

BLACK (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE)

A1 A3 A4

A15 A16 A24

A25 A26 A27 B2 B3 (A)

B4 (B) E2 (A) E3 (B) E3 (B)

1 X 3 X 5 6 7

Page 67: FOREWORD - PBworks

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A A

A A A A C

CC

CC

AAAA A A C C

C C 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1 2 3 4

7 X

3

X

ORANGEJ6 J13

J17BLUE BLUE

BLACK

GRAY

T9

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

X X

X 13 X

X

X

X

X X X X

10 X 13 X X X

X X X

X

21

27

X X X X X X X X

212223 24

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)E5 (D) E5 (D) E7 (F)

E11 J2

J18 M3 T5

Page 68: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC GLARE–RESISTANT EC MIRROR

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H5

B

B

B

B

2D1

2F11

2D3

2G5

2D10

2H7

2D5

2F13

IB115 IK114IK115IB114

2G6

IIIFEB

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

INNER MIRRORI23B

–RB

–R

B–R

G–R

G–O

W–B

G–R

G–O

G–R

G–R

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–R

G–O

G–R

G–O

B–R

G–R

G–O

W–B

1 2 3 4

A

W–B

* 1 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 2 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

I 6

I 6

R16REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

R17REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

IG EC+ EC– GND

3434

Page 69: FOREWORD - PBworks

I23 INNER MIRROR1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position4–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

I23 42 J10 41 R17 43

J6 41 J15 41

J7 41 R16 43

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

1234

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

B

B B B B

34

X

ORANGE GRAYJ6

ORANGE

J15

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I23 J7 J10

R16

34

X

R17

SERVICE HINTS

Page 70: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

40AMAIN

15AECU–IG

120AALT

2 2

1 2B8 2G4

3 1

4 2

1 1

1K1

2 3

1 5

1H2

1H13 1H5 1H6 1H11

A19A9

II214

I 6

IE18

C

C

6 1 8 9

HE

AD

LP

RE

LAY

TAIL

RE

LAY

1 1 1

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–WG–W

G–W

WG

–R

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

B–R

G–W L–O

W

WW

HRLY TRLY MPX2G

–W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

A2 A15 A3

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

AUTO

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

15 14 13

16

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL SENSOR

A30

1D61D1 1D7 1F13 1G6

IFII

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

COMBINATION SWC14

41 3

A

A

A

A

A

32 12 11

TAIL HEAD AUTO CLTSCLTB GND

R–Y

R–B R

R–G

GR

–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

C13COMBINATIONMETER

11

IG

CLTE

MPX1

AW–B

BECU

A W–B W–B

CLTECLTSCLTB

Page 71: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

G–W

L–O

IB16 IB11 IB113 IB15

C9 C3 C2 A1

20AD FR DOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

B15 B14 C12

IB1412

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

D13

L–O

G–W B–R L–B

L–O

G–W B–R L–B

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

CTY CTYE GND

D24, C

B

B

W–B

Page 72: FOREWORD - PBworks

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

When the light control SW is set at AUTO, the automatic light control system automatically turns on or off the taillights andheadlights depending on the brightness around the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OPERATIONThe automatic light control sensor converts the intensity of the illumination into frequency and inputs it to the body ECUNo.2. When the light control SW is set at AUTO, the signal is input to TERMINAL AUTO of the body ECU No.2. Throughcommunication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , the taillights and headlights are automatically turned on or off.Turn on operationWhen the body ECU No.2 receives the frequency signal from the automatic light control sensor and determines that thebrightness around the vehicle has decreased below a specified level, TERMINAL TRLY and HRLY of the body ECU No.2are controlled through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. As a result, the taillights and headlightslight up as the TAIL relay and HEAD LP relay are turned on.Turn off operationWhen the body ECU No.2 receives the frequency signal from the automatic light control sensor and determines that thebrightness around the vehicle has exceeded a specified level, TERMINAL TRLY and HRLY of the body ECU No.2 arecontrolled through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. As a result, the taillights and headlights go offas the TAIL relay and HEAD LP relay are turned off.Additionally, when the ignition SW is changed from ON to OFF and any door is opened, and then closed with the taillightsand headlights lit (The automatic light control is functioning), the taillights and headlights are turned off in the same manneras the light auto turn off operation.

C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position14–16 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position13–16 : Closed with light control SW at AUTO position

D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1–2 : Closed with driver door open

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A30 40 D22 A 42 J10 41

B6 A 40 D23 B 42 J14 41

C13 40 D24 C 42 J17 41

C14 40 J6 41

D13 42 J7 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 73: FOREWORD - PBworks

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

1 X 3 4 2 3 9 X

15 X 19 X X X X

X X

X 3 4

X

5

X

16

1

X

14 15

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A C

CC

CC

111

AAAA A A

BLACKB6 (A) C13 C14

GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY

GRAYJ6

ORANGEJ14

J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A30

D13 D22 (A) D23 (B) D24 (C)

J7 J10

1 2

X

X1 1

Page 74: FOREWORD - PBworks

BACK–UP LIGHT

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

B

B

EA39

8

4

EA16 IC31

5

4

5

4

A A

A

BK

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ

AD

BF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BACK–UP LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW]

P 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA

BA

CK

–UP

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

BA

CK

–UP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T R

H]

R10

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

RR

–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B R–B

A

A

B 4

J 3 , J 4

J19

J20

J 1

R 8

CB

BC

(2JZ–GE)(1UZ–FE)

(1UZ–FE)(2JZ–GE)

Page 75: FOREWORD - PBworks

P1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]4–8 : Closed with shift lever in R position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J137 (1UZ–FE) J4 B 39 (2JZ–GE) P1 39 (2JZ–GE)

J139 (2JZ–GE) J17 41 R8 42

J3 A37 (1UZ–FE) J19 42 R10 43

J3 A39 (2JZ–GE) J20 42

J4 B 37 (1UZ–FE) P1 37 (1UZ–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

EA148 (2JZ–GE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA346 (1UZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE)

IC3 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B4 54 Floor No.2 Wire

CCXXXX X X X X C C

D D

X

48

A A

A A A A

BBXXX B

F F

BB

B B B B A

A A

(1UZ–FE) GRAY (2JZ–GE) BLACKJ3 (A) J4 (B)

J17BLUE

J20GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J1 J1

J19 P1

SERVICE HINTS

Page 76: FOREWORD - PBworks

BACK–UP LIGHT

4

5

4

5

R8 R10

Page 77: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 78: FOREWORD - PBworks

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

15AECU–IG

1H5

15ATEL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2F

11B BB BB–R B–RB–R

2E2

I 8

II45

IL26

B–R

B–R

A10 A9

BM

A3B2B7A2A7B11A4A6A1A11

A2 B2 B7 B8 B3

IL114 IL15

A6

A3

G–R

G–R

G–R

B–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

BT 8 T 9A

1 2

AA

1

2

B–R

W–B

P V

P V

W–L P

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J22

TELE

PH

ON

EM

ICR

OP

HO

NE

T 4

L–W

,

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

, BC18 A , C19

MIC+ MIC–

1645

2461821415173

RR

G–B

B B G W V

R–W G

GR

–W

BR

W W

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

Page 79: FOREWORD - PBworks

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

BT 8 T 9A

B3 B5 B12

IL115 IL21 IL25

IJ12 IC21 IC25

BA17 BA112

1 2A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A13

REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R14

17

GR

–RG

R–R

GR

–R B YYB

BB Y

Y

B4 B5 B6 B1

B6 B1 B8 A8 B4 A5 A12 B10

C8 D2 D6E5 E13

IL16 IL31 IL39 IL111

IJ31 IJ34 IJ39

L–Y

L–B

L–R L

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

BBB

B

Y YY

Y

B–O

B–O

5 3

RADIO ANDPLAYER

R 2TELEPHONE SW[COMB. SW]

C16

(*1)(*2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

* 1 : NAKAMICHI* 2 : EXCEPT NAKAMICHI

,

TEL IN

TLMTTLMT RL+ RL–

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

,

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

, BC18 A , C19 DS 9 C , S10 E, S16

10412619252213

9351023181211

L–W

B–WGR

R–W

G–W

BYOR

Y–B B

R–W

R–W

BR

BRL

B Y–B

RL–SP(+) RL–SP(–)SP–CNTTEL(+)TEL(–)

GND AUDIO(+) AUDIO(–)

20

P

P

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER SPEAKER RELAY

Page 80: FOREWORD - PBworks

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

T8 (A) TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY(A) 9–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)10–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A)11–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 J15 41 S10 D 41

C16 40 J22 42 S16 E 43

C18 A 42 R2 41 T4 41

C19 B 42 R14 43 T8 A 43

J7 41 S9 C 41 T9 B 43

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ352 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IL1

IL2 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL3

( g )

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I8 52 Floor No.1 Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 81: FOREWORD - PBworks

3 X X 3 X23

XX6

1238 7 6 5 4

5 1

2

X

8 X X

2

6 X 5 X X X X 13

1 2 2357891012

411

16

543216 7 8 X 101112

X X

X

X 17

B B B B B B B

B

B B B B

A A

A A A A

A13(1UZ–FE) BLACK

C18 (A) C19 (B)

GRAYJ15 J22

(NAKAMICHI)R14

(Except NAKAMICHI) (Except NAKAMICHI) (NAKAMICHI) GREENT4 T8 (A)

T9 (B)

(2JZ–GE) BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

C16 C16

R2J7

S9 (C) S10 (D) S16 (E)

Page 82: FOREWORD - PBworks

CHARGING

5A A

LT–S

11

1

IA216

EA17

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

B

B

EA39

EA42

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

W–L

W–L

B–L

B–L

R–L

R–L

W–L

B–L

R–L

R–L

W–L

B–L

P–L

( *1)

P–L

( *1)

P–L

( *2)

B (*2)C (*1)

B (*2)C (*1)

RL

BA

TTE

RY

120A

ALT

* 2 : 2JZ–GE* 1 : 1UZ–FE

L IG S B

IC REGULATOR

B1 B2 B3 A1

G 1

GENERATOR

BA , G 2

1D4

CHARGE

CPU

A1

A22 B2

F26A26

F24D27

IJ13

IJ110

IFII

1D5

1G61F137

16

A

6

5

A

A

W

W LL

L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W L–R

28

R–L

E 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

DA , E 5

C12

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

BA

, C

13

MPX2

(*1)(*2)

W

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2 MPX1

MPX–

MPX+

( *3)

(* 4)

( *3)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

A13

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

* 3 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 4 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

1 1

2 2

F, E 7

IE117

Page 83: FOREWORD - PBworks

G1 (A), G2 (B) GENERATOR(A) 1–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with engine running at 2000 rpm and 25°C (77°F)

13.5–14.3 volts with engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)(B) 3–GROUND : 0–4 volts with ignition SW at ON position and engine not running

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40G1 A

36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41

C12 A 40G1 A

38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

C13 B 40G2 B

36 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE)G2 B

38 (2JZ–GE) T5 41

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE)J1

37 (1UZ–FE)

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE)J1

39 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

EA148 (2JZ–GE)

EA346 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE)

g ( )

EA4 46 (1UZ–FE)

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

5 X X

X

X 16

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

A13 C12 (A) C13 (B)

2 X

X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 84: FOREWORD - PBworks

CHARGING

1

1 2 3

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

6 7 X

X X X X X X X X

24 26X X X X

X X X X

X X X

X

27

X

26

X

CCXXXX X X X X C C A A

A A A A

BBXXX B

BBAAAA A A B B B B

(2JZ–GE) (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

G1 (A)BLACK (1UZ–FE) GRAY (2JZ–GE) BLACK

J6

J17BLUE GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

E2 (A) E5 (D) E7 (F)

G2 (B) J1 J1

M3 T5

Page 85: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 86: FOREWORD - PBworks

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND POWER OUTLET

15ACIG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F7

II

I 6

2

A

1

A

1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

POWER OUTLETP 5

CIGARETTELIGHTER

C10

P PW

–BW

–BW

–B

W–B

P

B

BB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12

3

Page 87: FOREWORD - PBworks

C10 CIGARETTE LIGHTER1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position3–GROUND : Always continuity

P5 POWER OUTLET2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position1–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C10 40 J17 41

J12 41 P5 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

1

3

12

B

B B B

AAAA A A

BLACK GRAYJ17 P5

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

C10 J12

SERVICE HINTS

Page 88: FOREWORD - PBworks

CLOCK

10ADOME

2H12

15ARADIO NO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1C1

1F11

1C3

3G1

3B1

3B5

3G5

1C6

1F13

A

A

II

IJ218

L–Y

L–Y

LG–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

61

4 5

11

ACAN

BODY ECUNO. 2

B 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

CLOCKC11

LG–B

L–Y

ACC+B+

3

PBEWILL+EARTH

PA

SS

EN

GE

RS

EA

T B

ELT

IJ26

L–R

YT

O C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

ME

TE

R

3G3

3B3

GR

GR

Page 89: FOREWORD - PBworks

C11 CLOCK4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (Power for clock)5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position (Power for indication)1–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 40 C11 40 J17 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2H 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3B 30Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G 31Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IJ2 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

11 X

X X X X X

1 X 34 5 6 X X

AAAA A A

B6 C11 J17

(Hint : See Page 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 90: FOREWORD - PBworks

COMBINATION METER

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D4

A1A15

B7 A18 B16 B13 B15 B14 B5 B17

IF

IE12IE114IE15IE14IE16IE13IE23IE112

C5 C4 C13 C6 C16 B5

R–L

RP B–L P R G L L O

W–B

W–B

LG–B

LG–B

L–O

LG–R

V–R V

R–G

A

A

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10

A20

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

CB , A21

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

HIG

H B

EA

M

RE

AR

LIG

HT

SE

AT

BE

LT

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

OIL

LE

VE

L

EC

T S

NO

W

EC

T P

WR

CR

UIS

E

FUE

L

CH

AR

GE

FRO

M H

–LP

RH

FU

SE

FUE

L

WA

TER

CPU

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LEV

ELI

NG

AB

S

VS

C

VS

C O

FF

SLI

P

BR

AK

E

W–R

(*2)

( *1)

B–L

( *1)

TO

HE

AD

LIG

HT

BE

AM

LE

VE

LC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

TO C

OM

BIN

AT

ION

SW

W–B

( *1)

B

B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J11

WA VSCW WT IND SP1 BRL

Page 91: FOREWORD - PBworks

* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

BU

ZZE

R

SP

EE

DO

ME

TE

R

TAC

HO

ME

TER

A/T P R N D M(*3)4(*4)

3 2 L

ODOMETERTRIP METER

WA

SH

ER

B3 B6 B10

OD

O/T

RIP

RE

SE

T

IE116 IE113 IE19

IC112

3

2

IC13

IL37

2

1

IE115

IL319

B4

EB

2

1A

12 5

AA

GR

BR

–YB

R–Y

B–O

Y–R

V–W

GR YG

R–B

W–B

V–W

V–W

V–W

B–O

Y–R

B–O

Y–R

B–O

B–O

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

FUE

L S

EN

DE

RF1

5

FUE

L S

EN

DE

R( S

UB

)

F17

WA

SH

ER

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

W 1

NAVIGATIONECU

N 2PPS ECUP 6

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ13

SPD SPD

IL310

CPU

Page 92: FOREWORD - PBworks

COMBINATION METER

A14

5ASRS–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D3

L–B

B1

IE118

YY

FROM PASSENGERSEAT BELT WARNINGLIGHT [CLOCK]

A2 A3 A22 B8

1D5

1F13

II IF

1G6

IE111 IE210IE17

A16 B12

E6E6D16

EA32

G–B

G–Y

W–B O B

–Y GR

B–Y

B–Y

G–B

GR

–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

C

A

A

A A

8

C

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

DO

OR

HE

AD

TAIL

CPU

TUR

N L

H

TUR

N R

H

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R L

AM

P

FRO

M T

UR

N S

IGN

AL

FLA

SH

ER

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

IGN

ITE

RI 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

(* 3)(*4)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

TACH W

TAC

B–Y

(*3)

D25A6

EC ED

E 1

EA410EA49

E3B8

1

F24D27

1

D28F11

(*3)(*4)

E 2

BA

, E

3

E 6

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

FE

, E

7

,

2

1

L–B

L–B

L–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

BR

BR

BR

L

Y–B

W

L

( *3)

( *3)

( *4)

( *3)

( *4)

( *3)

19

21

MPX1

PKB

MPX1

MPX2MOLMOPS

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E S

WP

4

EN

GIN

E O

ILLE

VE

L S

EN

SO

R

E10

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

O 2

BO

DY

EC

U N

O. 1

B 5E 5

D,

W

OIL

TE

MP

.

OIL

LE

VE

L

( *7)

( *8)

( *7)

( *8)

Page 93: FOREWORD - PBworks

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

* 5 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 6 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

A4A5A6

W–B W G

5 4 3

RHEOSTATR 7

A13

1H6

1D2

2G4

2B8

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

G–W

G–W

G–W

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

A12 B2 B11

LGTO

CE

NTE

R A

IRB

AG

SE

NS

OR

AS

SE

MB

LY

SR

S

CPU

IE117

IJ110

IE18

6

2

16

8

7

WL

W

L–R

W

WW

( *5)

(* 5)

TIL

T A

ND

TE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

A19

B 6

BO

DY

EC

UN

O. 2

A

1B8

1

2

Y–B

W–B

4

BR

AK

E F

LUID

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

B 1

EB : *9IG : *10

A9

IE213

W–G

W–G

FRO

M IL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

IJ13

5

LL

L

MPX+ MPX–

MPX2

BLVL

MPX2

MPX1

MPX1

MPX2

W

W

(*6)

(*6)

W ( *5)

* 7 : USA* 8 : CANADA, TAIWAN

1

*10 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 9 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

E RV T

Page 94: FOREWORD - PBworks

COMBINATION METER

B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : Closed with float down

P4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : Closed with parking brake pedal depressed

O2 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : Closed with oil pressure below approx. 0.2 kgf/cm2 (2.8 psi, 20 kpa)

E10 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR1–2 : Closed with float up and engine oil temp. at below approx. 50°C (122°F)

Open with float down and engine oil temp. at above approx. 60°C (140°F)

F15 FUEL SENDER2–3 : Approx. 2.0 Ω at fuel full

Approx. 48.7 Ω at fuel empty

C12 (A), C13 (B) COMBINATION METER(A) 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A)22–GROUND : Always continuity(B) 8–GROUND : Always continuity(A)13–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40E6 E

36 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

A20 B 40E6 E

38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

A21 C 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

B136 (1UZ–FE)

E1036 (1UZ–FE) N2 43

B138 (2JZ–GE)

E1038 (2JZ–GE)

O237 (1UZ–FE)

B5 40 F15 42O2

39 (2JZ–GE)

B6 A 40 F17 42 P4 41

C12 A 40 I1 39 (2JZ–GE) P6 41

C13 B 40 J1 39 (2JZ–GE) R7 41

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41 T5 41

E3 B 38 (2JZ–GE) J10 41W1

37 (1UZ–FE)

E5 D36 (1UZ–FE) J11 41

W139 (2JZ–GE)

E5 D38 (2JZ–GE) J13 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 95: FOREWORD - PBworks

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA3 48 (2JZ–GE)Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4 46 (1UZ–FE)Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

IC1 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IL3 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EC46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EC48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E1 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire E1 48 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire

Page 96: FOREWORD - PBworks

COMBINATION METER

1 2

X X

X 19 21

X

22X

X9

XX

XX

18X

65

1615

43

1413

1 2

12

X 3

X X

X X

6

X

5 X X

X

X 16

X X

X

X X

6

X

8

X

X

X

X

X

5

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

4 5 6

X X 13 X

X

16

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X

16

25

X

X

X

X 19 X X X X

X

X

6

1 2 X 2 3

1 2

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

A13 A20 (B) A21 (C)GRAY

B5 B6 (A) C12 (A)

C13 (B)(2JZ–GE) (2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE) GRAYF15 F17

B1

E2 (A) E3 (B)

E5 (D) E5 (D) E6 (E) E6 (E)

E7 (F) E10

43 5 6 7

1615141213

21 8 X

17 X1110

Page 97: FOREWORD - PBworks

8

X X

X X X 12 11

X 5 X 3 4 5 X X

XXXC C C

A A

A A A A

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

B B B B B B B

A

A A

A

A A

AAAA A A

6 7 X 1 2

BLACK BLACKJ6

ORANGE GRAYJ13

J14 J17BLUE

N2GRAY

P4BLUE

R7

GRAY BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I1 J1

J10 J11

M3

O2 P6

T5 W1

Page 98: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

25AEFI

1

5AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1G7

15ASTOP

1H8

2 3

1 5

1 1

1 1

IA215 II43

1

2

4

3

E 1

G–W

II11

AB AB

EA29 EA112

B–O W

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

A

412

E

A

E

E

G–W

D6F14

E16 E8

B–R

B–R

B–R

BB BB

D5A9

EDEE

11 3

A

ED

A

12

A

ED

A

P–B

P–B

P BR

TC E1

+B

E 1 E 1

EA37

ID19 ID18

D23

B9B21B18E9E1E10

3

STOP LIGHTSW

S11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C16JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

ACCELERATOR PEDALPOSITION SENSOR

A10

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14

B–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

W–B

BR

BR

BR

R–Y

R–Y

BR

BR

BR

BR

L–W

Y–B

B–L

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

1

2

B–O

BRBR

L–Y

BR

MREL BATT IGSW STI– STP E2 VPA VPA2

EFIRELAY

+B +B1 ME01 TC CCS

B–R

B–R

BR BR BR

4 5

B–R

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BA C D E F

BR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BA

E 2 , E 3 , E 4 , E 5 , E 6 , E 7

J 3

, J

4

15AETCS

1

E7

IA26L–

YV

–Y

2

1

+BM

CRUISE

RES/ACC

SET/COAST

CANCEL

BD

BD

J 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA

AJUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 5

W–B

E2

VPA1 VPA2 VC

Page 99: FOREWORD - PBworks

4

1 2 3 1 2 4 3

E 2

B2 B13 B20 A7 A8 B8 C12A30

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4 1D4

EA39

9

4

B

C

B

C

BR

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–B

L–B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

R G Y–R

G–R

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

THR

OTT

LE P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

RT

3

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORT 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

P 1

VC VTA VTA2 GE01 M– M+ CL– CL+

B17 A21 A31 B1 D26 F4 F1

E 1

E 4EA33

EBEC

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

BA

Y–B

Y–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BBR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BBR

BRBR

E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

Y–B

C

ED

F

D E 5

, E

6

E 2

, E

3

, E

7

, E

4

* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

R–L

F24

MPX2

IJ13

5

16

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A13

IJ1

10

M 3MULTI–DISPLAY

WW

L–R

W(*2)

LL

(* 1)

(*1)

2

8

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

AE

AE

,

Page 100: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

A1

B2 A22 B8

6

7

TIL

T A

ND

TE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

IE117 1D5

1F13 1G6

II

A

A

IF

IE111

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

A

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LW W–B O

R–L

CRUISE

CPU

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

MPX2

MPX1

Page 101: FOREWORD - PBworks

The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makesit possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel. pedal.

1. SET OPERATIONWhen the cruise control main SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns onthe indicator light in the combination meter.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehiclespeed is controlled.

3. COAST CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttlevalve to decelerate the vehicle. Every time the SET/COAST SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed isdecelerated approximately 1.5 km/h.

4. ACCEL CONTROLWhen the RES/ACC SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttlevalve to accelerate the vehicle. Every time the RES/ACC SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is acceleratedapproximately 1.5 km/h.

5. RESUME CONTROLWhen the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, useof the RES/ACC SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIf any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.∗ The stop light SW is turned on.∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.∗ The cruise control main SW is turned off.∗ The VSC is activated.

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONIf any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.

8. OVERDRIVE CONTROL FUNCTIONThe overdrive control may be cancelled if the vehicle travels on the slope during cruise control travelling. After the overdrivecontrol has been cancelled, if the vehicle speed exceeds the overdrive return speed (The set speed is 2 km/h, 1.2 mph) andit is decided that the slope is finished, the vehicle returns to the overdrive control mode again.

E2 (A), E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E), E7 (F) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(E) 9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(E) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 9, (A) 21, (A) 31, (B) 1, (B) 17, (D) 26, (F) 4–GROUND : Always continuity(D) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW at on(D)23–GROUND : Continuity with cruise control main SW at on

Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on in cruise control SW

C16 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on

Approx. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW onApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 102: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 36 (1UZ–FE) E6 E 36 (1UZ–FE) J11 41

A13 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

C12 A 40 J1 37 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

C13 B 40 J2 37 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

C16 40 J3 A 37 (1UZ–FE) P1 37 (1UZ–FE)

D1 36 (1UZ–FE) J4 B 37 (1UZ–FE) S11 41

E2 A 36 (1UZ–FE) J5 37 (1UZ–FE) T2 37 (1UZ–FE)

E3 B 36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41 T3 37 (1UZ–FE)

E4 C 36 (1UZ–FE) J7 41 T5 41

E5 D 36 (1UZ–FE) J9 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA2 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA3

( ) g ( )

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

ID1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 46 (1UZ–FE) Left Fender

EC 46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED 46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EE 46 (1UZ–FE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E146 (1UZ FE) Engine Wire

E4 46 (1UZ–FE) Cowl Wire

E246 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire

Page 103: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 3 4

4 5 X X 3 X X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

X

5 X X

X

X 16

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

21

31

30

X

7 8 9 1

138

2017

2

9

18 21

12

X

X 5 6 X

X X

X

2623

X

X

1 X 7

8 9 10 X X

16 X X

X

1 4 X X X X X X X X

14

24

A13 C12 (A)

C13 (B)

E2 (A)

BLACK

BLACK BLACK

E3 (B) E4 (C)

E5 (D) E6 (E) E7 (F)

B B

D D

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

CCXXXX X X X X C C

B B

E E

GRAY ORANGEJ3 (A) J4 (B)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

A10

C16 D1

J1 J2

2 8 X

X

Page 104: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

A A A

A A A

EE

EE

EE

ED

DD

D

1

3

2

4

1 23 4

1 2

3 4

A A A

A A A

A A

A A A A

BBAAAA A A B B B B

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

6 7 X

EE

EE

EE

E

X

4 9

AAAAAA A A A A A A

J6GRAY

J9

GRAYJ14 J17

BLUE GRAY BLUE GRAY

GRAY GRAY

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J5 J7

J11

M3 P1 S11 T2

T3 T5

Page 105: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 106: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

25AEFI

1

5AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1G7

15ASTOP

1H8

2 3

1 5

1 1

1 1

IA215 II43

1

2

4

3

E 2

G–W

II11

AB AB

EA29 EA112

B–O W

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

A

412

E

A

E

E

G–W

D6D11

E16 E8

B–R

B–R

B–R

BB BB

D5A9

EDEE

11 3

A

ED

A

12

A

ED

A

P–B

P–B

P BR

TC E1

+B

E 1 E 1

EA37

ID19 ID18

D23

B16B15B18E9E1E10

3

STOP LIGHTSW

S11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

C16JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

ACCELERATOR PEDALPOSITION SENSOR

A10

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14

B–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

W–B

BR

BR

BR

R–Y

R–Y

BR

BR

BR

BR L

L–R

B–L

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

1

2

B–O

BRBR

L–Y

BR

MREL BATT IGSW ST1– STP E2 VPA VPA2

EFI

RE

LAY

+B B2 ME01 TC CCS

B–R

B–R

BR BR BR

4 5

B–R

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

BR

BE 2 A , E 3 D, E 5 E, E 6 F, E 7

BJ

3A

, J

4

15AETCS

1

IA26

E7

BM

L–Y

V–Y

1

2

CRUISE

RES/ACC

SET/COAST

CANCEL

BD

BD

J 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA

AJUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 5

W–B

VPA1 VPA2 VC

E2

Page 107: FOREWORD - PBworks

4

1 2 3 1 2 4 3

E 2

B2 B23 B24 A7 A8 A19 A20A30

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4 1D4

EA39

9

4

B

B

B

B

BR

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

Y–G

Y–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B W Y–R

G–R

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

THR

OTT

LE P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

RT

3

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORT 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

A/T INDICATORLIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

P 1

VC VTA VTA2 GE01 M– M+ CL– CL+

B17 A21 A31 B1 E22 F9 D17

E 1

E 4EA33

EBEC

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE

Y–B

Y–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BBR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BBR

BRBR

E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

Y–B

D

D27

MPX2

IJ13

5

16

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A13

IJ1

10

M 3MULTI–DISPLAY

WW

L–R

W(*2)

LL

(* 1)

(*1)

2

8

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

R–L

BE

2A

, E

3

FE

6E

, E

7

E 5

, D

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

AE

AE

,

Page 108: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

A1

B2 A22 B8

6

7

TIL

T A

ND

TE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

IE117 1D5

1F13 1G6

II

A

A

IF

IE111

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

A

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LW W–B O

R–L

CRUISE

CPU

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

MPX2

MPX1

Page 109: FOREWORD - PBworks

The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makesit possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel. pedal.

1. SET OPERATIONWhen the cruise control main SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns onthe indicator light in the combination meter.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehiclespeed is controlled.

3. COAST CONTROLWhen the SET/COAST SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttlevalve to decelerate the vehicle. Every time the SET/COAST SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed isdecelerated approximately 1.5 km/h.

4. ACCEL CONTROLWhen the RES/ACC SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttlevalve to accelerate the vehicle. Every time the RES/ACC SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is acceleratedapproximately 1.5 km/h.

5. RESUME CONTROLWhen the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, useof the RES/ACC SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIf any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.∗ The stop light SW is turned on.∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.∗ The cruise control main SW is turned off.∗ The VSC is activated.

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONIf any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.

8. OVERDRIVE CONTROL FUNCTIONThe overdrive control may be cancelled if the vehicle travels on the slope during cruise control travelling. After the overdrivecontrol has been cancelled, if the vehicle speed exceeds the overdrive return speed (The set speed is 2 km/h, 1.2 mph) andit is decided that the slope is finished, the vehicle returns to the overdrive control mode again.

E2 (A), E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E), E7 (F) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(E) 9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(E) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 9, (A) 21, (A) 31, (B) 1, (B) 17, (E) 22, (F) 9–GROUND : Always continuity(D) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW at on(D)23–GROUND : Continuity with cruise control main SW at on

Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW on in cruise control SWApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on in cruise control SW

C16 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on

Approx. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW onApprox. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 110: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 38 (2JZ–GE) E7 F 38 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

A13 40 J1 39 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

C12 A 40 J2 39 (2JZ–GE) M3 41

C13 B 40 J3 A 39 (2JZ–GE) P1 39 (2JZ–GE)

C16 40 J4 B 39 (2JZ–GE) S11 41

D1 38 (2JZ–GE) J5 39 (2JZ–GE) T2 39 (2JZ–GE)

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41 T3 39 (2JZ–GE)

E3 B 38 (2JZ–GE) J7 41 T5 41

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J9 41

E6 E 38 (2JZ–GE) J11 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA2 48 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA3

( ) g ( )

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

ID1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 48 (2JZ–GE) Left Fender

EC 48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED 48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

EE 48 (2JZ–GE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E148 (2JZ GE) Engine Wire

E4 48 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire

E248 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire

Page 111: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 3 4

X X 4 5

21X

31

19

20

30

X

7 8 9 1

16

2417

2

X

18

15

23

X X X 5 6 X

X X X X

X X X

17

X 23

11

27

1 X X 7

8 9 10 X

16 X X 22

X

5 X X

X

X 16

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

X X 3 X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

BBXXX BX X X X X X X X 9

X X

X X X X X X

BLACKA13 C12 (A)

C13 (B)BLACK BLACK

E2 (A) E3 (B) E5 (D)

E6 (E) E7 (F)BLACK ORANGE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

B B

E E

A A

A A A A B B

D D

AAAAAA A A A A A A

J3 (A) J4 (B) J6BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A10

D1C16

J1 J2

J5

2 8 X

X

Page 112: FOREWORD - PBworks

CRUISE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1

3

2

4

1 23 4

1 2 3 4

BBAAAA A A B B B B

A A A

A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

A A A

A A A

EE

EE

EE

XX

ED

X

DD

D

X

4 9

6 7 X

GRAY

J14 J17BLUE

BLUE GRAY BLACK

GRAYJ9

GRAY

GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J11

M3

P1 S11 T2 T3

T5

Page 113: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 114: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E2 1H5

B

B

B

B

A

A

2F11

2E2

2

1

2

1

BC19 BD19

4

2

4

2

B

B

A

A

BLBJ

BD112BC112

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID LH

T10TENSION REDUCERSOLENOID RH

T11

BUCKLE SW RHB 8

BUCKLE SW LHB 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

Page 115: FOREWORD - PBworks

B7 BUCKLE SW LH1–3 : Closed with driver seat belt in use

B8 BUCKLE SW RH1–3 : Closed with front passenger seat belt in use

T10, T11 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B7 44 J8 41 J24 44

B8 44 J15 41 T10 43

J7 41 J23 44 T11 43

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

B B B B B B B

A A A A B

B B B B

AAAA A A

BB

B B B B1 2 1 2

24 X

B8B7GRAY BLACK

J15

J23 J24 T10 T11

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J8

24 X

SERVICE HINTS

Page 116: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

5ASTARTER

1F1

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

EA35

P

N

6

5

EA34

2 3

1 5

1 1

1 1

EE

II11

E10

IA215 II43

E1 C4

2

1

C10

O/D

DIR

EC

T C

LUT

CH

SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

R

O 1

AC AC

BA

D17 E16 E8

BB BB

AB AB

EA29

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

P 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J11

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

A

STA +B +B1

BR

B–R

B–R

B–Y

MREL BATT NCO–NCO+

B–L

B–L

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

BB

B

B–RB

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

B–Y

B–Y R G

B–Y

B–Y

BR

BR

B–R

W–B

EFIRELAY

TO S

TA

RTE

RR

ELA

Y

,

2

1

BE 2 A , E 3

EE 5 D , E 6

C, E 4

F, E 7

BJ

3A

, J

4

A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

W–B

BJ

3A

, J

4

E9

IGSW

5AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

1G7

E

E

B–O

B–O

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14

Page 117: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (1UZ–FE)

C17 C9 C15 C8 C14 C7 C13 C1 C2 C3 C6

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

B14

1

2

E 1 E 1

B18

E 1

B21 B9

4

3

E 2

B2 B13 B20 D5

EA112

D

1121412

7

312

1 2 8 3 49 10 6 12 5 11

D

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDE 1

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

E 8

AC

CE

LER

ATO

R P

ED

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

A10

TH

RO

TTLE

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

T 3

BR

BR

B–R

BR BR BR BR

L–Y

THW E2 VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2 TC

OIL SLT+ SLT– SLN+ SLN– SLU+ SLU– S1 S2 S3 S4

G–R

G–B

R–B P L–B

G–W L–R L

G–Y

Y–G Y

BR

L–Y

Y–B

L–W

L–W

Y–B

B–R

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–R BR

PP

–BP

–B

L–Y

R–B

L–B

L–Y

R–B

L–B

TC

+B E1

, BE 2 A , E 3

EE 5 D , E 6

C, E 4

F, E 7

O G GR R L LG BR W B Y V

O

A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

15ASTOP

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H8

1

2

D6

A

A

WG

–WG

–W

STP

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

11JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J 7

VPA1 VPA2 VC

E2 43

Page 118: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

ED

E 1

B17

EC

A31A21 B1

EB

E 4

F4D26

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR BR

E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

EA22 EA16 EA47 EA33 EA43 EA48

D15 D2 D20 F1 D4 D3 F16 F25 F24

C5 C11 F2 F15

2

1 ID16 ID17

3 9 2

B

12

B

C C R–L

L

W

SFTDSFTUSP2–SP2+

R–L

L–Y

R–G

L–Y

R–G

R–L

L–Y

G–B

G–B

R–Y

Y–G

G–BGY–B

G–RR

R–W

R–W R–B

R–W R–B

G–R

Y–B

Y–B

G

G–B

MPX1

MPX24L23DNRP

L

B

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

S 4

P 1

J 9

A/T SHIFT MAIN SW[COMB. SW]

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)

V 1

C16

EE 5 D , E 6

BE 2 A , E 3

F, E 7

C, E 4

SFTU SFTD

AA AD

ADAA

5

Y–B

AE

AE

BE

F11

Y–B

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 4

J 3

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

,

NSSD NSSL ATL AT4

Page 119: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (1UZ–FE)

EA39

IJ13

A23 A24

IJ110

16

8

6

7

2

5

7 1

B B

L

W–B

R–L

W

L

R–L

PWR SNOW

R–L R–L

L

L–R

W

W( *

2)

WL

W–B

G–W

G–R

L

3

( *1)

( *1)

PW

R

SN

OW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DTR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TTE

RN

SE

LEC

T S

W

MULTI–DISPLAY

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

M 3

A13

J17

E12

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

A19

W

Page 120: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D41H4

A1

II IF

B8A22B2

IE111IE117

1D5

1F13 1G6

R–L

L

W–B

W–B

R–L

A

AA

AA

OW

–B

W–B

W

W–B

W–B

L

W–B

R–L

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

EC

T S

NO

W

EC

T P

WR

L 2 3 M D N R

A/T

P

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

J 6

CPU

Page 121: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (1UZ–FE)

Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electricallycontrols the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. Theelectronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response tothe vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible byshift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,squat and gear shift shock when starting off.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONWhen driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from theengine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of theengine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle position sensor is input toTERMINALS VTA and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends currentto the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWhen the engine control module decides based on each signal that the lock–up condition has been met, the current flowsthrough TERMINAL SLU+ of the engine control module to TERMINAL 4 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoidto TERMINAL 10 to TERMINAL SLU– of the engine control module to GROUND.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIf the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP ofthe engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.

4. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITWhen the electronically controlled transmission pattern select SW is switched to PWR, a signal is input to TERMINAL PWRof the body ECU No.1, and control signals are distributed to the engine control module through communication control of thebody ECU. This enables shift–up and shift–down at a higher speed range.

5. E–SHIFT SYSTEMWhen the shift lever is set to the M position, the shift range can be switched with the UP or DOWN switch on the steering.(This limits to the maximum gear step and enables automatic shift–up and shift–down within the allowable range.)

E1 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID2–8 : 5.1–5.5 Ω3–9 : 3.5–3.9 Ω

4–10 : 5.1–5.5 Ω5, 6, 11, 12–GROUND : 11–15 Ω

E12 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW7–3 : Closed with select SW at PWR position1–3 : Only closed with select SW at SNOW position

V1 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)1–2 : 560–680 Ω

O1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR1–2 : 560–680 Ω

E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULEBATT–E1 : Always approx. 12 volts

+B–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST position+B1–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST position

MREL–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST positionSTA–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ST position and shift lever other than P or N position

P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SW]4–7 : Closed with shift lever in P position4–8 : Closed with shift lever in R position

4–10 : Closed with shift lever in N position4–9 : Closed with shift lever in D position or M position4–2 : Closed with shift lever in 3 position4–3 : Closed with shift lever in 2 position or L position

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 122: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 36 (1UZ–FE) E6 E 36 (1UZ–FE) J11 41

A13 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

B5 A 40 E8 36 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

C12 A 40 E12 40 M3 41

C13 B 40 J1 37 (1UZ–FE) O1 37 (1UZ–FE)

C16 40 J2 37 (1UZ–FE) P1 37 (1UZ–FE)

D1 36 (1UZ–FE) J3 A 37 (1UZ–FE) S4 41

E1 36 (1UZ–FE) J4 B 37 (1UZ–FE) S11 41

E2 A 36 (1UZ–FE) J5 37 (1UZ–FE) T3 37 (1UZ–FE)

E3 B 36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41 T5 41

E4 C 36 (1UZ–FE) J7 41 V1 37 (1UZ–FE)

E5 D 36 (1UZ–FE) J9 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA246 (1UZ FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA346 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

ID1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 46 (1UZ–FE) Left Fender

EC 46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED 46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EE 46 (1UZ–FE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E146 (1UZ FE) Engine Wire

E4 46 (1UZ–FE) Cowl Wire

E246 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire

Page 123: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (1UZ–FE)

1 2 3 4

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 11 1210

1

1413

2017

2

9

18 21

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11

13 14 15 X 17

5 X X

X

X 16

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

X X 3 X X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

X

21

31

X

X X

X 19 2324

1 X

8 9 10 X X

16 X X

X

X 3 4 5 6 X

X X 15

20 X

17

26

2

X

X

BLACKA13 B5 (A)

C12 (A) C13 (B)BLACK

BLACK GRAYE2 (A)

E3 (B) E4 (C) E5 (D) E6 (E)

1 2 4 X X X X X X 11 X X

15 16 24 25

CCXXXX X X X X C C

1 3 X X 7

21 21

E7 (F)GRAYBLACKBLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)

A10

C16

D1 E1

E8 E12 J1

2 8 X

X

Page 124: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONAND A/T INDICATOR (1UZ–FE)

1 2

X7 5 6

2 3 48 9 10

9X532

1 2

3 4

6 7 X

A A B B

E E

A A A

A A A

A A B B C C

D D E E

BB

D

B

DD

D

A A

A A A A

BBAAAA A A B B B B

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

1 2

A A A

A A A

1

2

AAAAAA A A A A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

(Hint : See Page 7)

J4 (B)

J6 J9GRAY

J17BLUE BLACK

GRAYS4

GRAY

GRAY

ORANGE

BLACK

GRAY

BLUE

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J14

(Hint : See Page 7)

J2 J3 (A) J5

J7 J11

M3 O1

P1 S11 T3

T5 V1

Page 125: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 126: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

5ASTARTER

1F1

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

EA35

P

N

6

5

EA34

2 3

1 5

1 1

1 1

EE

II11

E10

IA215 II43

E1 C4

2

1

C10

O/D

DIR

EC

T C

LUT

CH

SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

R

O 1

AC AC

BA

D2 E16 E8

BB BB

AB AB

EA29

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

W

P 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J11

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EE 5 E 6D

BE 2 E 3A

FE 7

CE 4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

A

STA +B B2

BR

B–R

B–R

B–Y

MREL BATT NCO–NCO+

B–L

B–L

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

BB

B

B–RB

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

B–Y

B–Y R G

B–Y

B–Y

BR

BR

B–R

W–B

EFIRELAY

TO S

TA

RTE

RR

ELA

Y

, , ,

, ,

2

1

BJ

3A

, J

4

BJ

3A

, J

4

A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

W–B

E9

IGSW

E

J14

5AIGN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

1G7

E

B–O

B–O

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

Page 127: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (2JZ–GE)

C17 C9 C15 C8 C14 C7 C13 C1 C2 C3 C6

B14

1

2

E 2 E 2

B18

E 2

B15 B16

4

3

E 2

B2 B23 B24 D5

EA112

D

1121412

7

312

1 2 8 3 49 10 6 12 5 11

D

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDE 1

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

E 8

AC

CE

LER

ATO

R P

ED

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

A10

TH

RO

TTLE

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

T 3

BR

BR

B–R

BR BR BR BR

L–Y

THW E2 VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2 TC

OIL SLT+ SLT– SLN+ SLN– SLU+ SLU– S1 S2 S3 S4

G–R

G–B

R–B P L–B

G–W L–

R L

G–Y

Y–G Y

BR

L–Y

L–RL

L

L–R

B–R

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–R BR

PP

–BP

–B

L–Y

Y–G

Y–R

L–Y

Y–G

Y–R

TC

+B E1

A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EE 5 E 6D

BE 2 E 3A

FE 7

CE 4 , , ,

, ,

OO

G GR R L LG BR W B Y V

15ASTOP

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H8

1

2

D6

A

A

WG

–WG

–W

STP

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

11JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J 7

VPA1 VPA2 VC

E2

3

Page 128: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

ED

E 1

B17

EC

A31A21 B1

EB

E 4

F9E22

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR BR

E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

,

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

EA22 EA16 EA33

D26 D16 B13 D17 B20 B21 A14 D7 D27

C5 C11

2

1

3 9 2

D

D

B B R–L

L

W

SP2–SP2+

R–L

R–L

L–Y

G–B

G–B

R–Y

Y–G

Y–BR

R–W

R–W R–B

R–W R–B

G–R

Y–B

Y–B

G

G–B

MPX1

MPX24L23DNRP

LW

D

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 1

S 4

P 1

J 1

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

)

V 1

BE 2 A , E 3

EE 5 D , E 6

C, E 4

F, E 7

EA47 EA49

G–B

R–Y

AA AD

AA AD

J 3

A

D28

5

Y–B

AE

AE

BE Y–B

J 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BA , J 4

NSSD NSSL ATL AT4

Page 129: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (2JZ–GE)

EA39

IJ13

A23 A24

IJ110

16

8

6

7

2

5

7 1

B B

L

W–B

R–L

W

L

R–L

PWR SNOW

R–L R–L

L

L–R

W

W( *

2)

WL

W–B

G–W

G–R

L

3

( *1)

( *1)

PW

R

SN

OW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DTR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TTE

RN

SE

LEC

T S

W

MULTI–DISPLAY

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

M 3

A13

J17

E12

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

A19

W

Page 130: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D41H4

A1

II IF

B8A22B2

IE111IE117

1D5

1F13 1G6

R–L

L

W–B

W–B

R–L

A

AAA

AA

OW

–B

W–B

W

W–B

W–B

L

W–B

R–L

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

EC

T S

NO

W

EC

T P

WR

L 2 3 4 D N R

A/T

P

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

J 6

CPU

Page 131: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (2JZ–GE)

Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electricallycontrols the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. Theelectronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response tothe vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible byshift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,squat and gear shift shock when starting off.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONWhen driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from theengine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of theengine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle position sensor is input toTERMINALS VTA and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends currentto the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWhen the engine control module decides based on each signal that the lock–up condition has been met, the current flowsthrough TERMINAL SLU+ of the engine control module to TERMINAL 4 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoidto TERMINAL 10 to TERMINAL SLU– of the engine control module to GROUND.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIf the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP ofthe engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.

4. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITWhen the electronically controlled transmission pattern select SW is switched to PWR, a signal is input to TERMINAL PWRof the body ECU No.1, and control signals are distributed to the engine control module through communication control of thebody ECU. This enables shift–up and shift–down at a higher speed range.

E1 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID2–8 : 5.1–5.5 Ω3–9 : 3.5–3.9 Ω

4–10 : 5.1–5.5 Ω5, 6, 11, 12–GROUND : 11–15 Ω

E12 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW7–3 : Closed with select SW at PWR position1–3 : Only closed with select SW at SNOW position

V1 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)1–2 : 560–680 Ω

O1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR1–2 : 560–680 Ω

E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULEBATT–E1 : Always approx. 12 volts

+B–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST positionB2–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST position

MREL–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ON or ST positionSTA–E1 : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW ST position and shift lever other than P or N position

P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SW]4–7 : Closed with shift lever in P position4–8 : Closed with shift lever in R position

4–10 : Closed with shift lever in N position4–9 : Closed with shift lever in D position or 4 position4–2 : Closed with shift lever in 3 position4–3 : Closed with shift lever in 2 position or L position

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 132: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 38 (2JZ–GE) E7 F 38 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

A13 40 E8 38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

B5 A 40 E12 40 M3 41

C12 A 40 J1 39 (2JZ–GE) O1 39 (2JZ–GE)

C13 B 40 J2 39 (2JZ–GE) P1 39 (2JZ–GE)

D1 38 (2JZ–GE) J3 A 39 (2JZ–GE) S4 41

E1 38 (2JZ–GE) J4 B 39 (2JZ–GE) S11 41

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) J5 39 (2JZ–GE) T3 39 (2JZ–GE)

E3 B 38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41 T5 41

E4 C 38 (2JZ–GE) J7 41 V1 39 (2JZ–GE)

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J9 41

E6 E 38 (2JZ–GE) J11 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA248 (2JZ GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 48 (2JZ–GE) Left Fender

EC 48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED 48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

EE 48 (2JZ–GE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E148 (2JZ GE) Engine Wire

E4 48 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire

E248 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire

Page 133: FOREWORD - PBworks

AND A/T INDICATOR (2JZ–GE)

1 2 3 4 X X

X 19 2324

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 11 1210

X X 3 X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

1

161413

242017

2

X

18 21

15

23

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 X

13 14 15 X 17

X X X 5 6 X

X X X X

X X X 28

7

16 17

X 26

2

27

1 X X

8 9 10 X

16 X X 22

X

X X X X X X X X 9 X X

X X X X X X

21 21

5 X X

X

X 16

21X14

31

X

BLACKA13 B5 (A)

C12 (A) C13 (B)BLACK

GRAYE2 (A) E3 (B) E4 (C)

E5 (D) E6 (E) E7 (F)BLACK

1 3 X X 7A A A A AA A A A A A A A A A B B C C

D D E E

BBXXX D D D B

BLACK BLACKJ3 (A)

ORANGE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A10

D1

E1

E8

E12 J1 J2

2 8 X

X

Page 134: FOREWORD - PBworks

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONAND A/T INDICATOR (2JZ–GE)

A A B B

E E

A A

A A A A

XX

D

X

DD

D

A A A

A A A

BBAAAA A A B B B B

1 2 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

X7 5 6

2 3 48 9 10

9X532 1 2 3 4

1 2

6 7 X

A A A

A A A

1

2

AAAAAA A A A A A A

J4 (B) J6

J9GRAY

J17

BLUE BLACK GRAY

S4BLACK GRAY BLACK

GRAY

BLUE

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

EE

EE

EE

E

J14

(Hint : See Page 7)

J5 J7

J11

M3 O1 P1

S11 T3 T5 V1

Page 135: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 136: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

1

15A

AM

2

120A

ALT

1 1

7 6

8

AM2 IG2

ST2

1K1

7. 5AOBD

1H12

IA19

1F10

5ASTARTER

1F1

EA35

P

N

6

5

EA34

AC

BA

AC

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

II4

3

IA2

15

2 3

1 5

11

1 1

II11

IC28

B 3

M

5

4

EE BKBJ

A

107

2 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

IGNITION SWI22

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW

P 1

FUE

L P

UM

PF1

5

FUE

L P

UM

PC

ON

TRO

L E

CU

F16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR1 1

6 5 9 8

AA A

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

B–L

BATTERY

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–L

B–R

W–B

W–B

L–W

L–RB

BB

B

B–R

B–L

B–R

B

B–R

B

B–R

W–B

TO STARTER RELAY

FP+ +B

FP– E DI FPC

B–L

B–LB

W

W–R

W–R

W–R

B

B–W B–W

B–W

W–B

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–Y

EFIRELAY

BJ

3A

, J

42

1

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

W–B

W–B

Page 137: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–L

B–R

B

B

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

E9E1E10

E

E

E 1 E 1 E 1 E 1

2

1

IC36

D10 E5 E4

IC319 IC37

D17

BB BB

AB AB

E16 E8

E 1

EA29

D BD B

AF AF

EA37

E 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A A

2 4

E E

EA

3 1

E EAJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

HE

ATE

D O

XY

GE

N S

EN

SO

R( B

AN

K 1

SE

NS

OR

2)

H20

VS

V (

VA

PO

RP

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

SO

R)

V11

D18 D8

BR

B–R

B–R

BR

B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

EC

BR

B–R

W GR

B–R

B–RB

B–RB–L

W–R

W–R

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R BR

BR

BR

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

OX HT

E1+B

HTL2OXL2+B1+BSTADIFPCTPC

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14 2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

EA27

B5 B6 A1 A2

B–O

B–O

Y

B–R L R

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W B–W B–W B–W

B–R

B–W

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

1I1

3

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

2I1

4

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

3I1

5

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

4I1

6

MREL BATT IGSW #10 #20 #30 #40

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EE 5 D , E 6

BE 2 A , E 3

F, E 7B

J 3

A,

J 4

AJ

4B

, J

3

, CE 4 ,

Page 138: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

E 1 E 1 E 1

E 1 E 1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

A3 A4 A5 A29 B7A6

2

1

B–W

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

5I1

7

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

6I1

8

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

7I1

9

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

8I2

0 VS

V (

AC

IS)

V 2

VS

V (

EV

AP

)V

3

B10 B19 B22

MASS AIR FLOWMETER

M 1

5 3 1

4 2

B–R

B–W B–W

B–R

BRB

–W

B–W

B–W

B–W B–R

B–R

B–R BR

W R–L G B B–L

B–Y

R–L GR

W–R

+B E2

VG E2G THA

#50 #60 #70 #80 ACIS PRG VG EVG THA

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

D27 D7 B12 B4

4 2

3 1

BR

OX HT

E1 +B

2 4

3 1

OX HT

+B E1

E 1

E 1

B11 B3

2 4

3 1

OX HT

+B E1

E 1

E 1

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

2 S

EN

SO

R 2

)

H21

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

1 S

EN

SO

R 1

)

H12

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

2 S

EN

SO

R 1

)

H14

EA112

D5

DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

1

D 1

D

12

11

D

A

A

3

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B17

E 1 E 1

ED

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

TC E1

+B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

B–R

B–R

BR

B B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

R

GR

–B

W Y–G B

R–Y

P–B BR

BR

BR

BR

B–R BR

B–R BR

PP

–B

BR

BR BR

B–RB–R

BR

OXR2 HTR2 OXL1 HTL OXR1 HTR TC E1

EE 5 D , E 6

BE 2 A , E 3

F, E 7

, CE 4 ,

Page 139: FOREWORD - PBworks

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

21 12

A23 A22 A10

E 3

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

W B L Y

L YW

1 1

EC12 EC13

1 2

A18 A17 B16 B24

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

GR

B

R G

GR B

NE+ NE– G2 KNKL KNKR VVL+ VVL–

CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 5CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

C 1VVT SENSOR LHV 4

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 1

K 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 2

K 2

E 1 E 1 E 1

IC317 IC318 EA210

EA23

IC35

2

1 3

D22B18B14

2

1

E 1

E 2 E 2

1 2 3

B20B13B2B9B21

BR

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

E 8

BR BR BR BR

L–R

L–Y

BR

BR

BR

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

Y–B

L–W

L–Y

BR

BR

L–Y

B–R L–Y

L–Y

R–B

L–B

BR

BR

VAPORPRESSURESENSOR

V10

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

THW E2 PTNK VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2

4

EE 5 D , E 6

BE 2 A , E 3

F, E 7

,

E2 VCC

PTNK

4 2 1

AC

CE

LER

AT

OR

PE

DA

LP

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R

A10

THR

OTT

LE P

OS

ITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

T 3

CE 4 ,

VC VPA1 VPA2

E2

3

Page 140: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

A11

2 3

A14

2 3

E 2

A16

2 3

E 2

A25

2 3

E 2

A27 A12

2 3

A13

2 3

E 1

A15

2 3

E 1

A26

2 3

E 1

A28

IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 1

I 2IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 4

I 5IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 6

I 7IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 7

I 8IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 2

I 3IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 3

I 4IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 5

I 6IGNITION COILAND IGNITERNO. 8

I 9

G–B G–B R R

G–B

G–B

G–B

G–B R R R R

B–R

Y–B

R–L

Y–R

G–B

Y–G

R–W L–

Y

L–W R

IGT1 IGT4 IGT6 IGT7 IGF1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT5 IGT8 IGF2

B15 B23

1 2

E11

EA36

ED

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

C

16 5 4

C

7

A

Y L WW

W–BBRB

BR

B1A31A21A9

EC

A2F13

2G6

II

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

D 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

VVT SENSOR RHV 5

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 2 E 3A CE 4

EE 5 E 6D FE 7

VVR+ VVR– SIL ME01 E01 E02 E03

SIL

BAT SG CG

,

,

,

, ,

Page 141: FOREWORD - PBworks

D13 F11 F17 F19 F18

EB110

4 3 2

L–O

L–O

W

L–R

B–W G–B

ACMG MPX1 TXCT RXCK CODE

TXCT RXCK CODEMPX1

FRO

M A

/C C

OM

P R

ELA

Y

TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

T 6

A20 A19

1 2

D19 D28

1 2

C12 B8

3 4

A8 A7

2 1

A30D26 F4

E 4EA45EA41

EB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORT 2

CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVERH

C 4CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVELH

C 3

OCV+ OCV– OCR+ OCR– EC EOM CL+ CL– M+ M– GE01

W–G

L–B

W–R

Y–R

W–B

W–B

G–R

Y–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

G R

Y–R

W–G

W–B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BE 2 E 3A CE 4

EE 5 E 6D FE 7,

,

,

,

B 5BODY ECU NO. 1

19

,

Page 142: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

15AETCS

1

15ASTOP

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H8

E13 E20 E14 E21 E22 E7 D6

IA26 1

2

IJ13

F24

D16E6IJ110

6

8

16

A

722141624

7

2

5

A

L

B–Y

GR–R

L

TACHW

NEOENG–ENG+TRC–TRC+

LW

W

W

L–RL

G–W

G–W

V–Y

L–Y

W

G–RLLGVP

GR

–R

B–Y

TRC+ TRC– ENG+ ENG– NEO +BM STP MPX2

( *1)

( *1)

( *2)

A20

J 7

S11STOP LIGHTSW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

MULTI–DISPLAY

A13

M 3

E 2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BA , E 3 C, E 4 E 5, D E, E 6 F, E 7

T 5

TIL

T A

ND

TE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

2

1

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2

Page 143: FOREWORD - PBworks

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D4

A1

B8A22B12B2

IFII

1D5

1F13 1G6

IE117 IE17IE210

A16

A

AA

A

L

B–Y

GR–R

W B–Y GR

L

B–Y

GR

–R

W–B O

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

TACHOMETER

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

CPU

IE111

W–B

Page 144: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outlineof the engine control is explained here.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit

The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance whichvaries according to the engine coolant temp. The engine coolant temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the enginecontrol module as a control signal.

(2) Intake air temp. signal circuitThe intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as acontrol signal to TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.

(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuitThe oxygen density in the exhaust emission is detected and is input as a control signal from the heated oxygen sensors(Bank 1 sensor 1, bank 2 sensor 1, bank 1 sensor 2 and bank 2 sensor 2) to TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1, OXL2 andOXR2 of the engine control module.To stabilize detection performance by the heated oxygen sensors, the heated oxygen sensors are warmed. This heateris also controlled by the engine control module (HTL, HTR, HTL2 and HTR2).

(4) RPM signal circuitCamshaft position is detected by the camshaft position sensor and its signal is input to TERMINAL G2 of the enginecontrol module as a control signal. Also, the engine RPM is detected by the crankshaft position sensor installed in thecylinder block and the signal is input into TERMINAL NE+ of the engine control module as a control signal.

(5) Throttle signal circuitThe throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINALSVTA and VTA2 of the engine control module.

(6) Vehicle speed circuitSignals detected by ABS speed sensors are input into the combination meter through ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU. Then itis delivered to the engine ECU through MPX communication.

(7) A/C SW signal circuitThe operating voltage of the A/C magnetic clutch is detected and the signal is input into TERMINAL ACMG of the enginecontrol module as a control signal.

(8) Battery signal circuitVoltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. With the ignition SW turned on, Voltagefor engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINALS +B and +B1 of the engine control module viathe EFI relay.The current flowing through the IGN fuse to TERMINAL IGSW of the engine control module.Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL +BM of the engine control module.

(9) Intake air volume signal circuitIntake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and the signal is input to TERMINAL VG of the engine controlmodule as a control signal.

(10)Stop light SW signal circuitThe stop light SW is used to detect whether or not the vehicle is braking and the signal is input into TERMINAL STP ofthe engine control module as a control signal.

(11) Starter signal circuitTo confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and thesignal is input into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module as a control signal.

(12)Engine knock signal circuitEngine knocking is detected by knock sensor 1 and 2 and the signal is input into TERMINALS KNKL and KNKR as acontrol signal.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 145: FOREWORD - PBworks

2. CONTROL SYSTEM∗ SFI system

The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensor (Input signals from (1) to (12)etc.) to the engine control module. The best fuel injection timing is decided based on this data and the programmemorized by the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60,#70 and #80 of the engine control module to operate the injector (Inject the fuel). The sequential multiport fuel injection(Electronic fuel injection) system controls the fuel injection operation by the engine control module in response to thedriving conditions.

∗ ESA (Electronic Spark Advance) systemThe ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals input to the engine control module from each sensor(Input signals from (1), (2), (4) to (12) etc.). The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the memorizeddata in the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5, IGT6,IGT7 and IGT8. This signal controls the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions.

∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control systemThe heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. ofexhaust emissions is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensors (Bank 1 sensor 1, bank 2 sensor 1, bank 1 sensor2 and bank 2 sensor 2) to improve detection performance of the sensors.The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from (1), (2), (4), (8) to (10) etc.), andoutputs current to TERMINALS HTL, HTR, HTL2 and HTR2 to control the heater.

∗ ACISACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed inaccordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages for increased engine output inall ranges from low to high speeds.The engine control module judges the engine speed by the signals ( (4), (5) ) from each sensor and outputs signals tothe TERMINAL ACIS to control the VSV (ACIS).

∗ Fuel pump controlThe engine control module outputs current to TERMINAL FPC and controls the fuel pump control ECU and fuel pumpdrive speed in response to driving conditions.

∗ ETCS–iThe ETCS–i controls the engine output at its optimal level corresponding to the opening of the accel. pedal under alldriving conditions.

∗ MPXThe MPX communicates with the combination meter, A/C control assembly, as well as body ECU of the multiplexcommunication system

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWith the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioningsystem is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the code displayed by themalfunction indicator lamp.

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWhen a malfunction has occurred in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued controlbased on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values)recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.

Page 146: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

EFI RELAY5–3 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position

E8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : Approx. 15.0 kΩ (–20°C, –4°F)

Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)Approx. 0.32 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)Approx. 0.14 kΩ (110°C, 230°F)

E2 (A), E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULEBATT–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts+BM–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

IGSW–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position+B, +B1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

VC–GROUND : 4.5–5.5 volts with ignition SW onVTA2–GROUND : 2.0–2.9 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed

4.6–5.0 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully openedVTA–GROUND : 0.4–1.0 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed

3.2–4.8 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully openedVPA–GROUND : 0.25–0.9 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully closed

3.2–4.8 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully openedVPA2–GROUND : 1.8–2.7 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully closed

4.7–5.0 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully openedTHA–GROUND : 0.5–3.4 volts with idling, intake air temp. 20°C (68°F)THW–GROUND : 0.2–1.0 volts with idling, coolant temp. 80°C (176°F)STA–GROUND : 6.0 volts or more with crankingTC–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with ignition SW onW–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with idling

0–3.0 volts with ignition SW onACMG–GROUND : 0–1.5 volts with A/C SW on (at idling)

7.5–14.0 volts with A/C SW off and throttle valve fully open#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60, #70, #80–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with ignition SW on pulse generation with idling

I13, I14, I15, I16, I17, I18, I19, I20 INJECTOR NO.1, NO.2, NO.3, NO.4, NO.5, NO.6, NO.7, NO.81–2 : 13.4–14.2 Ω

SERVICE HINTS

Page 147: FOREWORD - PBworks

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 36 (1UZ–FE) H21 40 J9 41

A13 40 I2 37 (1UZ–FE) J10 41

A20 40 I3 37 (1UZ–FE) J11 41

B5 40 I4 37 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

C1 36 (1UZ–FE) I5 37 (1UZ–FE) J15 41

C3 36 (1UZ–FE) I6 37 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

C4 36 (1UZ–FE) I7 37 (1UZ–FE) J20 42

C5 36 (1UZ–FE) I8 37 (1UZ–FE) K1 37 (1UZ–FE)

C12 A 40 I9 37 (1UZ–FE) K2 37 (1UZ–FE)

C13 B 40 I13 37 (1UZ–FE) M1 37 (1UZ–FE)

D1 36 (1UZ–FE) I14 37 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

D4 40 I15 37 (1UZ–FE) P1 37 (1UZ–FE)

E2 A 36 (1UZ–FE) I16 37 (1UZ–FE) S11 41

E3 B 36 (1UZ–FE) I17 37 (1UZ–FE) T2 37 (1UZ–FE)

E4 C 36 (1UZ–FE) I18 37 (1UZ–FE) T3 37 (1UZ–FE)

E5 D 36 (1UZ–FE) I19 37 (1UZ–FE) T5 41

E6 E 36 (1UZ–FE) I20 37 (1UZ–FE) T6 41

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) I22 41 V2 37 (1UZ–FE)

E8 36 (1UZ–FE) J2 37 (1UZ–FE) V3 37 (1UZ–FE)

F15 42 J3 A 37 (1UZ–FE) V4 37 (1UZ–FE)

F16 42 J4 B 37 (1UZ–FE) V5 37 (1UZ–FE)

H12 36 (1UZ–FE) J5 37 (1UZ–FE) V10 43

H14 36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41 V11 43

H20 40 J7 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1GCowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1J

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

Page 148: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA246 (1UZ FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA346 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

EB1 46 (1UZ–FE) Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

EC1 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)

IA150 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA250 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IC250 Floor No 2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC350 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 46 (1UZ–FE) Left Fender

EC 46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED 46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EE 46 (1UZ–FE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E1 E4 46 (1UZ–FE) Cowl Wire

E2 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire B3 54 Floor No.2 Wire

E3

( ) g

1 2 3 4

1614X

2422

X

X

X

7

5 X X

X

X 16

X X

X 19

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

BLACKA13 A20

B5BLACK BLACK DARK GRAY

A10

C1 C3 C4 C5DARK GRAY

Page 149: FOREWORD - PBworks

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

16

1

X X 3 X X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

X

16 X X X X X X X

X 7 X 5 4 X X X

211716151410

31272622

1311

2523

18

28

19

29

20

30

12

X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1

16141312118

24222017

2

109

1918 21

15

23

3 4 5 6 7

C12 (A)BLACK

D4 E2 (A) E3 (B)

D1C13 (B)

21 21 X

4 5

X X X X

5 6 7 8 9 10

21

3 4

21

3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3

12

X

X 5 6 X

10 X 13 X 19

22 X 28

7

16 17

26

X

X

8

18

27

1 X 4 5 7

8 9 10 11 X X

16 X X 22

6

13 14

20 21X

4 X X X X X X 11 X X

171819

24

BLACKF15

BLACK DARK GRAY DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK BLACK BLACK

E4 (C) E5 (D) E6 (E) E7 (F)

E8 F16 H12 H14

H20 H21 I2 I3 I4

1 23 4

21

3 4

2

2 8 X

X 1

Page 150: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2

X

X 6 7 8

B B C C

F F

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE

BLUEI22

ORANGEJ3 (A)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I5 I6 I7 I8 I9

I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I19

I20 J2

A A B B

D D

A A A

A A A

A A

A A A A

A A A

A A A C

EE

CC

EE

CC

EE

ED

DD

D

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

A A

A A

AAAA A A

1 1

A A

A A A A

54321 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

AAAAAA A A A A A A

J4 (B) J6GRAY

J9ORANGE GRAY

J14 J15 J17 J20

DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK BLUE

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J5 J7

J10 J11

K1 K2 M1 M3

Page 151: FOREWORD - PBworks

X

5 6

1

2

1 23 4

1 2

3 4

6 7 X

2 3 4 X1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

GRAY BLUE GRAY GRAY GRAY

BLACK BLACK BLACK DARK GRAY DARK GRAY

P1 S11 T2 T3 T5

T6 V2 V3 V4 V5

1 2

BLACK BLUEV10 V11

1 2 3

Page 152: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

1

15A

AM

2

120A

ALT

1 1

7 6

8

AM2 IG2

ST2

1K1

7. 5AOBD

1H12

IA19

1F10

5ASTARTER

1F1

EA35

P

N

6

5

EA34

AC

BA

AC

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

II4

3

IA2

15

2 3

1 5

11

1 1

II11

IC28

B 3

M

5

4

EE BKBJ

A

107

2 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

IGNITION SWI22

PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW

P 1

FUE

L P

UM

PF1

5

FUE

L P

UM

PC

ON

TRO

L E

CU

F16

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR1 1

6 5 9 8

AA A

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

B–L

BATTERY

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–L

B–R

W–B

W–B

L–W

L–RB

BB

B

B–R

B–L

B–R

B

B–R

B

B–R

W–B

TO STARTER RELAY

FP+ +B

FP– E DI FPC

B–L

B–LB

W

W–R

W–R

W–R

B

B–W B–W

B–W

W–B

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–Y

EFIRELAY

BJ

3A

, J

42

1

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

W–B

W–B

Page 153: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–L

B–R

B

B

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

E9E1E10

E

E

E 2 E 2 E 2 E 2

2

1

IC36

F13 E5 E4

IC319 IC37

D2

BB BB

AB AB

E16 E8

E 2

EA29

D BD B

AF AF

EA37

E 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A

2 4

E E

A

3 1

E EAJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

HE

ATE

D O

XY

GE

N S

EN

SO

R( B

AN

K 2

SE

NS

OR

2)

H21

VS

V (

VA

PO

RP

RE

SS

UR

E S

EN

SO

R)

V11

F24 F25

B–R

BR

B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

EC

BR

B–R

R

GR

–BB–R

B–RB

B–RB–L

W–R

W–R

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R BR

BR

BR

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

OX HT

E1+B

HT2BOX2BB2+BSTADIFPCTPC

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14 1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

EA27

B5 B6 A1 A2

B–O

B–O

Y

B–W L R

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W B–W B–W B–W

B–R

B–W

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

1I1

3

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

2I1

4

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

3I1

5

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

4I1

6

MREL BATT IGSW #10 #20 #30 #40

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BJ

3A

, J

4

J 4

AB

, J

3

BE 2 A , E 3

FE 6 E , E 7

C, E 4 ,

E 5 D ,

Page 154: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

E 2

E 2 E 2

1

2

1

2

1

2

2

1

A3 A4 A5 B7

B–W

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

5I1

7

INJE

CTO

R N

O.

6I1

8 VS

V (

AC

IS)

V 2

VS

V (

EV

AP

)V

3

B10 B19 B22

MASS AIR FLOWMETER

M 1

5 3 1

4 2

B–R B–R

BRB

–W

B–W B–R

B–R

B–R BR

W R–L

B–L

B–Y

R–L GR

W–R

+B E2

VG E2G THA

#50 #60 ACIS PRG VG EVG THA

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

D8 F26 B11 B3

2 4

3 1

OX HT

+B E1

2 4

3 1

OX HT

+B E1

E 2

E 1

B12 B4

2 4

3 1

OX HT

+B E1

E 2

E 1

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

1 S

EN

SO

R 2

)

H13

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

2 S

EN

SO

R 1

)

H14

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( BA

NK

1 S

EN

SO

R 1

)

H12

EA112

D5

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1

D

12

11

D

3

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B17

E 1

TC E1

+B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

B–R

BR

B B

BR

W GR W Y

R

P–B BR

BRB

–R BR

B–R BR

PP

–B

BR

B–RB–R

BR

OX1B HT1B OX2A HT2A OX1A HT1A TC E1

E 2

B18

BR

E2

BR

E 2

E 1

B–R BR

BR

EA43EA410EA411

W GR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B–R

BR

BE 2 A , E 3

FE 6 E , E 7

C , E 4

E 5 D ,

E 3

B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

4

OX1

(SHIELDED)

B

B

Page 155: FOREWORD - PBworks

A

A

E 1

ED

A

A

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

BR

BR

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

21 12

A23 A22 A10

E 3

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

W B L Y

L YW

1 1

A28 A27

(SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B GR

NE+ NE– G2 KNK1 KNK2

CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 5CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

C 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 1

K 1

KN

OC

K S

EN

SO

R 2

K 2

E 2 E 2

IC317 IC318 EA210

EA23

IC35

2

1 3

D18B14

2

1

E 2

E 2 E 2

1 2 3

B24B23B2B16B15

BR

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

. S

EN

SO

R

E 8

THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

T 3

BR BR BR

L–R

L–Y

BR

BR

BR

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

L–RLL–Y

BR

L–Y

B–R L–Y

L–Y

Y–G

Y–R

BR

BR

VAPORPRESSURESENSOR

V10

ACCELERATOR PEDALPOSITION SENSOR

A10

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

ABR

BR

THW PTNK VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2

4

BE 2 A , E 3

FE 5 D , E 7

C, E 4

PTNK

E2 VCC

4 2 1

3

,

E, E 6

VC VPA1 VPA2

(SHIELDED) A

E2

Page 156: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

A11

7

IGNITERI 1

B–Y

IGT

A18 A17

1 2

E11

EA36

ED

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

C

16 5 4

C

7

A

W–R

R–W W

W

W–BBRB

BR

B1A31A21A9

EC

A2F13

2G6

II

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

D 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVE

C 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

D13 D28 F21 F22 F23

EB110

4 3 2L–

OL–

O

W L–R

B–W G–B

ACMG MPX1 TXCT RXCK CODE

TXCT RXCK CODEMPX1

FR

OM

A/C

CO

MP

RE

LAY

BODY ECU NO. 1TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

T 6

A12

6

B–L

IGT2

A13

5

B–R

IGT3

A25

4

B

IGF

OCV+ OCV– SIL ME01 E01 E02 E03

SIL

BAT SG CG

IN1 IN2 IN3 IGF

BE 2 A , E 3

EE 5 D , E 6

C, E 4

B 5

19

,

2

1

C11C5

VE

HIC

LE S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( ELE

CT

RO

NIC

ALL

Y C

ON

TRO

LLE

D T

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

N)

V 1

R–L

L–Y

SP2+ SP2–

F, E 7

Page 157: FOREWORD - PBworks

D27

IJ13

L

MPX2

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

A20 A19

3 4

A8 A7

2 1

A30E22 F9

E 4

EB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORT 2

EC EOM CL+ CL– M+ M– GE01

W–B

W–B

G–R

Y–R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W B

W–B

E6

W

GR

–R

E13 E20 E14

24 16 14

P V LG

TRC+ TRC– ENG+

TRC+ TRC– ENG+

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECUA20

ENG–

ENG–

L

22

21 E

NEO

NEO

G–R

7

15 E

15ASTOP

1H8

15AETCS

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

1

2

IA26

D6 E7

A

A

WG

–WG

–W

L–Y

V–Y

STOP LIGHTSW

S11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

2

1

STP BM

BE 2 A , E 3

EE 5 D , E 6

C, E 4

A16

1

2

EA14

IG

E 4

PS

LW

–BW

–B

W–B

W–B

(*2)

( *1)

PO

WE

R S

TE

ER

ING

OIL

PR

ES

SU

RE

SW

P 2

L

GR–R

,

F, E 7

* 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

Page 158: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

W–B

GR

–R

GR–RA

AA

10AGAUGE

J 6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D4

A1

A

B8A22

W

B12B2

IFII

1D5

GR

1F13 1G6

L

IE117 IE17

C12

COMBINATION METER

C13, A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CPU

IE111

W–B

( *4)

W

( *3)

L–R

W

WL

( *3)

M 3

A13

5

2

7

IJ110

MULTI–DISPLAY

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

16

8

6T 5

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

MPX+

MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2

L

* 4 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 3 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

TACHOMETER

Page 159: FOREWORD - PBworks

The engine control system utilizes a microcomputer and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission etc. An outlineof the engine control is given here.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit

The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermister with a resistance, whichvaries according to the engine coolant temp. The engine coolant temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the enginecontrol module as a control signal.

(2) Intake air temp. signal circuitThe intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp. which is input as acontrol signal to TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.

(3) Oxygen density signal circuitThe oxygen density in the exhaust emission is detected by the heated oxygen sensors and input as a control signal toTERMINALS OX1A, OX2A, OX1B and OX2B of the engine control module.

(4) RPM signal circuitCamshaft position is detected by the camshaft position sensor and its signal is input to TERMINAL G2 of the enginecontrol module as a control signal.Also,engine RPM is detected by the crankshaft position sensor and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL NE+.

(5) Throttle position signal circuitThe throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINALVTA of the engine control module.

(6) Vehicle speed circuitThe vehicle speed sensor (Electronically controlled transmission) detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signalto TERMINAL SP2+ of the engine control module.

(7) Battery signal circuitVoltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. With the ignition SW turned on, thevoltage for engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINALS +B, B2 of the engine control modulevia the EFI relay.The current flowing through the IGN fuse flows to TERMINAL IGSW of the engine control module.Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BM of the engine control module.

(8) Intake air volume signal circuitIntake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and the signal is input to TERMINAL VG of the engine controlmodule as a control signal.

(9) Stop light SW signal circuitThe stop light SW is used to detect whether the vehicle is braking or not and the signal is input into TERMINAL STP ofthe engine control module as a control signal.

(10)Starter signal circuitTo confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage is applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and thesignal is input into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module as a control signal.

(11) Engine knock signal circuitEngine knocking is detected by knock sensors and the signal is input into TERMINALS KNK1 and KNK2 as a controlsignal.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 160: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

2. CONTROL SYSTEM∗ SFI system

The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensor (Input signals from (1) to (11)etc.) to the engine control module. And the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 and #60 ofthe engine control module to operate the injector (Inject the fuel). The SFI system controls the fuel injection operation bythe engine control module in response to the driving conditions.

∗ ESA systemThe ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals input to the engine control module from each sensor(Input signals from (1), (2), (4), to (11) etc.). The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the memorizeddata in the engine control module and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT, IGT2, IGT3. This signal controlsthe igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions.

∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control systemThe heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. ofexhaust emissions is low), and warms up the oxygen sensors to improve detection performance of the sensors. Theengine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from (1), (2), (4), (7), to (9) etc.), andoutputs current to TERMINALS HT1A, HT2A, HT1B and HT2B to control the heater.

∗ Fuel pump control systemThe engine control module outputs current to TERMINAL FPC and controls the fuel pump control ECU and fuel pumpdrive speed in response to the driving conditions.

∗ ACISACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed inaccordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages for increased engine output inall ranges from low to high speeds.

∗ ETCS–iThe ETCS–i controls the engine output at its optimal level corresponding to the opening of the accel. pedal under alldriving conditions.

∗ MPXThe MPX communicates with the combination meter, A/C control assembly, as well as body ECU of the multiplexcommunication system

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWith the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioningsystem is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the code displayed by themalfunction indicator lamp.

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWhen a malfunction has occurred in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued controlbased on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values)recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.

Page 161: FOREWORD - PBworks

EFI RELAY5–3 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position

E8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : Approx. 15.0 kΩ (–20°C, –4°F)

Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)Approx. 0.32 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)Approx. 0.14 kΩ (110°C, 230°F)

E2 (A), E3 (B), E5 (D), E6 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULEBATT–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

BM–GROUND : Always approx. 12 voltsIGSW–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position+B, B2–GROUND: Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

VC–GROUND : 4.5–5.5 volts with ignition SW onVTA2–GROUND : 2.0–2.9 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed

4.6–5.0 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully openedVTA–GROUND : 0.4–1.0 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed

3.2–4.8 volts with ignition SW on and throttle valve fully openedVPA–GROUND : 0.25–0.9 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully closed

3.2–4.8 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully openedVPA2–GROUND : 1.8–2.7 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully closed

4.7–5.0 volts with ignition SW at on and accelerator fully openedTHA–GROUND : 0.5–3.4 volts with idling, intake air temp. 20°C (68°F)THW–GROUND : 0.2–1.0 volts with idling, coolant temp. 80°C (176°F)STA–GROUND : 6.0 volts or more with crankingTC–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with ignition SW onW–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with idling

0–3.0 volts with ignition SW onACMG–GROUND: 0–1.5 volts with A/C SW on (at idling)

7.5–14.0 volts with A/C SW off and throttle valve fully open#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–GROUND : 9.0–14.0 volts with ignition SW on pulse generation with idling

I13, I14, I15, I16, I17, I18 INJECTOR NO.1, NO.2, NO.3, NO.4, NO.5, NO.61–2 : 13.4–14.2 Ω

SERVICE HINTS

Page 162: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A10 38 (2JZ–GE) H13 38 (2JZ–GE) J15 41

A13 40 H14 38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

A20 40 H21 40 J20 42

B5 40 I1 39 (2JZ–GE) K1 39 (2JZ–GE)

C1 38 (2JZ–GE) I13 39 (2JZ–GE) K2 39 (2JZ–GE)

C2 38 (2JZ–GE) I14 39 (2JZ–GE) M1 39 (2JZ–GE)

C5 38 (2JZ–GE) I15 39 (2JZ–GE) M3 41

C12 A 40 I16 39 (2JZ–GE) P1 39 (2JZ–GE)

C13 B 40 I17 39 (2JZ–GE) P2 39 (2JZ–GE)

D1 38 (2JZ–GE) I18 39 (2JZ–GE) S11 41

D4 40 I22 41 T2 39 (2JZ–GE)

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) J2 39 (2JZ–GE) T3 39 (2JZ–GE)

E3 B 38 (2JZ–GE) J3 A 39 (2JZ–GE) T5 41

E4 C 38 (2JZ–GE) J4 B 39 (2JZ–GE) T6 41

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J5 39 (2JZ–GE) V1 39 (2JZ–GE)

E6 E 38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41 V2 39 (2JZ–GE)

E7 F 38 (2JZ–GE) J7 41 V3 39 (2JZ–GE)

E8 38 (2JZ–GE) J9 41 V10 43

F15 42 J10 41 V11 43

F16 42 J11 41

H12 38 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1J

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1

EA248 (2JZ GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4

EB1 48 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

IA150 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA250 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IC250 Floor No 2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC350 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

Page 163: FOREWORD - PBworks

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 48 (2JZ–GE) Left Fender

EC 48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED 48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

EE 48 (2JZ–GE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E1 E4 48 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire

E2 48 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire B3 54 Floor No.2 Wire

E3

( ) g

1 2 3 4

1614X

2422

X

X

X

7

X X

X 19

1 2 1 2 1 2

X

2X

X

XX

XX

X

1

X X 3 4 X

X X X X 11

12 X X X X X

X

X

2

5 X X

X

X 16

BLACKA13 A20

BLACK BLACK DARK GARY

C12 (A) C13 (B)BLACK

B5

A10

C1 C2 C5

D1

2

2 8 X

X 1

Page 164: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

X X X 5 6 X

X 13 X X X

X X X 28

X

2

8

18

27

X X X X X X X X 9 X X 13

X X X X X X 212223 24 25 261 X X 4 5 7

8 9 10 11 X 15

16 X X 22

6

13 14

20 21X

21 21 X

4 5

X X X X

5 6 7 8 9 1021

3 4

21

3 4

1 2

3 4

21

3 4 4 5 76

1 2

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

X

X 6 7 8

5

11 X

X

1 2

E5 (D) E6 (E) E7 (F)

F15BLACK DARK GRAY DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY BROWN DARK GRAY BROWNI22

BLACK

E4 (C)

BROWN

16 X X X X X X X

X 7 X 5 4 X X X

1

16141211

242217

2

10X

1918

15

23

3 4 5 6 7

211716X10

312722

1311

2523

18

28

19

20

30

12

X

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9

D4 E2 (A) E3 (B)

E8 F16 H12 H13

H14 H21 I1 I13

I14 I15 I16 I17 I18

Page 165: FOREWORD - PBworks

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A A

A A

A A A

A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

A A

A A A A1 1

54321

X

5 6

1 2

1 23 4

1 2 3 4

1

2

1 2

2 3 4 X

1 21 2

C

EE

CC

EE

CC

EE

XX

ED

X

DD

D

AAAA A A

6 7 X

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1 2

A A A

A A A

A A

A A A A

ORANGE

GRAYJ14 J15

J20DARK GRAY DARK GRAY BLACK

GRAY DARK GRAY BLUE

GRAY BLACK BLACK

BROWN BLUE BLACK BLUE

J9

J17

BLUE

GRAY BLACK

GRAYJ6

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A A A AA A A A A A A A B B C C

F F

A A B B

D D

AAAAAA A A A A A A

ORANGEJ3 (A) J4 (B)

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J2 J5

J7 J10

J11

K1 K2 M1

M3 P1 P2 S11

T2 T3 T5 T6 V1

V2 V3 V10 V11

1 2 3

Page 166: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM (1UZ–FE)

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2 3

1 5

11

11

II11

IA215 II43

E10

MREL

E1

BATT

F17

TXCT

F19

RXCK

F18

CODE

F20

KSW

EE IFEB II

A

A

A A

1

2

2G6

2F13

A

2

1 5

A A

1

4 3 2

A A

A

+B GND

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

TXCT RXCK CODE

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

W–B

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

L–R

B–W G–B

YY

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

UNLOCKWARNINGSW

U 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

EFIRELAY

2

1

TRA

NS

PO

ND

ER

KE

Y C

OIL

ANT1

ANT2

F3

IE25

TO C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

ME

TER

VV

V

W–B

5

B

B

2

SE

CU

RIT

Y IN

DIC

AT

OR

[RH

EO

STA

T]

R 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

IMLD

FE 6 E , E 7

TRANSPONDERKEY AMPLIFIER

T 6

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

Page 167: FOREWORD - PBworks

EFI RELAY5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

E6 E 36 (1UZ–FE) J9 41 R7 41

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J10 41 T6 41

J5 37 (1UZ–FE) J11 41 U1 41

J6 41 J14 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE2 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 46 (1UZ–FE) Left Fender

EE 46 (1UZ–FE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

3 X X X X X X X X

171819 20

1 X

10 X X

X X

X

A A

A A A A

A

A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A A A

A A A

AAAAAA A A A A A A

E6 (E) E7 (F) J6

J9ORANGE GRAY

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J5

J10 J11

SERVICE HINTS

Page 168: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM (1UZ–FE)

X 2 5 X X 1 2 3 4 5 X 2

1

BB

B

J14 R7BLACK

U1

(Hint : See Page 7)

T6

Page 169: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 170: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM (2JZ–GE)

25AEFI

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2 3

1 5

11

11

II11

IA215 II43

E10

MREL

E1

BATT

F21

TXCT

F22

RXCK

F23

CODE

F10

KSW

EE IFEB II

A

A

A A 1

2

2G6

2F13

A

2

1 5

A A

1

4 3 2

A A

A

+B GND

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

TXCT RXCK CODE

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

W–B

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

L–R

B–W G–B

YY

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

FE

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

UNLOCKWARNINGSW

U 1

TRANSPONDERKEY AMPLIFIER

T 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

EFIRELAY

2

1

TRA

NS

PO

ND

ER

KE

Y C

OIL

ANT1

ANT2

F20

B

B

VV

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

IE25

5

2

VW

–BT

O C

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

ME

TER

IMLD

SE

CU

RIT

Y IN

DIC

ATO

R[R

HE

OS

TAT]

R 7

E 6 , E 7

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

Page 171: FOREWORD - PBworks

EFI RELAY5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

E6 E 38 (2JZ–GE) J9 41 R7 41

E7 F 38 (2JZ–GE) J10 41 T6 41

J5 39 (2JZ–GE) J11 41 U1 41

J6 41 J14 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IA2 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE2 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II152 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB 48 (2JZ–GE) Left Fender

EE 48 (2JZ–GE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

1 X X

10 X

X X

X

A A

A A A A

XX

XA

A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A A A

A A A

X X X X X X X X 10 X X

X X X X X X 20212223

AAAAAA A A A A A A

E6 (E) E7 (F) J6

J9ORANGE GRAY

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J5

J10 J11

SERVICE HINTS

Page 172: FOREWORD - PBworks

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM (2JZ–GE)

X 2 5 X X 1 2 3 4 5 X 2

1

BB

B

J14 R7BLACK

U1

(Hint : See Page 7)

T6

Page 173: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 174: FOREWORD - PBworks

FOG LIGHT

15AH–LPR LWR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

15AFR FOG

II27

1H3

2 5

1 3

A17

FOG

LOW

OFF

A

A

II IF EB EA

A

2F13

2G6

1H9 1B10

II42

1

2

1

2

5

12 11 18

17

A

A

G–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J10

FOG LIGHT SW[COMB. SW]

C14

2

1

FRO

NT

FO

GLI

GH

T R

H

F 2

FRO

NT

FO

GLI

GH

T LH

F 1

B 6

BODY ECUNO. 2

AFFGO

FFOG

FOGRELAY

1G61F13

A

11

GND

W–B

W–B

A

A

W–B

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

Page 175: FOREWORD - PBworks

FOG RELAY3–5 : Closed with dimmer SW at LOW position and fog light SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40 F1 38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41

C14 40F2

36 (1UZ–FE) J10 41

F1 36 (1UZ–FE)F2

38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B26

1F26

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)1G

27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

II252 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA46 (1UZ–FE)

Right FenderEA48 (2JZ–GE)

Right Fender

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

X

X 17 X X X X

1 2 1 2

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

X X

X 11

12

X

1817

X

AAAA A A

B6 (A) C14BROWN BROWN

J6ORANGE

J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

F1 F2

J10

SERVICE HINTS

Page 176: FOREWORD - PBworks

FUEL LID OPENER

10AFUEL OPN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F6

1

2

IC316

M

3

2

BKBJ

AA

FUEL LIDOPENER SW

F 8

FUEL LIDOPENER MOTOR

F14

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20W–B

W–B

L–W

L–W

L–O

Page 177: FOREWORD - PBworks

F8 FUEL LID OPENER SW2–1 : Closed with fuel lid opener SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

F8 40 F14 42 J20 42

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC3 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

1 2 X 2 3 XA A

A A A A

GREEN BLACKJ20

(Hint : See Page 7)

F8 F14

SERVICE HINTS

Page 178: FOREWORD - PBworks

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

10ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2D7

1

2

II

2D5

2G6 2F13

IF

GARAGE DOOROPENER

G 5

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A

A

A

L–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Page 179: FOREWORD - PBworks

G5 GARAGE DOOR OPENER2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts1–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

G5 42 J6 41 J10 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

1 2 A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

G5 J6ORANGE

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J10

SERVICE HINTS

Page 180: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

BATTERY

40AMAIN

1

2

1

1 1

30A

DR

L N

O. 2

1

2

1

II214 II47

EB11

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L S

WD

IMM

ER

SW

I 1

C

5 2

14 9

C C

16 17

8

C

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)D

5

COMBINATION SWC14

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R–B

R–W

W–B

Y–R

R–GR–G

B–L

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–B

Y–R

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–G

R–B

R–W

R–G

R–W

W–B W–B

HE

AD

LP

RE

LAY

HRLY

ALTLHEAD

HI

H

CH

G–

8

W–L

A9

A15 A10

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

1G6 1F13

11

GND

IF

W–B

W–B

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

2 4

1 3

A19

1D5

IE18

MPX2

W

W–B

WW

W–B

II

W–B

W–B

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

7

J14

Page 181: FOREWORD - PBworks

5AECU–B2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2F7

10AGAUGE

1H4

C

C

7

W–R

W–R

B

B

1

R–L

R–L

4 2

3 1

3 3

3 3

EB18

9

R–Y

R–Y

15AH–LPR UPR

15AH–LPL UPR

3

2

1

3 3

EB112

1

4 6

2

1

R–B

R

R

W–R

W–B

R–W

R–WR–W

R–B

R–G

W–R

W–B

Y–B

PARKINGBRAKE SW

P 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

D 5

DIM

ME

R D

RL

NO

. 2 R

ELA

Y

II49

1

2

1

2

II410

C

CC

R

R–G

W–R

W–R

W–R

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(H

IGH

)H

10

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

HIG

H)

H 8

W–R

RK

B

+B IG

DR

L

E

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

II

2F13

2G6

IE112

IE211

B

B

A

A15

B7

IF

B

A

B

A

B

A

A

B

RR

PW

–BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

AJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

W–B

W–B

W–R

R

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

W

W–B

5ASRS–B

1D3

C12

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

BA

, C

13

A14

B11 A22

CPU

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

L–B

( US

A)

W

HIG

H B

EA

M

HE

AD

W–B

Page 182: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

II44

30ADRLNO. 1

1

2

1

1

15AH–LPL LWR

1

2

1

15AH–LPR LWR

1

2

1

IA11

2

1

2

1

EEEB

E 4

R–B

R

R

W–R

W–B

R–G Y

R–Y

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

LOW

)H

9 HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(LO

W)

H11

R–B

B1B3A2

B2B4A1A5

E 4

EB13

A3

R–B

( *2)

R–G

( *1)

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

W–R

R

D 2

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

. 3

A

D 3

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

. 4

B

R

* 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

* 4 : EXCEPT HID TYPE* 3 : HID TYPE

2

1

W–B

(*4)

( *4)

( *4)

( *4)

1

2

1

2

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–Y

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U L

HH

6

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U R

HH

7

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

SIS

TO

R

D26

W–B

W–B

2

1

SH

OR

T C

ON

NE

CTO

RD

26

R–L

(CANADA)

W–B

(CANADA)

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)

Page 183: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWhen the engine is started, the generator signal is input from the body ECU No.2 to TERMINAL 5 of the daytime runninglight relay (Main). At this time, when the parking brake pedal is depressed (The parking brake SW is on), the relay is notactivated and the daytime running light system does not function. When the parking brake pedal is released (The parkingbrake SW is off), the signal is input to TERMINAL 4 of the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the relay to turnon the DIMMER DRL NO.2 relay. The current flows from the battery into the MAIN fuse to DRL NO.2 fuse to DIMMER DRLNO.2 relay (Point side) to H–LP L UPR fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the headlight LH (High) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 ofthe headlight RH (High) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 5 of the daytime running light relay No.3 to TERMINAL (A) 3 toTERMINAL 1 of the daytime running light resistor (USA) or short connector (Canada) to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. Theheadlights light up more dimly than usual as the engine is started.Once the daytime running light system has been activated, the headlights are remained lit even though the parking brakepedal is depressed (The parking brake SW is on). Even if the engine is stopped and the generator signal is cut off with theignition SW set at ON, the headlights are remained lit. When the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF, the daytime runninglight system is stopped and the headlights go off. If the engine is started with the parking brake pedal released, the daytimerunning light system starts functioning and the headlights light up as the engine is started.

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION∗ Light control SW is set at HEAD.

When the light control SW is set to HEAD position, the signal is input to TERMINAL 15 of the body ECU No.2. Thisactivates the body ECU No.2 and turns on the HEAD LP relay. When the signal is input to TERMINAL 2 of the daytimerunning light relay (Main), the daytime running light system is deactivated and headlights LH and RH (High) go off. Atthis time, the current flows from the battery into the MAIN fuse to HEAD LP relay (Point side) to H–LP L LWR and H–LPR LWR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights LH and RH (Low) (except HID type) or TERMINAL 2 of the HEADLIGHTCONTROL ECU LH and RH (HID type) to TERMINAL 2 (except HID type) or TERMINAL 1 (HID type) to GROUND, toturn on the headlights (Low beam).

∗ Dimmer SW is set at HIGH.When the light control SW is set to HEAD position, the current flows into the daytime running light relay No.3 and No.4(Coil side) to turn on the relay as the headlights (Low beam) light up. At this time, when the dimmer SW is set to HIGHposition, the signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the DIMMER DRLNO.2 relay to flow the current from the battery into the MAIN fuse to DRL NO.2 fuse to DIMMER DRL NO.2 relay (Pointside) to headlights LH and RH (High) to daytime running light relay No.4 (Point side) to GROUND, to turn on theheadlights (High and low) and high beam indicator light at the same time.

∗ Dimmer SW is set at FLASH.When the dimmer SW is set to FLASH position, the current flows from the battery into the MAIN fuse, HEAD LP relay(Coil side) to TERMINAL 9 of the combination SW to TERMINAL 17 to GROUND in that order to turn on the HEAD LPrelay.Additionally, the signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the daytime running light relay (Main) to activate the relay and turn onthe DIMMER DRL NO.2 relay. In the same manner as the dimmer SW set at HIGH position, the headlights (High andlow) and high beam indicator light are turned on at the same time.

HEAD LP RELAY1–2 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

DIMMER DRL NO.2 RELAY1–2 : Closed with daytime running light operation

Closed with light control SW at HEAD position and dimmer SW at HIGH positionClosed with dimmer SW at FLASH position

D2 (A), D3 (B) DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO.3, NO.4(A) 2–(A) 5, (B) 1–(B) 2 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position and dimmer SW at HIGH position or

dimmer SW at FLASH position

C14 COMBINATION SW14–16 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position

9–17 : Closed with dimmer SW at FLASH position8–17 : Closed with dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position

B6 (A) BODY ECU NO.29–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts

15–GROUND : Continuity with light control SW at HEAD position

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 184: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40H6

36 (1UZ–FE) H11 38 (2JZ–GE)

C12 A 40H6

38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41

C13 B 40H7

36 (1UZ–FE) J10 41

C14 40H7

38 (2JZ–GE) J11 41

D2 A36 (1UZ–FE)

H836 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

D2 A38 (2JZ–GE)

H838 (2JZ–GE) J15 41

D3 B36 (1UZ–FE)

H936 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

D3 B38 (2JZ–GE)

H938 (2JZ–GE) J18 41

D5 40H10

36 (1UZ–FE) P4 41

D2636 (1UZ–FE)

H1038 (2JZ–GE)

D2638 (2JZ–GE) H11 36 (1UZ–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

3 24 Engine Room No.3 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EB146 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)EB148 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

IA1 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II252 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EE46 (1UZ–FE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorEE48 (2JZ–GE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E446 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl WireI1 52 Cowl Wire

E448 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire

Page 185: FOREWORD - PBworks

X X

X 14

98X

17

X

16

1

X 5

2 3

X

1 2

3 4X987654X21

1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2

BBAAAA A A B B B B

1

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

B B B B B B B

C

CC

CC

B B C C B C C

C C C C

C12 (A) C13 (B)

C14GRAY GRAY GRAY

BLACK BROWN BLACK

BROWNJ6

ORANGE GRAY

J14 J15 J17BLUE

P4

B6 (A)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

D2 (A) D3 (B) D5

H8 H9 H10

H11 J10 J11

J18

211 2 1 2

D26 H6 H7GRAY

9 0 X

15 X 19 X X X X

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

15

14

1 7

X

X1 1

Page 186: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

2 4

1 3

40A

MA

IN

1

2

1

1 1

II214

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

DIM

ME

R S

W

C C

A

A

A

IFII

2F13

2G6

10A

H–L

P L

UP

R

1

2

1

1

IA15

IE112

C

C

R–G

W–R

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–G

R–B

R–G

R–G

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

R–G

WP

1

2

A

C

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

COMBINATIONSW

C14

HE

AD

LP

RE

LAY

14 9 8

16 17

C C

W–B

BA

TTE

RY

W–R

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

HIG

H)

H 8

I 1

W

W–B

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

R–B

A15

A9 A19

1F13 1G6 1D5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

11

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GNDHEAD

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

W–B

HRLY MPX2

W–B

W–B

R–G

P

R–B

W–R

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

Page 187: FOREWORD - PBworks

10A

H–L

P R

UP

R

1

2

1

15A

H–L

P R

LW

R

1

2

1

15A

H–L

P L

LW

R

1

2

1

1

IA11

II410

EB EE

W–R

YR

–Y

R

R–L

1

2

* 1 : HID TYPE* 2 : EXCEPT HID TYPE

W–R

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(H

IGH

)

H10

W–B

W–B

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH (

LOW

)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

(LO

W)

R

II44

IE211

A15

5ASRS–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D3

A14

HIGHBEAM HEAD

CPU

B7 A22 B11

W–BP

W–B

IE18

C12

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ET

ER

BA

, C

13

RR L–

BL–

B

WW

W

W

R–B

W–R

W–B

2

1

2

1

H11

H 9

1

2

1

2

P

R–B

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U L

HH

6

H 7

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U R

H

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–Y

( *2)

( *1)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

( *2)

( US

A)

( US

A)

Page 188: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

HEAD LP RELAY1–2 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

C14 COMBINATION SW14–16 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position

8–17 : Closed with dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position9–17 : Closed with dimmer SW at FLASH position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40 H7 38 (2JZ–GE)H11

36 (1UZ–FE)

C12 A 40H8

36 (1UZ–FE)H11

38 (2JZ–GE)

C13 B 40H8

38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41

C14 40H9

36 (1UZ–FE) J10 41

H636 (1UZ–FE)

H938 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

H638 (2JZ–GE)

H1036 (1UZ–FE) J15 41

H7 36 (1UZ–FE)H10

38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IA1 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II252 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

II452 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EE46 (1UZ–FE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorEE48 (2JZ–GE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 52 Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 189: FOREWORD - PBworks

X X

X 14

98X

17

X

16

1 2 1 21 2 1 2

1 2 1 2 A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

C C C CC

CC

CC

AAAA A A

9 X

15 X 19 X X X X

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

15

14

B6 (A) C12 (A) C13 (B)

C14 H6 H7BLACK BROWN

BLACK BROWNJ6

ORANGE

J15J14 J17

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

H8 H9

H10 H11 J10

7

X

X1 1

Page 190: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVEL CONTROL

15AECU–IG

1H5

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D4

B

B

A1 A3 A2B8 B4

A8 A7 A6 A5 B1 B2 B3 A4

IE23

II22 II211 II21 II210II23

EB

B–R

R–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R B–L

L–Y

B–L

R–W

P–G

G–O

R–B

G–Y

L–Y

L–W

W–B

B–R

R–W

P–G

G–O

R–B

B–R

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELCONTROL MOTOR

H 3HEIGHT CONTROLSENSOR (FRONT)

H15

ABS & TRAC& VSC ECU

A21

RH1 RH2 RH3 RH4 SBF SHF SGF

IG LHB1

SHGSHFLSHB

FLO

3

5 4 1 6 3 1 2 4

HE

AD

LIG

HT

BE

AM

LE

VE

LC

ON

TRO

L W

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

I 1 I 1

C12

H 1

HE

AD

LIG

HT

BE

AM

LE

VE

LC

ON

TRO

L E

CU

BA

, H

2

18

1

B5 B6 B7

L–B

G–B

L–O

HEIGHT CONTROLSENSOR (REAR)

H22

SBR SHR SGR

SHGSHRLSHB

3 2 1

IC32 IC310 IC311

L–B

G–B

L–O

4

LH1 LH2

1 6

LH3 LH4

3 2

LHB1

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELCONTROL MOTOR

HDLP

E1

SPDLWNG

R–G

Page 191: FOREWORD - PBworks

40AMAIN

3 1

4 2

1 1

II214

C

C

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

A

A

A

IF

R–G

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

2

16

C

1

14

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14

HEAD LPRELAY

HRLY

HEAD

LIGHT CONTROLSW [COMB. SW]

C14

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

A9

A15

II

1G6 1F13

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

11

A

A

A

GND

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

Page 192: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVEL CONTROL

This system calculates changes in the illuminating angle from changes in the vehicle height and axle distance based on theinformation on the vehicle height detected by the height sensors installed at the front and rear of the vehicle and informationon the vehicle speed and acceleration output from the VSC system to reversely operate the reflector by the obtainedilluminating angle through actuators in order to always keep the beam axis constant.If an error occurs in this system, the headlight beam level control warning light in the combination meter lights up to warn thedriver.

H1 (A), H2 (B) HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVEL CONTROL ECU(A) 1, (B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A) 4–GROUND : Always continuity(B) 4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with light control SW at HEAD position

C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]14–16 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A21 40H2 B

36 (1UZ–FE) H22 42

B6 A 40H2 B

38 (2JZ–GE) J6 41

C12 40H3

36 (1UZ–FE) J7 41

C14 40H3

38 (2JZ–GE) J10 41

H1 A36 (1UZ–FE)

H1536 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

H1 A38 (2JZ–GE)

H1538 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC3 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE2 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 52 Cowl Wire

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 193: FOREWORD - PBworks

3

X X X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X 14

X

X

16

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 X 34 5 6

2 14 X

3 2 1 B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A C

CC

CC

X

X

X

XX

XX

18X

1

9 X

15 X X X X X

AAAA A A

A21 B6 (A)

C14

C12

GRAY BLACK BLACK

DARK GRAYH22

GRAYJ6

ORANGEJ14 J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

H1 (A) H2 (B) H3

H15 J7

J10

Page 194: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT CLEANER

20AWASHER

1F3

30AH–LPCLN

1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

A

A

IA16

EB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12

L–OL

L–OL

2

1

M

2

1

E 4

1

5

2

3

4

HEADLIGHT CLEANER CONTROL RELAYH 4

HEADLIGHTCLEANERMOTOR

H 5

24

HEADLIGHTCLEANER SW

H19

L–O

L

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

R–B

W–BW–B

R–BL–B

B

IG

PB

MTR

E

H

Page 195: FOREWORD - PBworks

40AMAIN

3 1

4 2

1

II214

C

C

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

A

A

IIIF

A

2F13

2G6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

LIGHT CONTROLSW [COMB. SW]

C14

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

2

1

C

A

A

HEAD LPRELAY

14

16

I 6R–G

R–G

R–G

9

1

2

3

2

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY(MAIN)

D 5

DIODE (DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHT)

D 7R–B

W–B W–B

R–Y

R–Y

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

HRLY

HEAD

H

DRL

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

A9

A15

1G6 1F13

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

A

GND

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A

11

Page 196: FOREWORD - PBworks

HEADLIGHT CLEANER

H4 HEADLIGHT CLEANER CONTROL RELAY5–2 : Closed with ignition SW at ON position, light control SW at HEAD position and headlight cleaner SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40 H4 38 (2JZ–GE) J10 41

C14 40H5

36 (1UZ–FE) J12 41

D5 40H5

38 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

D7 40 H19 40 J17 41

H4 36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IA1 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E446 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl WireI 6 52 Cowl Wire

E448 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 197: FOREWORD - PBworks

X X

X 14

X

X

16

X9

X21 2 3

1

4 5

2 3

X

1 2 X 2

X 4

9 X

15 X X X X X

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

C

CC

CC

AAA A

AAAA A A

B6 (A) C14GRAY

D7

BLACK BLACKH19 J6

ORANGE

GRAYJ14 J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

D5

H4 H5 J10

J12

Page 198: FOREWORD - PBworks

HORN

10AHORN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

1

2 3

1 5

2 2

2 2

6

1 1

A

AA

B 5BODY ECUNO. 1

H17HORN RH HORN LH

H16

G–B

B

G–B

B

G–B

B

G

G

HORNRELAY

II216

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J18

G–B

1

HORN SW[COMB. SW]

C16

HORN

Page 199: FOREWORD - PBworks

HORN RELAY5–3 : Closed horn SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B5 40 H16 38 (2JZ–GE) J18 41

C16 40H17

36 (1UZ–FE)

H16 36 (1UZ–FE)H17

38 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

2 23 Engine Room No.2 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

6 X X 6

1 1

1 X X

X

A

A A

B5(1UZ–FE) BLACK (2JZ–GE) BLACK BLACK BLACK

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

C16 C16 H16 H17

J18

SERVICE HINTS

Page 200: FOREWORD - PBworks

ILLUMINATION

120A

ALT

1

2

1

1

2 3

1 5

1K1

1H2

7. 5APANEL

1E8

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

A2

1H13

6

IF

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

A

1

2

AS

HTR

AY

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

RE

AR

LH

A33

BJ

A

15

AJUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

LIGHT CONTROLSW [COMB. SW]

C14 16

BODY ECUNO. 2

B 6 A

G–R

LG

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

WW

TAIL

TRLY

BA

TTE

RY

W–B

TAILRELAY

BA19

BA11

LGW

–B

16

25

RE

AR

DO

OR

LH

EC

UR

12

BB1

9

1

1

2

AS

HTR

AY

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

RE

AR

RH

A34

BL

W–B

BB1

W–B

LGW

–B

16

25

RE

AR

DO

OR

RH

EC

UR

13

IL17

I 1

1

2

I 1

4

2

1H7

1C2

LG

LG

LG

LGLGLG

LG LG LG

W–G

W–G

A/T

SH

IFT

PO

SIT

ION

ILLU

MIN

ATI

ON

A18

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

N P

ATT

ER

N S

ELE

CT

SW

E12

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ16

A AWHE1 WHE1

GND GND

1G6 1F13 1C6 1D5

II

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

A

A

A

11

GND

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Page 201: FOREWORD - PBworks

I 1

4

3

4

2

I 1LGLG

LG LG

W–G

W–G

VS

C O

FF S

WV

6

CIG

AR

ETT

E L

IGH

TER

C10

A A

I 1

6

5

LGW

–G

R 6

RE

MO

TE C

ON

TRO

L M

IRR

OR

SW

A

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R S

W

A

S 3

W–G

LG

5

1 6

5

LGW

–G

H19

A

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CLE

AN

ER

SW

IE213

1F9

5 4 6

A A

E E E 4 3

9

5

EJUNCTION CONNECTORJ13

RHEOSTATR 7

CO

MB

INA

TIO

N M

ETE

RC

12

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ16

W G

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–B W–B

LG

LG

LG

LG

LG

RV T E

(CA

NA

DA

)( C

AN

AD

A)

1C

5

CPU

22

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

2

1

I 1LG

LGW

–G

M 7

MIR

RO

R R

ETR

AC

TIO

N S

W

A

Page 202: FOREWORD - PBworks

ILLUMINATION

3G4

3H4

5

15

3C4

3

2

3E4

13

20

3D4 3F4

1

2

3H2

3G2

3C2 3E2 3D2 3F5

3G5

A5 (*2)D5 (*1)

D6 (*1)

A6 (*2)

2

1

GLOVE BOXLIGHT SW

G 4

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

HA

ZAR

D S

WH

18

A/C

CO

NT

RO

L A

SS

EM

BLY

A13

GLO

VE

BO

X L

IGH

TG

3

W–B W

–BW

–BR

–WLGLGLGLGLG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LG

RA

DIO

AN

D P

LAY

ER

* 1 : NAKAMICHI* 2 : EXCEPT NAKAMICHI

DR

2A

, R

5

W–B

Page 203: FOREWORD - PBworks

TAIL RELAY5–3 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 G4 40 R2 A 41

A18 40 H18 40 R5 D 41

A33 42 H19 40 R6 41

A34 42 J6 41 R7 41

B6 A 40 J10 41 R12 43

C10 40 J13 41 R13 43

C12 40 J16 41 S3 41

C14 40 J17 41 V6 41

E12 40 M3 41

G3 40 M7 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

3C30

3D30

3EInstrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3F31

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G31

3H

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE2 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IL1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 204: FOREWORD - PBworks

ILLUMINATION

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I1 52 Cowl Wire

X 5 6

X X

X

X 13 20

1 21 2 1 2

2

4

X

22X

X9

XX

XX

X

65

4

X X

X

X

15

X

16

2 4 X X

1 21 2 X 2

X

3 X

X X

X

X 5 6

X 5

X X X X X X 15

X

5 6 X X

2 X

X X X X X

A A

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A A A AA A A A A A A

AAAA A A

EE

EE

EE

E

A13 A18BLACK BLACK

B6 (A)

BLACKC12 C14

BLACK

G3BLACK BLACK

H19 J6

ORANGEJ13 J16 J17

BLUE (NAKAMICHI) ORANGE(Except NAKAMICHI)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

A33 A34

C10 E12

G4 H18

J10

M3 R2 (A) R5 (D)

X X

16 X 25X X X X 5 6 X

X 3 4 5 X X

R12BLACK

R7R6

1 2

M7BLUE

Page 205: FOREWORD - PBworks

1

5 3 4 X X

16 25

R13 S3 V6

Page 206: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

15AECU–IG

1E2 1H5 1H6 1E1

A19A1

1H11

II

1F13 1G6

IF

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

1 8 9

11

GND

IG BECU MPX2GSWOMPX1

A13

ILE

I 1 I 1 I 1

IJ217

2

1

1

2

2

1

IJ216 IC18

1

2

I 1 I 1 I 1

2D9

2F4

GG

G G G

GG

GG

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y L–Y L–Y

G

ST

EP

LIG

HT

RH

S 6

ST

EP

LIG

HT

LHS

5

IGN

ITIO

N K

EY

CY

LIN

DE

R L

IGH

TI2

1 LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

LIG

HT

L 7

R

BODY ECU NO. 2

10ADOME

2H12 2D7

B 2

G

1

3 2

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

P 7

2

1N

OIS

E F

ILT

ER

( STO

P L

IGH

T)

N 6

2

BK

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

W–B

W–B

R

W–B

R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

WOL–O

G–W

G–WB–R

B–R

L–Y

L–Y

A

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

B 6 A

DO

OR

ON

OFF

2

1

GR

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

L 5

DIO

DE

(LU

GG

AG

E C

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

N D

ET

EC

TIO

N)

D 8

2E5

L–Y

Page 207: FOREWORD - PBworks

1

3 2

INTE

RIO

R L

IGH

T R

EA

R R

HI2

5

1

3 2

INTE

RIO

R L

IGH

T R

EA

R L

HI2

4

B 2 B 2

2

1

2

1

B 2

B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2

2D22D4

2H6 2H4L–Y

R–B

R–G

W–B

IJ1

3

R–G

W–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B W–B

R–B

R–G

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T LH

V 8

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T R

HV

9

IE18 IE117

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

L–Y

IJ110

6 2

5

7 8

16

W WLW

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–YL–Y

LL–

R

W( *1)

( *2)

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

WW

W

( *1)

(* 2)

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

COMBINATIONMETER

C13

* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

L–Y

MPX1 MPX2

MPX1MPX2

MPX–

MPX+

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

A13

L

211

Page 208: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

10AMPX–B

1

2B8 2E12G4

A3

GSW

8

I 6

A15

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

ACC

2D5 2G6 2F13

11

D28 (*4)F11 (*3)

F24 (*3)

D27 (*4)

4

BECU

MPX1 GND BSUB

II IF

A

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

A5 A6 A4

IL36 IL318 IL317

RCO RDA RSSI MPX2

LG–R P LG

L–O

LG–R P LG

3 4 5

17

BM

W–B

W–B

W–B

W

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

R–B

R–G

W–B

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

E 5

D

20A

P F

R D

OO

R

2F2

L–B

L–O

R–B

R–G

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

D

D

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

GR

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E22F11

BB B

B

B

BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

G–W

G–W

G–W

IG

1

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

GR

G–W

B–R B–R

B–R

B–R

L–B

BODY ECU NO. 1

B 5 A

L–Y

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2

F,

E 7

L

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LOC

K E

CU

W 5

A19

2H11

9

1

MPX1

MPX2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

Page 209: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

C9 C2 C3 A1 C18

IB16 IB113 IB11 IB15 IB17

20AD FR DOOR

1F2

I 6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

A2 A3

C1 A18 B15 B14 A12C12B15 B14

IK15 IK17 IK14IB14

IK113 IK11 IK16

A9

1

2

1

2

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WFR

ON

T LH

D13

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WFR

ON

T R

H

D14

CTY CTYE GND

MPX1 SIG CPUB BDR MPX2 SIG CPUB MPX1

BDR MPX2 CTY CTYE GND

L–O

B–R

G–W L–

B O B–R

G–W O

B–R

G–W L–

B

B–R

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

IIIF

A A

A A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

L–B

L–O

L–B

L–O

R–B

R–G

R–B

R–G

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BD22 D23A

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BF11 F12ACD24 CF13

IC3

15O

* 4 : 2JZ–GE* 3 : 1UZ–FE

G–W

, , , ,

R–G

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–O

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

2

1

A10 A12

R–Y

R–W

W–B

R–W

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

LIG

HT

FRO

NT

LH

D 9

CTYB CYL

2

1

C10 C12

R–Y

W–B

R–W

R–W

DO

OR

CO

UR

TE

SY

LIG

HT

FRO

NT

RH

D10

CTYB CYL

Page 210: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

R–B

R–G

BA18 BA16 BA111 BA12

20AD RR DOOR

1E6

A

A

5 15 9 14 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

BB111 BB16 BB13 BB12 BB18

9 15 4 14 5

12 8 18 25 12 8 18 2520

BA19 BB19BB110BB14BA14

IC113 IL35

1

2

1

2

BJ BLBM

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WR

EA

R L

H

D15

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WR

EA

R R

H

D16

IL116 IL315

20AP RR DOOR

2E6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR MPX2 SIG CPUB MPX2 BDR MPX1

RRLP CTY CTYE GND RRLP CTY CTYE GNDSEL1

R–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

G–W B–R

L–R

L–O

B–R

G–W O L–

R

L–O

R–G

W–B

O L–R

L–O

B–R L–R

L–O

L–O

B–R

G–W

O

L–O

REAR DOOR RH ECUR13

REAR DOOR LH ECUR12

2

1

2 7

L–W R

R

W–B

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y L

IGH

TR

EA

R L

H

D11

CTYB CYL

2

1

2 7

L–W

W–B

R–W

R–W

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y L

IGH

TR

EA

R R

H

D12

CTYB CYL

Page 211: FOREWORD - PBworks

L–O

L–O

IC22

BC110 BC13

BA13

11 10

MPX2 MPX1

POWER SEAT ECUP19

O L–O

L–Y

L–O

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

L–O

(*6)

* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

Page 212: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEMThis system provides various functions listed below through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.∗ Each relevant light lights up if any door is opened.∗ If all the doors are closed with the ignition SW set at OFF after any door is opened, each light lights up for 15 sec., and

then fades out when the time set on the timer has elapsed.∗ If any door is unlocked from the driver or passenger side or if any door is unlocked with the unlock SW on the transmitter

after all the doors are closed and locked, each light lights up for 15 sec., and then fades out when the time set on the timerhas elapsed.

∗ If the ignition SW is turned to the ACC or ON position while each light is being lit by the timer, the timer lighting is cancelledand the light fades out.

∗ If all the doors are closed and locked from the driver or passenger side or with the lock SW on the transmitter while eachlight is being lit, the timer lighting is cancelled and the light fades out.

∗ If all the doors are closed with the ignition SW set at ACC or ON after any door is opened, the timer lighting is cancelledand the light fades out.

∗ Each light above is the interior light, ignition key cylinder light, and step lights LH and RH.

D13, D14, D15, D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : Closed with door open

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW2–GROUND : Luggage compartment door open

W5 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU7–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts1–GROUND : Always continuity

D23 (B) DRIVER DOOR ECU15–14 : Continuity with driver door open

F12 (B) FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU15–14 : Continuity with front passenger door open

R12 REAR DOOR LH ECU8–18 : Continuity with rear LH door open

R13 REAR DOOR RH ECU8–18 : Continuity with rear RH door open

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J22 42

B5 A 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) L5 43

B6 A 40 F11 A 42 L7 43

C13 40 F12 B 42 M3 41

D8 42 F13 C 42 N6 43

D9 42 I21 41 P7 43

D10 42 I24 42 P19 44

D11 42 I25 42 R12 43

D12 42 J6 41 R13 43

D13 42 J7 41 S5 41

D14 42 J8 41 S6 41

D15 42 J10 41 T5 41

D16 42 J13 41 V8 43

D22 A 42 J15 41 V9 43

D23 B 42 J17 41 W5 43

D24 C 42 J20 42

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 213: FOREWORD - PBworks

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I152 Cowl Wire

B2 54 Roof Wire

I652 Cowl Wire

Page 214: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

1 X 13

X 19 X X X X

3 4 5 6 X X

X 15 19

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1

10 X

12

14 15

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X 18

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

5 X X

X

X 16

X X X X X X 11 X X

24 2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13

GRAY GRAY

GRAY GRAY GRAY

(2JZ–GE)

GRAYD9 D10 D11 D12

GRAY GRAY

(1UZ–FE) GRAY

D8

D13 D14 D15 D16

D22 (A) D23 (B) D24 (C)

E5 (D) E7 (F) F11 (A)

2 X

X1 1

Page 215: FOREWORD - PBworks

1

10 X

12

1 2123X

123X

A A

A A A A

A A A A B B B B B B B

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

1 2 2

A A

A A A A

A A

A A A A 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1 2

123X

2 X 4 5 X 7 8 9 12

14 15 18 20 25

6 7 X

X X

1011 X X 2 X 4 5 X 7 8 9 12

14 15 18 X 25

1 2 1 2

X X X X

X X X 14 15

GRAYI21 I24 I25

J6BLACKGRAY ORANGE

J13 J15 J17 J20

J22GRAYBLACK BLUE BLUE

P7 R12

R13GRAY

P19

BLACK BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

F13 (C)

J7 J8 J10

L5 L7 M3 N6

S5 S6 T5

GRAYF12 (B)

Page 216: FOREWORD - PBworks

INTERIOR LIGHT

1 2 1 2 1 X 3 4 5 X 7

V8 V9 W5

Page 217: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 218: FOREWORD - PBworks

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

15AECU–IG

15ARADIONO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1C1

10AGAUGE

1D4

3

5

IJ26

IE118

1H5 1H6 1D2

A19

MPX2

A1

GSWO

1H11

A5

KSW

1E3

1F13 1G6

II IF BJ

BC18

4

1

1

2

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A BC112A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

GS

W

U 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 9

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

981

11 7 SE

AT

BE

LT

IE18 IE117

B11 B2 A13 A1

B1 A22 B8

IE111

PA

SS

EN

GE

R S

EA

T B

ELT

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CLO

CK

]

C11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23

BUCKLESW LH

B 7

B–R

G–W

L–O

O

L

B–R

G–W

G–W L–O O W

GR

W W

G–W R–L

GR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

YY

Y

W–B O

W–B

IG

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

C12

COMBINATIONMETER

BA , C13

Y

B–L

3G3

3B3

GR

MPX1BECU

GND DBKL

CPUA

YF

RO

M E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

1D5

W–B

A

W–B

W–B

1H10

GRGR

Page 219: FOREWORD - PBworks

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

D

D

B

B

2F112B82G4

A15

ACC

A3

GSW

20A

P F

R D

OO

R

FROM POWERSOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

D28 (*4)F11 (*3)

D27 (*4)F24 (*3)

IJ110

IJ13

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

B B

IL12

BD16

A18

PBKL

2G6 2F13

II IF BL

4

1

A

A

A

B

B

BD112

I 6

2

1

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

SE

AT

BE

LT W

AR

NIN

GO

CC

UP

AN

T D

ETE

CTI

ON

SE

NS

OR

S18

1

18

6

8

16 5

2

11 4

2

7

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

BUCKLE SW RHB 8

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

B–R

G–W

L–O

O

L

B–R

G–W

L–O

B–O

B–O

W

W

LL

W–B

W–B

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GR B–R

G–W

G–W

B–RGR

W ( *1)

L–R

( *1)

W ( *2)

O

B–L

B–L

A

BODY ECU NO. 1

B 5

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

E 5

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

FD

, E

7

MPX1 BECU IG

BSUBGND

A19

MPX2

MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX1

MPX2

MPX– MPX+

GR

G–W

B–R

G–W

Page 220: FOREWORD - PBworks

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

IB15IB113IB11IB16

A1

BDR

C2

SIG

C3

CPUB

C9

MPX1

C12

GND

B15

CTY

12

IF

A

A

A

IB14

B14

CTYE

B–R

G–W

L–O

L–O

G–W B–R L–B

L–B

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

D13

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

Page 221: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWhen the ignition SW is turned to the ON position, the signal is input to the body ECU and door ECU. At this time, todetermine whether or not the driver fastens the seat belt, the signal from the buckle SW LH is input to TERMINAL DBKL ofthe body ECU No.2. If the driver does not fasten the seat belt, the seat belt warning light in the combination meter flashesand the alarm buzzer goes on, in response to the communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.Additionally, the sensor (Seat belt warning occupant detection sensor) installed on the front passenger seat detects thepassenger and determines whether or not the passenger fastens the seat belt.If the passenger does not fasten the seat belt, the signals from the seat sensor and buckle SW RH are input to TERMINALPBKL of the body ECU No.1 and through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. the passenger seatbelt warning light in the clock is flashed.

2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEMIf the driver door is opened with the ignition SW set at the ACC or OFF position and the ignition key remained inserted intothe key cylinder (The unlock warning SW is on), the signal from the unlock warning SW is input to TERMINAL KSW of thebody ECU No.2 and the signal from the door courtesy SW front LH is input to TERMINAL CTY of driver door ECU. As aresult, through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. the buzzer in the combination meter goes on towarn the driver that the ignition key is still inserted.

S18 SEAT BELT WARNING OCCUPANT DETECTION SENSOR1–2 : Closed with passenger sit on the front passenger seat.

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 D22 A 42 J13 41

B5 A 40 D23 B 42 J15 41

B6 A 40 D24 C 42 J17 41

B7 44 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J23 44

B8 44 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J24 44

C11 40 J6 41 M3 41

C12 A 40 J7 41 S18 44

C13 B 40 J9 41 T5 41

D13 42 J10 41 U1 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3B 30Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G 31Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 222: FOREWORD - PBworks

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IL1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

1

4 X1

4 X

X 3 5 X X

1

X

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

13

1

5 X X

X

X 16

1 5 X

X 19 X X X X

14 15

3 X X

X 15 1819

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

B7 B8 C11 C12 (A)

C13 (B)GRAY GRAYGRAY

D13 D22 (A) D23 (B)

1 2

21 8 X

X11

Page 223: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 2

1

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

BB

B B B B

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

6 7 X

XX

XA

A A

(2JZ–GE) ORANGEJ13

J15 J17 J23

BLUE GREEN GRAYU1

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

GRAY (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

A

A A

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

GRAY (1UZ–FE)J6

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

AAAA A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J24

D24 (C) E5 (D) E7 (F)

J7 J9

J9 J10

M3 S18 T5

Page 224: FOREWORD - PBworks

LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

15ATV

2H8

A

IF

IJ212

3G3

3H3

15ARADIONO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1C1

I 3

I 4

IM24IM213IM18IM19

A2 A7 A13 A5

IJ311IJ36

IB116IB117

AUO+ AUO– ACC +B

GR

GR–R

GR

GR

GR

–R

GR G

R–R

GR

GR

–RVPP V

GR

GR

–R

VPP V

IM16IM17

A6

AUI–

A1

AUI+

10AGAUGE

1D4

A

BM

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IL310

A8

GND1

A12

SPD

A A

IE113

SP

EE

DO

ME

TER

CPU

B6A22B8

A1

IE111 1D5

1G6 1F13

A

A

II

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13A

R–L

G

W–BO

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–W

V–W

W–B

W–B

V–W

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

S 9

2 6

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

N 2

NAVIGATION ECU

BA , N 3

FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 9

TWEETER

1 2

FL+ FL–

Page 225: FOREWORD - PBworks

IM25 IM214 IM216 IM217 IM215 IM28 IM27 IM26

B3 B8 B7 B6 B2 B5 B4 B1

A6 A16 A8 A2

A3 A9 B5 B1 B2 B6 B7 B8 B4 B12 A1

IH

2 1

RADIO AND PLAYERR 4

MULTI–DISPLAY

L–W O Y W B G R

L–W O Y W B G R

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

IJ110

167

GR

–R

GR

W

L–R

WMPX1 MPX–

GR–R

GR

+B1 ACC MPX2 MPX1

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

TX+ TX– VG VR SYNC B G R

TX+ TX– VG VR SYVC B G R TX1+ TX1– GND1

BR Y

W–B

W–B

NAVIGATION ECU

BM 3 A , M 4

BN 2 A , N 3

TX+ TX–

Page 226: FOREWORD - PBworks

LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

The LEXUS navigation system displays the operating status and instructions for the automatic air conditioning or radio andplayer, as well as trip information. Additionally, the navigation system precisely measures the current vehicle position,displays the map obtained from the map database on the screen, and informs the route to the destination shown on the mapusing voice guidance.

N2 (A) NAVIGATION ECU5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

13–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position8–GROUND : Always continuity

M3 (A) MULTI–DISPLAY6–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position1–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 J13 41 N2 A 43

C12 A 40 J17 41 N3 B 43

C13 B 40 J22 42 R4 41

F9 42 M3 A 41 S9 41

J6 41 M4 B 41 T5 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2H 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3G31 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3H31 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1

IJ2 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ3

( )

IL3 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IM152 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No 1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

IM252 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IH 50 Instrument Panel Brace RH

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 227: FOREWORD - PBworks

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I3 52 Instrument Panel Wire I4 52 Instrument Panel Wire

X X

X

X 16

1

2

A

A A

A A

A A A A

1 2 3 X 6

X 8 9 X X X X X 16

1 2 X 4

5 6 7 8 X X X 12

1 2 34 5 6 7 81 2 X X 5

6 7 8 X X X1213

1 2 X X

2 X

6 X X

7 X

X

2X

X

XX

XX

X

1

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A

2

A13 C12 (A) C13 (B) F9

J13 J22

BLUEM4 (B) N2 (A) N3 (B)

R4 S9GRAY

J6 J17

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

M3 (A)

T5

6

8 X

X

Page 228: FOREWORD - PBworks

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2

40AMAIN

15AECU–IG

120AALT

2

1

3 1

4 2

1 1

1K1

2 3

1 5

1H2

1H13 1E2 1H6 1H11

A19A9

II214

C

C

6 1 8 9

HE

AD

LP

RE

LAY

TAIL

RE

LAY

1 1

B 6

BODYECU NO. 2

A

WG

–R

R–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

B–R

G–W L–O

W

HRLY TRLY MPX2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

A2 A15 A3

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

AUTO

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

15 14 13

16

IF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

1F13 1G6

IFII

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

COMBINATION SWC14

A

A

A

A

A A

11

TAIL HEAD AUTO GND

R–Y

R–B R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

1H5

B–R

1E1

G–W

A1

O

GSWO

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

MPX1BECUIG

Page 229: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

IE18 IE117

C13COMBINATIONMETER

IJ110

6 7

WW W W ( *1)

WL

16

8 2

( *1)

L–R

W ( *2)

IJ13

D27F24

(*4)28 DF11 (*3)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

LL W

5

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

MULTI–DISPLAYM 3

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

E 5 FD , E 7

MPX2 MPX1 MPX– MPX+

MPX1MPX2MPX1MPX2

211

Page 230: FOREWORD - PBworks

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

O

GR

G–W

18

1

10 1H

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

15ARADIONO. 2

B–R

15 A

2 2E11 2F

2

10AMPX–B

1

I 6

1 2E8 2B4 2G

3 A

W–B

L–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

LGP

LG–R

LGP

LG–R

W–B

7

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

GR

B–R

A

G–W

BODY ECU NO. 1

B 5

2G6 2F13

IFII

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

11

A

A

A

IL36 IL318 IL317

A

A5 A6 A4

BM

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

543

1WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

W 5

B–R

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B

B

B

D

DB

B–R

B–RB

GSW

10ADOME

2E5

L–Y

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

2F2

4

L–O

L–B

L–B

L–O

MPX2

B–R

MPX1

19 A

2H11

9

BECU IG ACC

BSUBGNDRSSIRDARCO

Page 231: FOREWORD - PBworks

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

A

A

A

W–B

R–G

W–B

D13

GND

DOORCOURTESY SWFRONT LH

I 6

L–O

C3

G–W

C9

B–R

C2

IB1

6

IB1

1

IB1

13

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R

IB1

7

IB15

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

L–B

1 A C18

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

O

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

L–B

IF

J 6

1

2

B15

CTYE

C12

W–B

B14

CTY

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

MPX2

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

A

A

W–B

R–G

W–B

D14

GND

DOORCOURTESY SWFRONT RH

II

1

2

B15

CTYE

A12

W–B

B14

CTY

IC3

15

IK113

IK11

A9A2A3

O

G–W

G–W

B–R

G–W

B–R

O

O

G–W B–R O

IK1

6

O

A18C1

IK15 IK17

L–B

L–O

L–B

L–O

L–O

L–B

MPX2BDR

F11

FRONT PASSENGERDOOR ECU

BA , F12 C, F13

IK14IB14

W–B

W–B

MPX1SIGCPUB

Page 232: FOREWORD - PBworks

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

O

GNDCTYE

9 BA1

W–B

W–B

CTY

W–B

R–W

W–B

REAR DOORLH ECU

25188 R12

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR LH

P19POWER SEAT ECU

1

2

BC13BC110

BA13IC22

1011

OL–

Y

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

(*6)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

BJ

D15

5

O

BA18 BA16 BA111 BA12

15 9 14

A

20AD RRDOOR

1E6

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

G–W

B–R

L–R

L–R

B–R

4

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR MPX2

GNDCTYE

9 BB1

W–B

W–B

CTY

W–B

R–Y

W–B

REAR DOORRH ECU

25188 R13

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR RH

1

2

BL

D16

9

B–R

BB111 BB16 BB13 BB12

15 4 14

20AP RRDOOR

G–W

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E6

O L–R

L–R

5

SIG CPUB MPX2 BDR MPX1

SEL1

10 BB1

W–B

W–B

20

BM

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

BB18

IL315IL116

O L–O

L–O

G–W L–

RB–R

L–RB–R

L–O

O

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

MPX2 MPX1

Page 233: FOREWORD - PBworks

This system automatically turns off the taillights and/or headlights when the driver door is opened and closed to prevent thelights from remaining lit.

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION∗ Taillights ONIf the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF with the taillights turned on (The light control SW is set at TAIL), the signal isinput to TERMINAL IG of the body ECU No.2. At this time, if the driver door is opened, the signal is input from the doorcourtesy SW front LH to TERMINAL CTY of the driver door ECU. After that, TERMINAL TRLY of the body ECU No.2 iscontrolled through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. to turn off the TAIL relay. As a result, thecurrent flowing into the taillights is cut off to turn off the taillights.∗ Taillights and headlights ONIf the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF with the taillights and headlights turned on (The light control SW is set at HEAD),the signal is input to TERMINAL IG of the body ECU No.2. At this time, if any door is opened, the signal is input from thedoor courtesy SW to TERMINAL CTY of the driver door ECU. During this operation, the taillights and headlights areremained lit. When all doors and the luggage door are closed, the taillights and headlights are turned on for 30 sec. ,throughcommunication control of the body ECU and door ECU. After the set time has elapsed, a signal is input to TERMINAL TRLYand HRLY of the body ECU No.2, to turn off the TAIL relay and HEAD LP relay. As a result, the current flowing into thetaillights and headlights is cut off to turn off the taillights and headlights.

If any door is opened during above operation, the taillights and headlights light up for 30 sec. again, and then go off after allthe doors have been closed.Additionally, if the vehicle is locked using the wireless door lock operation while the taillights and headlights are being turnedon for 30 sec., the taillights and headlights go off immediately.

C14 COMBINATION SW15–16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position14–16 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position13–16 : Closed with light control SW at AUTO position

W5 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU7–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts1–GROUND : Always continuity

D13, D14, D15, D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : Closed with door open

D23 (B) DRIVER DOOR ECU15–14 : Continuity with driver door open

F12 (B) FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU15–14 : Continuity with front passenger door open

R12 REAR DOOR LH ECU8–18 : Continuity with rear LH door open

R13 REAR DOOR RH ECU8–18 : Continuity with rear RH door open

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 234: FOREWORD - PBworks

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 D24 C 42 J14 41

B5 A 40 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J15 41

B6 A 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J17 42

C13 40 F11 A 42 J22 42

C14 40 F12 B 42 M3 41

D13 42 F13 C 42 P19 44

D14 42 J6 41 R12 43

D15 42 J7 41 R13 43

D16 42 J8 41 T5 41

D22 A 42 J10 41 W5 43

D23 B 42 J13 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC250 Floor No 2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC350 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

Page 235: FOREWORD - PBworks

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

5 X X

X

X 16

21 3 9 X

5 X 19 X X X X1

X X

X 1314

X

15

X

16

1

X

14 15

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X 18X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

3 4 5 6 X X

X 15 19

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13 C14GRAY GRAY

GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY

GRAY (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

D13 D14

D15 D16 D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) E5 (D) E7 (F)

1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

2 X

X1 1

Page 236: FOREWORD - PBworks

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

B B B B B B B

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

C

CC

CC

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A

X X

1011 X X 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

X 4 5 X 8 9

14 15 18 X 25

X 4 5 X 8 9

14 15 18 20 25

1 X 3 4 5 X 7

6 7 X

GRAY ORANGEJ13

J14 J15 J17 J22

BLUEP19 R12

R13

BLACK

GRAYW5

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18X X X X

X X X 14 15

1

X

A A

A A A A

GRAY GRAY GRAYJ6

(Hint : See Page 7)

F11 (A) F12 (B) F13 (C)

J7 J8 J10

M3

T5

Page 237: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 238: FOREWORD - PBworks

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H5

10AMPX–B

1

20AP FRDOOR

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

2F11 2B8

A15

DB

B

B

B D

481

B–R

B–R

B–R GR

GR

G–WJUNCTION

CONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

A2

IC116

L

M

1

L

2G6 2F13

11

II

A17

2

1

IF

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTDOOR OPENERMOTOR

L 5

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTDOOR OPENERSW

L 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

V–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BA

A

A

A

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

2

1

TSW TR+

IG BECU BSUB ACC

GND

Page 239: FOREWORD - PBworks

L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW1–2 : Closed with the luggage compartment door open

B5 (A) BODY ECU NO.11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

4, 8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)15–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position(A)17–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door open

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B5 A 40 J10 41 L1 41

J6 41 J13 41 L5 43

J7 41 J15 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC1 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

2 X X

X 15 17

1 2 1

A A

A A A A B B B B B B B

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

B5 (A) J6GRAY ORANGE

J13 J15 L1BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J10

L5

J7

SERVICE HINTS

Page 240: FOREWORD - PBworks

MOON ROOF

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H5

25AS/ROOF

2D8

2F11

2D1B

B

B

B

8

+B

MPXDRIVER/RECEIVER

IM PUT

RELAYCIRCUIT

IM PUT+B

IM PUT

HALL IC

M

MOON ROOFMOTOR

LIM

IT S

WN

O. 2

LIM

IT S

WN

O. 1

VC

C

RS

T

SO

UT

SIN

EX

WU

P

GN

D

MOON ROOF CONTROL ECUM 5

5 7 9 10 3 4

R–Y

R–W

G–Y

P

W–B

B–R

B–R

L–O

R–Y

R–WG–YP

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

2D6

9

BODY ECUNO. 1

2

O

B–R

B–R

B–R

MPX2

B MPX1 IG E OPN CLS DWN UP

Page 241: FOREWORD - PBworks

3 2 4 1

5

UP

DO

WN

CLO

SE

OP

EN

B 2

IF

AA

2D5

2F13

1F13

1G6

II

2G6

II

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

MOON ROOF CONTROL SWM 6

R–Y

R–W

G–Y

P

W–B

R–Y

R–W G–Y P

W–B

Page 242: FOREWORD - PBworks

MOON ROOF

In this system, the HALL IC in the moon roof control ECU detects changes in the motor rotation to allow opening/closing andtilting up/down of the moon roof using one touch operation. Additionally, catching prevention mechanism during moon roofoperation is also provided.

Voltage is always applied from the S/ROOF fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof control ECU. When the ignition SW isturned to ON, the voltage is applied from the EUG–IG fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the moon roof control ECU.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is kept pressed to OPEN position for approximately 0.3 sec. or longer (The limit SW No.1 isoff and limit SW No.2 is on), the signal is input from TERMINAL 1 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 9 of the moonroof control ECU. This activates the ECU and rotates the motor to open the moon roof. After that, when the limit SW No.1 isturned on, and then turned off again, the pulse signal sent from the HALL IC activates the ECU, and it determines that themoon roof is fully opened, and stops the motor rotation. If other operation SW or open SW is operated while the moon roof isbeing opened, the ECU is activated to stop the moon roof operation. Additionally, when the moon roof is tilted up, the slideopen operation does not function.

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is kept pressed to CLOSE position for approximately 0.3 sec. or longer (The limit SW No.1is off and limit SW No.2 is off), the signal is input from TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 10 of themoon roof control ECU. This activates the ECU and rotates the motor to automatically close the moon roof. After that, whenthe limit SW No.2 is turned on, the pulse signal sent from the HALL IC activates the ECU, and it determines that the moonroof is fully closed, and stops the motor rotation. If other operation SW or close SW is operated while the moon roof is beingclosed, the ECU is activated to stop the moon roof operation.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is kept pressed to TILT UP position for approximately 0.3 sec. or longer (The limit SW No.1is off and limit SW No.2 is on), the signal is input from TERMINAL 3 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 4 of themoon roof control ECU. This activates the ECU and rotates the motor to automatically tilt up the moon roof. If the pulsesignal sent from the HALL IC is not input for 0.5 sec. or longer when the moon roof is fully tilted up, the ECU determines thatthe motor has stopped, and stops the current flowing into the motor.If other operation SW or tilt up SW is operated while the moon roof is being tilted up, the ECU is activated to stop the moonroof operation. Additionally, when the moon roof is open, the tilt up operation does not function.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWhen the moon roof control SW is kept pressed to TILT DOWN position for approximately 0.3 sec. or longer (The limit SWNo.1 is on and limit SW No.2 is on), the signal is input from TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 3 of themoon roof control ECU. This activates the ECU and rotates the motor to automatically tilt down the moon roof. When thelimit SW No.1 is turned off, the pulse signal sent from the HALL IC activates the ECU, and it determines that the moon roof isfully closed, and stops the motor rotation.If other operation SW or tilt down SW is operated while the moon roof is being tilted down, the ECU is activated to stop themoon roof operation.

5. CATCHING PREVENTION FUNCTIONIf the moon roof control ECU detects a catching load from changes in the motor rotation during slide close or tilt downoperation, the operation is stopped, and then the motor is rotated in the reverse direction.Slide close operationThe moon roof is moved approximately 200 mm in the reverse direction (Slide open) after a catching load has beendetected. However, if the full open position is detected before moving approximately 200 mm completely, the reversemovement is stopped.Tilt down operationIf a catching load is detected during tilt down operation, the moon roof is fully tilted up.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 243: FOREWORD - PBworks

6. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONAfter the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF, communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. allows the moonroof operation for 45 sec. However, when the driver or front passenger door is opened during above moon roof operation,the moon roof operation is stopped even though 45 sec. have not elapsed.

7. MOON ROOF OPERATION LINKED WITH TRANSMITTERWhen the unlock SW on the transmitter of the ignition key is kept pressed for 1.5 sec. or longer, the slide open operation ofthe moon roof functions through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.

8. MOON ROOF OPERATION LINKED WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SWWhen the ignition key is inserted into the driver door key cylinder and kept turned to the lock or unlock position forapproximately 1.5 sec. or longer, the slide open or close operation of the moon roof functions through communication controlof the body ECU and door ECU etc.

9. FAIL SAFE FUNCTIONIf the moon roof is operated continuously in the same operating direction, the current flowing into the motor is cut off whenthe time shown below has elapsed after the motor operation has been started.Slide open/close operation with the moon roof control SW Approximately 20 sec.Tilt up/down operation with the moon roof control SW Approximately 2 sec.Slide open operation for reverse movement in case of activation of the catching prevention function Approximately 20 sec.Tilt open operation for reverse movement in case of activation of the catching prevention function Approximately 2 sec.

M5 MOON ROOF CONTROL ECU5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position7–GROUND : Always continuity

M6 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW3–5 : Closed with moon roof control SW at TILT UP position2–5 : Closed with moon roof control SW at TILT DOWN position1–5 : Closed with moon roof control SW at OPEN position4–5 : Closed with moon roof control SW at CLOSE position

5–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J6 41 J15 41 M6 43

J7 41 J17 41

J10 41 M5 43

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B2 54 Roof Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 244: FOREWORD - PBworks

MOON ROOF

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

X 2 3 4

5 X 7 8 9 101 2 34 5 X

J6ORANGE

J15

J17 M5 M6

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J10GRAY

Page 245: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 246: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (COMMUNICATION BUS)

FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

DO

OR

EC

U

F11

MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

M 5

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

A13

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

C13

DR

IVE

R D

OO

RE

CU

D24

RE

AR

DO

OR

LH E

CU

R12

RE

AR

DO

OR

RH

EC

U

R13

IK16 IE117 IB17

IL116

BB13 IJ110

IC315

BA18

IK17

2H11 2D6

A19 F11

D28

D27F24

IJ13 IE18 IB16

1H11

A19

BB18

IL315

IC22

BC110

BA13

BC13

2 6 4 5

9115218

10

4578

9 16 2 18

1199

OO

OO

L–R

W

WL

W

W

OO

O

O OL–

OL–

OL–

O

L–O

L–Y

O

L–O

WLOL–O

L–O

W WL W L–O

W L–O

MPX1 MPX2 MPX2 MPX1

MPX1MPX+MPX2

MPX1 MPX1 MPX2 MPX1

L–O

B 5

BODY ECUNO. 1

A B 6

BODY ECUNO. 2

A

E 5

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

FD

, E

7M

ULT

I–D

ISP

LAY

M 3

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

PO

WE

R S

EA

TE

CU

P19

MPX1 MPX– MPX2

MPX2 MPX1 MPX1 MPX2

( *1)

( *2)

( *1)

L–O

MPX2 MPX2 MPX1

(2JZ–GE)(1UZ–FE)

(1UZ–FE)(2JZ–GE)

( *3) (* 4)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

L–O

( *3)

MPX2

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 4 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

MPX1

Page 247: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDES FOLLOWING SYSTEMS

∗ AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

∗ AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

∗ CHARGING

∗ COMBINATION METER

∗ CRUISE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

∗ CRUISE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

∗ ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (1UZ–FE)

∗ ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (2JZ–GE)

∗ ENGINE CONTROL (1UZ–FE)

∗ ENGINE CONTROL (2JZ–GE)

∗ HEADLIGHT

∗ INTERIOR LIGHT

∗ KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING

∗ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

∗ LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

∗ MOON ROOF

∗ POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

∗ POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC

∗ POWER WINDOW

∗ REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

∗ REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

∗ STOP LIGHT

∗ TAILLIGHT

∗ THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

∗ VSC

∗ WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

Page 248: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

40AMAIN

2

1

3 1

4 2

11

II214

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

HEAD LPRELAY

120AALT

2

1

1

1K1

2 3

1 5

1H2

A9

1H13

TAIL

RE

LAY

A17A3A15A2

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

AUTO

FOG

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

A18 A10

1D6 1D1 1D7 1B8 1E3

BC18

BJ

BC112

COMBINATION SWC14C

EN

TE

R A

IRB

AG

SE

NS

OR

AS

SE

MB

LY

C 8

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

(M

AIN

)

D 5

BR

AK

E F

LUID

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

B 1

BU

CK

LE S

W L

HB

7JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J23

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL SENSOR

A30

R–G

R–B

R–G

R–G

G–R

W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

A6 A8 A7

15ASTOP

1H8

1

2

A14

STO

P L

IGH

T S

WS

11JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J 7

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

R 6

9 7 8

AC

AC

WG

–WG

–W

TAIL HEAD AUTO FFOGGSW ALTL CLTS CLTB BLVL

HRLY TRLY FFGO STPI MIRE MIRB MIRS

56

741223

15AH–LPR LWR

1

1H3

2 5

1 3

15AFR FOG

A20 A21

IC14

A4

18 IJ2

11 A

LIG

HT

FAIL

UR

E S

EN

SO

RL

4

CLO

CK

C11

LF ACAN

SLCKP1

G–O

G–Y W

BR

–B V

7 8

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL ECU

S 4

R–L

R–L

FOGRELAY

15 14 13 12

4

5

4

6

4 1 32

A

16

1

A

L

Y–R

V–R

LG–B

V–R

LG–B

R–G

GR

–R

W–B

Y–B

B–L

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–B

R

G–W

W–B

( W/ D

AY

TIM

E R

UN

NIN

G L

IGH

T)

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

2

1

II27

E M+ MSW

CLTE DBKL

GS

W

CH

G–

WR

N

ILL+

CLTS CLTB CLTE

(*1)

IGEB

W–B

( W/O

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT)

( W/ D

AY

TIM

E R

UN

NIN

G L

IGH

T)

4

1

W–B

Page 249: FOREWORD - PBworks

1F

IIIF

15AECU–IG

1E2 1H5 1D2 1H6 1E1 1H11

A19

1G6

A5

1

2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 9

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G S

WU

1JU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

J10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

A13

I 1

2F4

2D9

I 1 I 1

IJ217

2

1

IJ216

1

2

2

1

1

2

I 1 I 1 I 1

IC18

STE

P L

IGH

T R

HS

6

STE

P L

IGH

T L

HS

5

IGN

ITIO

N K

EY

CY

LIN

DE

R L

IGH

TI2

1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

LIG

HT

L 7

10ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2H12 2D7 2E5

2

1

BK

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

P 7

NO

ISE

FIL

TER

( STO

P L

IGH

T)

N 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

KSW ILEGND

1 8 9

11

IG MPX2

L–O

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–O

G–W

G–W

G–W

W

B–R

B–R

L–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y G

YW

–BW

–B

W–B

GG

GG

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G G RL–

YL–

Y

L–Y

L–Y

R R

W–B

W–B

G G

L–Y L–Y

A1

GSWO

O

O

B 2

GR

L–Y

L–Y

A

A

A

3 2

A

A

A

A A

1

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

G

* 1 : FOG LIGHT SW

BECU MPX1

DO

OR

OF

FO

N

L–Y W

–B

1 3

2

GR

R–W

R–W

DIO

DE

(LU

GG

AG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

T D

OO

RO

PE

N D

ETE

CT

ION

)

D 8

I 1

13

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

A

W–B

W–B

Page 250: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

L–Y

B–R

B–R

W

G–W

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

GR

L–Y

W–B

1

23

1

232

1

2

1

B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2

1

2

B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2 B 2

INT

ER

IOR

LIG

HT

RE

AR

RH

I25

INT

ER

IOR

LIG

HT

RE

AR

LH

I24 V

AN

ITY

LIG

HT

LHV

8

VA

NIT

Y L

IGH

T R

HV

9

GA

RA

GE

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

G 5

B2

A13

B11

IE1

8

IE1

17

IJ110

IJ13

D28F11

F24D27

L–Y

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

GR

WL–Y L–Y L–Y

W

G–W

W

W

L

W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W

7

6

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

W–B

R–B

R–G

W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B

R–B

R–G

LL

L–R

W

W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

R–G

2

8

516

( *2)

( *3)

( *2)

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

YM

3

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

(*4)(*5)

(*4)(*5)E

NG

INE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

DU

LE

2D2

2H4

2D4

2H6

FE

5D

, E

7

MPX2

MPX1

MPX1

MPX2

MPX2

MPX1

MPX– MPX+

R–W R–W

Page 251: FOREWORD - PBworks

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

I 6

2G4 2B8 2E1

A3 A15

2F11 2E2

2D5 2G6 2F13

II BM

2

1

A17 A5 A6 A4

IL36 IL318 IL317

IF

M

A10A2

IC33

IC116

L–Y

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

GR

R–B

R–G

W–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

B–R

R–B

R–G

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 7

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ15

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

G–W

GR

GR

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

L–Y

O

G–W G–W

B

D

D

BB

B B B

GSW ACC

2

1

18

B–R B–RB–R

B–R

TSW RCO RDA RSSILGCYTR+

7 1A

A

A

3 4 5

2 1

A

A

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LOC

K E

CU

W 5

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

Y S

WA

ND

OP

EN

ER

MO

TOR

L 5

11

W–B

W–B

W–B

V–Y

LG–R P LG

R–W

LL

R–W

GR

LGP

LG–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

SW

L 1

* 2 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 3 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 4 : 1UZ–FE* 5 : 2JZ–GE

A19

W

R–W

MPX1 BECU IG

GND

3

4

A7

RET

P–G

W–BMIR

RO

R R

ETR

AC

TIO

N S

WM

7

W–B

A

A

J17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

W–B

Page 252: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1

2B9

2

1

A9

EB

1

2

IC17

A16

BK

A12 A13

BU

ZZE

R

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LO

CK

BU

ZZE

RW

4

P–B

P–L

2

1

BZRBZR2

THE

FT D

ET

ER

RE

NT

HO

RN

T 1

EN

GIN

E H

OO

D C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

E 9

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

KE

Y U

NLO

CK

SW

L 6

IE25

A22

SE

CU

RIT

Y IN

DIC

AT

OR

[RH

EO

ST

AT]

R 7

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

2

1

A18

4

BD112

BL

BU

CK

LE S

W R

HB

8

1

A21 A23 A24

II

ELE

CTR

ON

ICA

LLY

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N P

ATT

ER

NS

ELE

CT

SW

E12

A20

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

E S

WP

4

SE

AT

BE

LT W

AR

NIN

GO

CC

UP

AN

T D

ETE

CTI

ON

SE

NS

OR

S18

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J24

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

7 DA

TA L

INK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

3

D 4

HAZARDSW

H18

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 9

HCTY TKUL IND PBKL PKB PWR SNOW OBD2

R–B

R–G

R–B

R–G

P–B

V–G

LG–B

V B–L

B–L

VV

LG–B

W–B

W–B

B–L B

–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–B

G–W

G–R

W–G

W

A

B

B

C

3

7

C17

A

B

2

B

A

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

2

IL12

BD16

10AHORN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

25

1

3

2

2

2

A1

II216

HORN

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

A

1

2

AG–B G–B

B

G

G

G–B

G–B

HORN RELAY

B–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

B–R

42

5

1

3

4

4

L4

4

4W–B

L–B

HTR RELAY

2F12

3

V

V

LP SIL

R–L

SH

HR

A25

IJ27

HAZ

B1

10

W–G

W–G

W–G

PW

R

SN

OW

2

1

1

Page 253: FOREWORD - PBworks

A6 B5 B6 B2 B10 B11 B1 A13 A7 B4B9

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

2F22G72H13

IB19IK110

B3B7

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

C9 C2 C3 A1

IB16 IB113 IB11 IB15

B–R

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

G–W

B–R

B–R

I 6

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–RL–

O

B–R

G–W L–

B

B–R

G–W L–

BL–

B

G–WG–W

MPX1 SIG CPUB BDR

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

R–B

R–G

5 4

Y–G

GR

–G

V–R

LG–B

L–W

L–R

GR

–R

V–W V GR

W–B

LG–R

L–B

10

2 3 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 16 17 18

15

R–Y

R–Y

L–O

L–B

R–Y

R–Y

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWP11

WLSW DT1 SC1 ML MUP AUTO DT2 SC2 SC3 DT3 PWE MUL MDNMPX2

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

DOULEDT3SC3SC2DT2DADULSC1DT1W/L

PWS W/L2

2H112D6

9

2

OM

PX

1

MO

ON

RO

OF

CO

NTR

OL

EC

UM

5

PWS BSUB

C1F

R–L

10AHEATER

8C

3 2

5 1

2H3

MIRRELAY

R–L

R–L

6

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DFG

C

Page 254: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

IF

C12

IB14

A11 B12A2 B13 B16 A17 A8 A15 A3 A4 A5

A16 C15 C14 C4

21 1 2

B14 B15 A10 A12

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

MSWE M1 M2 MM CTYE CTY CTYB CYL

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

7531

BR

–W P P–B GR W

–B

R–G

R–Y

R–W

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

D13DOOR COURTESYLIGHT FRONT LH

D 9

DR

IVIN

G P

OS

ITIO

NM

EM

OR

Y S

W

D25

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

2 41 3 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

A

A

A

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

G

W–GR W

BR

–B

G–B

G–R

BR

–B

GR

P–B

P–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

DN LMTUP PLS SGND A– A+ LSWE LSW KL KUL GND

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

DO

OR

LO

CK

MO

TOR

, D

OO

R K

EY

LOC

K A

ND

UN

LOC

K S

W A

ND

DO

OR

LO

CK

DE

TEC

TIO

N S

WFR

ON

T L

H

D18

IB12Y

E M1 M2 MRY

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CT

ION

M

PO

WE

R W

IND

OW

MO

TOR

FR

ON

T LH

P12

Page 255: FOREWORD - PBworks

C16 C7 C8 B8 C1 C10 C13

A1B4

A2B5

A8 A9 A10 A11A6B6 (*7)

B–R

G–W

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

C18 A2 A3

IK113 IK11IB17

C6 C7 C16

IK15 IK17

C1 A18

DO

OR

LO

CK

CO

NTR

OL

SW

RH

D17

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

R–B

R–G

R

Y–R

B–O BR

LG

LG–R

LG–B

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

L–B

L–O

L–O

L–B

MPX2BDRDLEMULMLDMVRDM+RDMHR DE2HSSRVSSRDVC

MPX2 SIG CPUB

213

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

O B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

F13, C

* 6 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 7 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

IC315

O

MH COM MV VC VSR HSR E1

* 8 : W/ RETRACTION

A9 A18

A14A5

MR+ MR–

(*6)

MR MF

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BD22 , D23A C, D24

G–B

( *8)

( *8)

B

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

4Y

BR

16A

, R

17R

EM

OT

E C

ON

TRO

LM

IRR

OR

LH

L–R

L UL E

Page 256: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

B14

21

B15 C10

1 2

C12

CTYE CTY CTYB CYL

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12 C, F13

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

D14DOOR COURTESYLIGHT FRONT RH

D10

R–WR–Y

R–G

W–B

C13 B4 B6 B5

2 4 5 6

IK1

9

C11 C2 B12 B13 B16

1 2 4 3 5

3

W–B

L–B

L–R

L–W G R

W–G W

BR

–WPWE MDN AUTO MUP DN UP LMT PLS SGND

Y

R–B

R–G

Y

Y

Y

R–B

R–G

POWER WINDOW CONTROLSW FRONT RH

P 8

A12

IK14

II

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GND

E D A U

PCT

M

POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RHP13

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

7

2F8

2E10 2H9

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ13

YYY

BBB

Y

Y

Y

Page 257: FOREWORD - PBworks

C5 4 C C3 C15 C17

1 2 3 4 5

P–G P–B G

BR

–B

G–B

C8

6

G–R

KUL KL LSW LSWE A– A+

DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SWAND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

D19

A16 7 A A8 B8 A1

LG

LG–R

LG–B O

B–O

A10

Y–R

PMHR PM+R PMVR PVC VSSR HSSR PE2B

R

13 A

A1B4

A2B5

A6B6

A8 A9 A10 A11

(*7)

R17

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

BA ,

Y

Y

R–B

R–G

Y

Y

R–B

R–G

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

O

A9

IK16

O

O

MPX1

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12 C, F13

* 6 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 7 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 8 : W/ RETRACTION

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

MH COM MV VC VSR HSR E1

(*6)14 A5 A

MR+

R–G

C9 C

L

18

MR–

(*8)

( *8)

MR MF

Page 258: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

BA18 BA16 BA111

BA15 BA14

IC113IC314

11 12

Y

R–B

Y–G

R–B

Y

R–B

Y

Y

R–B

R–G

Y

R–G

PCT1 RRLP

5 15 9

A A

A

O

B–R

G–W

G–W

O

B–R B–R

O

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–WO

O

G–W B–R

MPX1 CPUB SIG

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

20AD RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E6

BA12

14

L–R

L–R

L–R

BDR

12 1 2

8 18 2 7

R–W

W–B

L–W R

CTY CTYE CTYB CYL

DOOR COURTESYSW REAR LH

D15DOOR COURTESYLIGHT REAR LH

D11

BJ

BA19

25

W–B

W–B

W–B

21 10 23 22 24 1 13 17 19

432165432

BR

–BG

G–R

G–B

L–W

L–R

L–B

Y–R

W–B

PWE PCTO MDN AUTO MUP A– A+ LSW LSWE

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LHP 9

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCKDETECTION SW REAR LH

D20

REAR DOOR LH ECUR12

L–O

4

L–O

MPX2

GND

16W

–B

WHE1

FRO

M A

SH

TRA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

NR

EA

R L

H

3 1 2 7 6

POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

E PCT D A U

M

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

M

UP DN LMT PLS SGND

Page 259: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

L–O

O

G–W

B–R

BB111 BB16 BB13 BB18

IL31512 1 2

8 18 2 7

R–Y

W–B

L–W

R–W

CTY CTYE CTYB CYL

D16DOOR COURTESYSW REAR RH

DOOR COURTESYLIGHT REAR RH

D12

REAR DOOR RH ECUR13

20AP RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E6

BB12

14

L–R

BDRSIG CPUB MPX2

4159

B–R

G–W O L–R

L–R

L–O

L–O

B–R

5

L–O

L–O

O

G–W

B–R

BB15 BB14

IL35

21 10 23 22 24 19 17 1 13

432165432

G–R

G–BG

BR

–B

L–W

L–R

L–B

Y–R

W–B

PWE PCTO MDN AUTO MUP LSWE LSW A– A+

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RHP10

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCKDETECTION SW REAR RH

D21

BMBL

BB19 BB110

25 20

GND SEL1W

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J22

Y

R–G

1211

R–GY

R–GY

PCT1 RRLP

MPX1

IL116

O

16

W–B

WHE1

FRO

M A

SH

TRA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

NR

EA

R R

H

1 3 2 7 6

POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

E PCT D A U

M

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

M

DN UP LMT PLS SGND

Page 260: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

BC110 BC13 BC17 BC14

BA13IC22

L–Y

L–O

B–R

W–R

O L–O

B–R

L–O

L–O

B–R

L–O

(*7)

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

( *6)

B11 B10 B8 B9

IC117

5AECU–B2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2F7

C

C

W–R

W–R

W–R

SYSBIGMPX1MPX2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

A1

M

1

2

A2

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( DR

IVE

R’

S S

EA

T R

EC

LIN

ING

CO

NTR

OL)

P23

A5

M

1

2

A6

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( DR

IVE

R’

S S

EA

T R

EA

R V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NTR

OL)

P22

A9

M

2

1

A10

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FR

ON

T V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NTR

OL)

P20

B22

2

RCLR

Y–B

B21

3

RCLF

Y–R

B19

10

FUP

L–Y

B16

6

SLDR

L–B

B18

8

LDWN

Y

B17

7

LUP

Y–G

B15

9

SLDF

L

B7

5

FDWN

L–R

B5 B6

B 6

B4

B 6

B 6 B 6

BK

BC111

A

1 3 1 3

22

1

V

BRBRBR

BR BR

V

V–W

V

Y–G

VVB

R

BR

SSRLPVCCSSRR

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

P16

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TR

OL)

P32

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL)

P31

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

RCL– RCL+ LFT– LFT+ FRV– FRV+

L

L–R

Y–R

Y–G

W–G

W–R

W–R

Y–GL–R

P18

POWER SEAT ECU

BA , P19

RCLR RCLF FUP SLDR LDWN LUP SLDF FDWN

E

Page 261: FOREWORD - PBworks

A3

M

2

1

A4

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( DR

IVE

R’

S S

EA

T S

LID

E C

ON

TRO

L)

P24

SLD– SLD+

B–R B

B

30AD P/SEAT

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E9

BC11

A8

M

2

1

B

B

2

3

1

4B

L–W

L–W

L–W

W–B

L–O

L–B

POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

P21

LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

L 8

L–W

+B

P18

POWER SEAT ECU

BA , P19

B3

B 6

B 6

1 3

2

LG–R

VB

R

SSFV

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FR

ON

T V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NTR

OL)

P30

B14

B 6

1 3

2

BR

LG

VB

R

SSRS

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P33

B13 A7

BJ

BC112

A

AA

W–B

W–BBR

W–B

W–B

BR

SGND GND

V

BR

V

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23

* 6 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 7 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23

REAR

FRONT

Page 262: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEMThe system is comprised of the communication modes of the body ECU No.1, body ECU No.2, driver door ECU, frontpassenger door ECU, rear door LH ECU, rear door RH ECU, engine control module, combination meter, A/C controlassembly, navigation ECU, tilt and telescopic ECU, power seat ECU and moon roof control ECU. The body electricalsystems are controlled by a serial communication in which each ECU is linked to another via a single communication line.This system is also equipped with a self–diagnosis function.The table below shows the systems under the control of the MPX communication system and related ECUs (Communicationnodes).

Bod

y E

CU

No.

1B

ody

EC

U N

o.2

Driv

er D

oor

EC

UF

ront

Pas

seng

er D

oor

EC

UPower Window

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock ControlWireless Door Lock Control

12

Light Auto Turn OffAutomatic Light Control

Illuminated Entry

Remote Control MirrorShift LockFog Light

Seat Belt Warning

Key ReminderLuggage Compartment Door Opener

1

––

–12–––2

222111

1–211–2

122222

2–1

1

1––2–

2222–2–

––2–

2222–2

–2

2222

––

––

––

––

––– –

––

2

–––

––

––

–––

––

2–

––

1–

–––

2–1

––

–––

–––

–––

––

–––

––

–––

––

–––

–––

––

–––

–––

––

––

––

–––

–2

2

2

1 : Master control 2 : Sub control

Rea

r D

oor

LH E

CU

Rea

r D

oor

RH

EC

UE

ngin

e C

ontr

ol M

odul

eC

ombi

natio

n M

eter

A/C

Con

trol

Ass

embl

yN

avig

atio

n E

CU

Tilt

and

Tel

esco

pic

EC

UP

ower

Sea

t EC

UM

oon

Roo

f Con

trol

EC

UECU

SYSTEM

Memory System

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 263: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. COMMUNICATION OUTLINECommunication is implemented among the body No.1, No.2, driver door, front passenger door, tilt and telescopic, navigation,A/C control assembly, moon roof, power seat, engine control ECUs.Upon receiving signals from applicable switches such as the door lock control switch or door courtesy light switch, each ECUdetermines the conditions of the switches as well as of the doors, and after converting this information into digital signals,outputs them to other ECUs via serial data communication. The ECU that receives these digital signals determines theconditions of the switches and doors so that it can implement various controls such as to activate a door lock motor.However, if there are no changes in the input signals because no doors were opened and no switches were used within 30seconds, the body ECU interrupts the communication to save electricity. Following this interruption, any changes in the inputsignals will cause the communication to resume.For details please refer to the new car features and repair manuals.

BODY ECU NO.21–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

11–GROUND : Always continuity

B5 (A) BODY ECU NO.11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

11–GROUND : Always continuity(A)15–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

D22 (A), D24 (C) DRIVER DOOR ECU(C) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(C) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(C)12–GROUND : Always continuity

F11 (A), F13 (C) FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU(A) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(C) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)12–GROUND : Always continuity

R12 REAR DOOR LH ECU9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts25–GROUND : Always continuity

R13 REAR DOOR RH ECU9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts20–GROUND : Always continuity25–GROUND : Always continuity

SERVICE HINTS

Page 264: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 F11 A 42 P12 43

A30 40 F12 B 42 P13 43

B136 (1UZ–FE) F13 C 42 P16 44

B138 (2JZ–GE) G5 42 P18 A 44

B5 A 40 H18 40 P19 B 44

B6 A 40 I21 41 P20 44

B7 44 I24 42 P21 44

B8 44 I25 42 P22 44

C8 40 J6 41 P23 44

C11 40 J7 41 P24 44

C12 A 40 J8 41 P30 44

C13 B 40 J9 41 P31 44

C14 40 J10 41 P32 44

D4 40 J13 41 P33 44

D5 40 J14 41 R6 41

D8 42 J15 41 R7 41

D9 42 J17 41 R12 43

D10 42 J18 41 R13 43

D11 42 J20 42R16

A 43

D12 42 J22 42R16

B 43

D13 42 J23 44R17

A 43

D14 42 J24 44R17

B 43

D15 42 L1 41 S4 41

D16 42 L4 43 S5 41

D17 42 L5 43 S6 41

D18 42 L6 43 S11 41

D19 42 L7 43 S18 44

D20 42 L8 44T1

37 (1UZ–FE)

D21 42 M3 41T1

39 (2JZ–GE)

D22 A 42 M5 43 T5 41

D23 B 42 M7 41 U1 41

D24 C 42 N6 43 V8 43

D25 42 P4 41 V9 43

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) P7 43W4

37 (1UZ–FE)

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) P8 43W4

39 (2JZ–GE)

E936 (1UZ–FE) P9 43 W5 43

E938 (2JZ–GE) P10 43

E12 40 P11 43

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

2 23 Engine Room No.2 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

4 25 Passenger Side R/B (Right Kick Panel)

Page 265: FOREWORD - PBworks

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I152 Cowl Wire

B2 54 Roof Wire

I652 Cowl Wire

B6 56 Front Seat LH Wire

Page 266: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

5 X X

X

X 16

1 X 3 4

1 2

21 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 X 13

14 15 X171819 2021 X X X X

1

4 X

X XX X X

X X 4

X X X X

X

A B

X

6 X XX

X

X

XX

XX

X

13

X X

X 1314

12

X

15

X

16

X X X X X X X

X 7 X X X X

X5X 1 2

21 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10 X12 13

X 15 16171819 2021222324 25

1 2 3

1 2 1 21 2

A13BLACK GRAY

B5 (A)

B6 (A) B7 B8YELLOW

C11 C12 (A) C13 (B) C14

D4GRAY

D9GRAY

GRAY GRAY GRAYD10 D11 D12

A30 B1

C8

D5 D8

D13 D14 D15

1

4 X

1 2 1 2 1 2

2 X

X1 1

Page 267: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 41 2 4 5

10 11 13 X

3

12

986

81715

7

161 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 X X 7 8 9

10 X 12 131415 16 X 18

1 2 1 3 X X 7

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24 1 2 3 X X X 7 8 9

10 X 12 13 X X 16 X 18

1 X 3 X 5 X 7

X

X

X

X X 10X X X 4 5 6 X 8

X X X 12 13 14 15 16

1 2

1 2

1

1 2 4 5

10 11 13 X

3

12

986

81715

7

16 1

GRAYD17

BLACK BLACK

BLACK BLACK GRAY GRAY

GRAY

BLACK BLACK

(2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE)

BLUE

GRAY

BLACKGRAY GRAYG5

D16 D18 D19

D20 D21 D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) D25 E5 (D)

E7 (F) E9 E12 F11 (A)

F12 (B) F13 (C) H18

Page 268: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1 2

A A A AA A A B BA A A B B B B B

A A

A A A A

C

CC

CC

A

A A

AAAA A A A C C

A A C C

C

CC

CC

XX

XA

A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

C

CC

CC

BB

D

B

DD

D

C

CC

CC

BB

B

B

B B B B

A A

A A A A

A A

A A A A

123X

123X

1 2

4X

1 2

BBAAAA A A B B B B

BB

B B B B

1 2 1 2 X 2

X 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

I21BLACKGRAY

J6

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE) ORANGE

J13 J14 J15

J17 J20 J22

I24 I25

BLUE

J23 L1 L4BLACK

J24

L6GRAY

L8 M5BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J8

J9 J9 J10

J18

L5

L7 M3

1 2 3 4

3 4

M7DARK GRAY

1 21 1

23X

X 2

3 4 5 6

X 2

3 4 5 6

BLUEP4 P7 P8 P9N6

Page 269: FOREWORD - PBworks

X 2

3 4 5 6X 2 3 4 5 6 7 X

X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 X X

1 2

3 4

5 X

1 2 3 X

5 6 7 8 9 10X X 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 X13141516171819 X2122

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 101 2

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 32 1 32

1 32

1 2

3 4

5 X

1 32

21 X 4 5 X 7 8 9 101112 13

14 15 16171819 X 21222324 25

X X X X 7 8 9 XX 2 X X

21 X 4 5 X 7 8 9 101112 13

14 15 16171819 2021222324 25125

6X8910114

XXX 6 5 4

P10 P11 P12 P13

BLACKP18 (A) P19 (B)

ORANGE

P21 P22 P23 P24ORANGE

P31

P32 P33

R12

BLACKR7

R13(w/ Driving Position Memory)

(w/o Driving Position Memory)

P16 P20

P30

R6

R16 (A)

R16 (B)

1

87X

S4(w/ Driving Position Memory) (w/o Driving Position Memory)

R17 (A) R17 (B)

XXX 6 5 4

125

6X89101141

Page 270: FOREWORD - PBworks

MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1 2 1 2

1

2

1 2

1

6 7 X

2

1 1 2 1 21 2 1 X 3 4 5 X 7

BLACK BLUE GREEN BLACK GRAY

V8 V9BLACK

W5

S6 S11 S18 T1 T5

W4

BLACKS5

U1

Page 271: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 272: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

15AECU–IG

1E2 1H5 1H6 1H11

A19

IE18 IE117 IJ110

II IF

1F13 1G6

A111

A

6 7

2

8

16 5

A

A

1 98

A

A

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

GND GSWO

L

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W

MPX2MPX1BECUIG

B–R

B–R

G–W L–O

W WL W

W

W

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

( *2)

( *1)

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

C13COMBINATIONMETER

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A(*

1)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

Y

J17

J 6

A13

M 3

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

MPX2 MPX1

MPX2

MPX1

MPX– MPX+

211

Page 273: FOREWORD - PBworks

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2B82G4

I 6

I 6

D28F11

F24D27

(*3)(*4)

(*3)(*4)

2F11

A15

IJ13

A3

2G6 2F13

II

2F2

20AP FR DOOR

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

11

A

2

4

D

B

D

BB

8 1

AA

BBB

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

GSW GND BSUB

L

O

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

L–O

B–R B–R

L–B

W–B

W–B

MPX1 BECU IG MPX2 ACC

LW

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

GR

GR

B–R

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7 J15J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE 1

G–W

E 5

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

FD

, E

7

2H11

9A19

W

MPX1

MPX2

Page 274: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

IB113 IB11 IB16 IB15 IB17

C2 C3 C9 A1 C18

C12 A16 C15 C14 C4

IB14

1 3 5 7

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

L–O

L–B

W–B

W–B W–B

L–B

L–O

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

L–B OL–O

G–WB–R

GR

P–BP

BR

–W

W–B

W–B

L–O

B–R

L–B O

L–B

GND MSWE M1 M2 MM

SIG CPUB MPX1 BDR MPX2

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

CA , D24

DRIVING POSITION MEMORY SWD25

ME

MO

RY

1

ME

MO

RY

2

SE

T

E M1 M2 MRY

Page 275: FOREWORD - PBworks

IK15 IK17 IK11 IK113 IK16 BA18

IC315

BB13

IL116

BB18

IL315

C1 A18 A3 A2 A9

A12

IK14

5445

A A

L–B

L–O

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

L–O

L–O

B–R

L–B

L–O

G–W B–R O

W–B

W–B

L–OOL–OO

OO

O L–O

O

L–B

L–O

G–W

B–R O

GND

BDR MPX2 CPUB SIG MPX1 MPX1 MPX2 MPX2 MPX1

F11

FRONT PASSENGERDOOR ECU

CA , F13 R12REAR DOOR LH ECU

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 8

W–B

REAR DOOR RH ECUR13

Page 276: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

5AECU–B2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2F7

30AD P/SEAT

1E9

BC14BC17BC13BC110

B11 B10 B8 B9

BA13IC22 IC117

A8

BC11

M

2

1

B5 B6 B4 B3

B 6 B 6 B 6

B 6 B 6

BK

BC111

B 6

B14 B13

22 2 2

B

C

31313131

4B

C

2

3

1

A

B

L–O

L–O

B–R

L–W

L–O

L–B

W–B

BRBRBR

BR BR

VV V

BR

O L–O

B–R

W–R

L–W

W–R

B–R

W–R

W–R

L–W

L–W

V–W

V

Y–G V

LG–R V

VB

R

BR

BR

LG VB

R

BR

L–Y

POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

LUMBAR SUPPORTCONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J18

J23

L 8

P21

P18

POWER SEAT ECU

BA , P19

J20

P32

P31

P30

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TR

OL)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FR

ON

T V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NT

RO

L)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T P

OS

ITIO

N S

EN

SO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P33

REAR

FRONT

MPX2 MPX1 IG SYSB +B

SSRR PVCC SSRL SSFV

B 6

SSRS SGND

W–B

BR

L–O

Page 277: FOREWORD - PBworks

B22B21B19B16 B18B17B15 B7

A1 A2 A5 A6 A9 A10 A3 A4

A7

M

1

2

M

1

2

M

2

1

M

2

1

BJ

BC112

A

A

W–B

Y–B

Y–RL–Y

L–B Y

Y–GL

L–R

L

L–R

Y–R

Y–G

W–G

W–R

B–R B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TRO

L)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FRO

NT

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TR

OL)

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OT

OR

( DR

IVE

R’

S S

EA

T S

LID

E C

ON

TRO

L)

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

P22

P20

P24

J23

P18

POWER SEAT ECU

BA , P19

SLDF SLDR FUP FDWN LUP LDWN RCLF RCLR

P23

238751069

FRO

NT

RE

AR

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FRO

NT

RE

AR

1BR

SLIDE FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL RECLINING

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

P16

RCL– RCL+ LFT– LFT+ FRV– FRV+ SLD– SLD+

GND

E

SLDF SLDR FUP FDWN LUP LDWN RCLF RCLR

Page 278: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

1. MANUAL SLIDE OPERATIONWhen the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pressed to FRONT position, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 15 ofthe power seat ECU. This activates the power seat ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 3 of the power seat ECU toTERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Slide control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A) 4 of the ECU to GROUND, to movethe seat forward while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.When the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pressed to the REAR position, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 16 ofthe power seat ECU. This activates the ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 4 of the power seat ECU, TERMINAL 1of the power seat motor (Slide control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 3 of the ECU to GROUND, to move the seat backbackward.At this time, the power seat position sensor (Slide control) detects the seat position and always inputs it to TERMINAL (B) 14of the power seat ECU.

2. MANUAL RECLINING CONTROLWhen the reclining SW of the power seat control SW is pressed forward, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 21 of the powerseat ECU. This activates the power seat ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 1 of the power seat ECU to TERMINAL1 of the power seat motor (Reclining control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 2 of the ECU to GROUND, to tilt the seatback forward while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.When the reclining SW of the power seat control SW is pressed backward, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 22 of thepower seat ECU. This activates the ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 2 of the power seat ECU, TERMINAL 2 ofthe power seat motor (Reclining control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A) 1 of the ECU to GROUND, to tilt the seatbackward.At this time, the power seat position sensor (Reclining control) detects the seat back position and always inputs it toTERMINAL (B) 5 of the power seat ECU.

3. MANUAL FRONT VERTICAL CONTROLWhen the front part of the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pushed up, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 19 of thepower seat ECU. This activates the power seat ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 10 of the power seat ECU toTERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Front vertical control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 9 of the ECU to GROUND, toraise the front part of the seat cushion while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.When the front part of the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pushed down, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 7 ofthe power seat ECU. This activates the power seat ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 9 of the power seat ECU,TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Front vertical control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A) 10 of the ECU to GROUND,to lower the front part of the seat cushion while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.At this time, the power seat position sensor (Front vertical control) detects the seat cushion position (Front) and alwaysinputs the signal to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the power seat ECU.

4. MANUAL REAR VERTICAL OPERATIONWhen the rear part of the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pushed up, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 17 of thepower seat ECU. This activates the power seat ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 6 of the power seat ECU toTERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Rear vertical control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL (A) 5 of the ECU to GROUND, toraise the seat while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.When the rear part of the slide SW of the power seat control SW is pushed down, the signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 18 ofthe power seat ECU. This activates the ECU to flow the current into TERMINAL (A) 5 of the power seat ECU to TERMINAL 1of the power seat motor (Rear vertical control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 6 of the ECU to GROUND, to lower theseat while the power seat control SW is kept pressed.At this time, the power seat position sensor (Rear vertical control) detects the seat cushion position (Rear) and always inputsthe signal to TERMINAL (B) 4 of the power seat ECU.

5. MANUAL LUMBAR SUPPORT OPERATIONWhen the lumbar support control SW is pressed forward, the current flows from the D P/SEAT fuse into TERMINAL 4 toTERMINAL 1 of the lumbar support control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Lumbar support control) toTERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of the SW to TERMINAL 3 to GROUND, to move the lumbar support forward.When the SW is pressed backward, the current from the D P/SEAT fuse flows into TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 2 of thelumbar support control SW to TERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Lumbar support control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL1 of the SW to TERMINAL 3 to GROUND, to move the lumbar support backward.

6. DRIVING POSITION MEMORY FUNCTIONEach position sensor in the seat detects the number of rotations of the relevant motor (Seat movement amount) and inputs itto the ECU. This makes it possible to store and recall the seat position by operating the position memory SW. The drivingseat position is stored and recalled through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 279: FOREWORD - PBworks

P18 (A), P19 (B) POWER SEAT ECU(B) 9–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 7–GROUND : Always continuity(B)13–GROUND : Always continuity(B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A) 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at front reclining operation(A) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at rear reclining operation(A)10–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at front vertical up operation(A) 9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at front vertical down operation(A) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at rear vertical up operation(A) 5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at rear vertical down operation(A) 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at front slide operation(A) 4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with driver’s seat at rear slide operation

P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)3–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at front reclining operation2–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at rear reclining operation

10–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at front vertical up operation5–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at front vertical down operation7–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at rear vertical up operation8–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at rear vertical down operation9–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at front slide operation6–1 : Closed with Driver’s seat at rear slide operation

L8 LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts3–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 J8 41 P20 44

B5 A 40 J10 41 P21 44

B6 A 40 J13 41 P22 44

C13 40 J15 41 P23 44

D22 A 42 J17 41 P24 44

D24 C 42 J18 41 P30 44

D25 42 J20 42 P31 44

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J23 44 P32 44

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) L8 44 P33 44

F11 A 42 M3 41 R12 43

F13 C 42 P16 44 R13 43

J6 41 P18 A 44 T5 41

J7 41 P19 B 44

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 280: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire B6 56 Front Seat LH Wire

Page 281: FOREWORD - PBworks

3 X X

X 15 19

1 X

X 19 X X X X

5 X X

X

X 16

1

X

1

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24 2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18

1

X

A A A A B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

6

2 3 4 X X 9

X 12 1415 X 18

1 X 3 X 5 X 7

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13GRAY GRAY BLUE

(2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE) GRAY

GRAYJ6

GRAY BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

AAAA A A B

B B B B

ORANGEJ13 J15 J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

BBAAAA A A B B B B C C

C C

A A

A A A A

BLUEJ20 J23 L8

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

D22 (A) D24 (C) D25

E5 (D) E7 (F) F11 (A)

F13 (C) J7 J8

J10

J18

1 2 3 4

2 X

X1 1

Page 282: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

1 2 3 X

5 6 7 8 9 10

X X 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 X13141516171819 X2122

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2 1 32 1 32 1 32

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

BLUE

P19 (B)

P18 (A)BLACK

ORANGEP21 P22 P23

P24ORANGE

P31 P32 P33

X 4 5 X

6 7 X

X 4 5 X

X

R12 R13GRAY

1 32

M3 P16

P20

P30

T5

Page 283: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 284: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

M

2

1

M

2

1

M

1

2

M

1

2

BJ

BC112

30AD P/SEAT

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E9

1 2

2 1

L–B

L–O

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

B

9 6 10 5 7 8 3 2 4

A

B4

AA

B3

LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

L 8

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

P16

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

SLI

DE

CO

NTR

OL)

P24

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

FR

ON

T V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NTR

OL)

P20

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

AR

VE

RTI

CA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

P22

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

RE

CLI

NIN

G C

ON

TR

OL)

P23

1

L–WW–B

W–B

L–W

L–W

L–W

B

B–R

W–R

W–G

Y–G

Y–R L–R L

W–B

W–B

W–B

BC11

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

SLIDE FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL RECLINING

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

M

Page 285: FOREWORD - PBworks

P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts4–GROUND : Always continuity

L8 LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT)4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts3–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J23 44 P20 44 P23 44

L8 44 P21 44 P24 44

P16 44 P22 44

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

BBAAAA A A B B B B

J23 L8BLACK ORANGE

P21BLUE

P23 P24

(Hint : See Page 7)

P16 P20 P22

1 2 3 4

SERVICE HINTS

Page 286: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SEAT (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

M

1

2

M

1

2

M

2

1

M

1

2

BL

12 BD1

30AP P/SEAT

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E9

4 3

1 2

L–B

L–O

P26POWER SEAT MOTOR(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

A

9 6 5 10 8 7 3 2 4

B

A1

BB

A2

LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

L 9

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

P17

J24JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T S

LID

E C

ON

TRO

L)

P29

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T F

RO

NT

VE

RT

ICA

L C

ON

TRO

L)

P25

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T R

EA

R V

ER

TIC

AL

CO

NT

RO

L)

P27

PO

WE

R S

EA

T M

OTO

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T R

EC

LIN

ING

CO

NTR

OL)

P28

1

LW–B

W–B

LL

LB

B–R

W–R

W–G

Y–G

Y–R L–R L

W–B

W–B

W–B

BD11

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

SLIDE FRONT VERTICAL REAR VERTICAL RECLINING

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

M

Page 287: FOREWORD - PBworks

P17 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts4–GROUND : Always continuity

L9 LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts2–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J24 44 P25 44 P28 44

L9 44 P26 44 P29 44

P17 44 P27 44

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2 1 2

BBAAAA A A B B B B

J24 L9BLACK BLUE

P26 P27

P28 P29

(Hint : See Page 7)

P17 P25

1 2 3 4

SERVICE HINTS

Page 288: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SOURCE

1 2

1

120A ALT

1 2

40A ABS NO. 2

1 2

30A H–LP CLN

1 2

20A RADIO NO. 1

1 2

5A ALT–S

1 2

25A EFI

1 2

10A TURN–HAZ

1 2

15A AM2

1 2

40A MAIN

1 2

15A TEL

1 2

15A ETCS

1 2

10A HORN

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 2

20A ECU–B1

1

4

2

3

1

1

1

1 2

30A DRL NO. 2 (*2)

1 II4

7

EB1

1

IA1

9

2B

2 10A DOME

5A ECU–B2

1 2

50A HEATER

1

1 2

50A FAN MAIN

1

1 2

60A ABS NO. 1

1

1

1

2A

1 15A TV

25A S/ROOF

30A P P/SEAT

20A P RR DOOR

20A P FR DOOR

1 2

30A DEFOG

1

3

2

5

IG RELAY

1

5

2

3

3

1

5

2

4

1 2

30A CDS FAN

1

1 2

30A RDI FAN

1

1

MIR RELAY

10A MIR HTR

20A SEAT HTR

HEAD LP RELAY

ENG MAIN RELAY

G

L–Y

G–R

W–R

W

B–Y

W–L

L–Y

L

B–R

B

W W

L

B

R

W–L

W–R

W–R

R–W

R–B

R–L

R–L

R–G

R–B

R–W R–W

W–R W–R

R–L

B–L

BA

TTE

RY

(* 2) (*2) (*2)

1

1 1

1

1

W–B B–O

R

W–B

Page 289: FOREWORD - PBworks

11 2

1

11 2

1

15A H–LP L LWR

10A MPX–B

1 21

10A H–LP R UPR (*1)30A DRL NO. 1 (*2)

1 21

15A H–LP R LWR

11 2

1

10A H–LP L UPR (*1)

31 2

3

15A H–LP L UPR (*2)

1 23

15A H–LP R UPR (*2)

1

3

2

4

33

3

1K

1 7. 5A OBD

5

1

3

2

TAIL RELAY10A TAIL

7. 5A PANEL

5A SRS–B

15A FR FOG

10A FUEL OPN

15A STOP

30A D P/SEAT

20A D RR DOOR

20A D FR DOOR

1 21J

3 2

7

3

4

6

8

AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

1J

1 10A HEATER

25A WIPER

10A GAUGE

20A WASHER

15A ECU–IG

15A RADIO NO. 2

15A SRS–ACC

15A CIG

1J4

5A STARTER

5A IGN

1F10

1J

6

A

AIGNITION SWI22

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

R–L

R–B

R–W

R–B

W

R

R–G

Y

R–L

R–G

R

L–Y

B–Y

L–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B

W–L

W–R

W

R–W

B

B–W

W–R

W–R

W–R

(*2)

( *2)

(*2)

(*2)

G–W

R–B

( *1) (* 1)

(*2)

(*2)

(*2)

DIMMER DRLNO. 2 RELAY (*2)

40A AM1

* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

Page 290: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER SOURCE

HEAD LP RELAY (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)2–1 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

HEAD LP RELAY (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)2–1 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

Closed with engine running and parking brake released (Parking brake SW off)

TAIL RELAY5–3 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

ENG MAIN RELAY1–2 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position

I22 IGNITION SW2–3 : Closed with ignition key at ACC or ON position2–4 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position7–6 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position7–8 : Closed with ignition key at ST position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

I22 41 J15 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

3 24 Engine Room No.3 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1J 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2A28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2B28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EB146 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)EB148 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

IA1 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

X 2 3 4

X 6 7 8

A A

A A

I22 J15

(Hint : See Page 7)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 291: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 292: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC

ECUE VC MPX2

A

A

LW

Y–RY

94

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

673841

30AP P/SEAT

2F1

MSWGND MPX1

TILT AND TELESCOPICSW [COMB. SW]

C15

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

10

J 6

L

II

A

IF

A

TILT DOWN

TELESCOSHORT

TILT UP

TELESCOLONG

+B

A

1G6

1F13

2F13

2G6

A

AA

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

W–B

M M

PO

WE

R T

ELE

SC

OP

ICM

OT

OR

PO

WE

R T

ILT

MO

TOR

W–B

6 5 4 3

TEM+ TEM– TIM+ TIM–

( *2)

MPX2

MPX1

2

IJ110

8

WW

W

L–R

( *1)

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

Y

( *1)

M 3

IE117

IE18

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

5

25

11

2

16 B–R

G–W

W

L

MPX+

ECU–B IG

G–W B–R

WW

W

L

MPX–

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

C13

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A13

T 5TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

Page 293: FOREWORD - PBworks

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2B82G4

I 6

D28F11

F24D27

(*3)(*4)

(*3)(*4)

A15

IJ13

A3

2G6 2F13

II

11

A

2

D

D

8

AA

B

GSW GND

B–R

G–W

L–O

W–B

MPX1

BECU ACC

LW

G–W

G–W

G–W

GR

GR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

BSUB

4

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

FE

5D

, E

7

1

A19

L

MPX1

MPX2

15AECU–IG

A

1H5 1H6

11

II IF

1F13 1G6

W–B

A1

GSWOGND

A

A

1 8

A W–B

MPX1BECUIG

B–R

G–W L–O

W–B

W–B

O

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

J17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

1H11

9

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6

A19

MPX2

W

2F11

B

B

1

IG

B–R

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ15

BB

B

G–W

G–W

B–R

G–W

W

L

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–WB–R

Page 294: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

IB113IB11IB16 IB15

C2C3C9 A1

C12 A16 C15 C14 C4

IB14

1 3 5 7

B–R

G–W

L–O

W–B

L–B

L–O

G–W B–R

GR

P–BP

BR

–W

W–B

W–B

L–O

L–B

L–B

GND MSWE M1 M2 MM

SIGCPUBMPX1 BDR

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

A

DRIVING POSITION MEMORY SWD25

G–W B–R

D24, C

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

E M1 M2 MRY

ME

MO

RY

1

ME

MO

RY

2

SE

T

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

Page 295: FOREWORD - PBworks

This system provides the automatic tilt and telescopic mechanisms using the motor drive and ECU control, allowing variablesteering movement in the back and forth, and vertical directions. This makes it possible to set the steering to the desiredsteering position and move the steering to a position where the driver can easily get off the vehicle, allowing easier seating.Additionally, by linking the power seat and remote control mirror, an optimal driving position corresponding to the driver’sneeds can be stored into the memory.

1. AUTO RETURN OPERATIONWhen the ignition key is inserted into the key cylinder (The unlock warning SW is on), the signal is input to the tilt andtelescopic ECU through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. This activates the ECU to automaticallyreturn the steering to the position set before the ignition key has been removed.

2. AUTO AWAY OPERATIONWhen the ignition key is turned from ON to OFF and removed from the key cylinder (The unlock warning SW is off), thesignal is input to the tilt and telescopic ECU through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. Thisactivates the ECU to automatically move the steering to the top tilt step position and maximum telescopic retract position.

3. MANUAL TILT OPERATIONWhen the ignition key is inserted into the key cylinder, the tilt and telescopic can be adjusted.Tilt operationWhen the tilt and telescopic SW is pressed to TILT DOWN position, the current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the tilt andtelescopic ECU into TERMINAL 9 of the tilt and telescopic SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 8 of the ECU, and the signal isinput to the ECU. This activates the ECU and starts the tilt control motor to lower the steering while the SW is kept pressed toTILT DOWN position.When the tilt and telescopic SW is pressed to TILT UP position, the current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the tilt and telescopicECU into TERMINAL 9 of the tilt and telescopic SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 8 of the ECU, and the signal is input tothe ECU. This activates the ECU and starts the tilt control motor to raise the steering while the SW is kept pressed to TILTUP position.Telescopic operationWhen the tilt and telescopic SW is pressed to TELESCO LONG position, the current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the tilt andtelescopic ECU into TERMINAL 9 of the tilt and telescopic SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 8 of the ECU, and the signal isinput to the ECU. This activates the ECU and starts the telescopic control motor to extend the telescopic while the SW iskept pressed to TELESCO LONG position.When the tilt and telescopic SW is pressed to TELESCO SHORT side, the current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the tilt andtelescopic ECU into TERMINAL 9 of the tilt and telescopic SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 8 of the ECU, and the signal isinput to the ECU. This activates the ECU and starts the telescopic control motor to retract the telescopic while the SW is keptpressed to TELESCO SHORT position.

4. DRIVING POSITION MEMORY FUNCTIONThe pulse signals detected by the tilt and telescopic sensors are input to the ECU. This makes it possible to store and recallthe desired driving position through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.

T5 TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

10–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position1–GROUND : Always continuity4–GROUND : Always continuity

C15 TILT AND TELESCOPIC SW [COMB. SW]4–9 : Approx. 160 Ω with TELESCO LONG operation

Approx. 360 Ω with TILT UP operationApprox. 790 Ω with TELESCO SHORT operationApprox. 1.99 kΩ with TILT DOWN operation

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 296: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 D24 C 42 J13 41

B5 A 40 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J15 41

B6 A 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

C13 40 J6 41 M3 41

C15 40 J7 41 T5 41

D22 A 42 J10 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

5 X X

X

X 16

3 X X

X 15 19

1 X

X 19 X X X X

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

Page 297: FOREWORD - PBworks

4 X

X X 9 X

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1 2

5

3 4

6 7 8 X 10

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

1

X

6

2 4 X

X 14

3

12

9X

X15

1

D

DD

D

C13 C15

GRAY

J6

ORANGEJ15

J17BLUE GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J10

M3 T5

D22 (A)GRAY

D24 (C)GRAY

E5 (D) E7 (F)(2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

J13

(Hint : See Page 7)

2 X

X1 1

Page 298: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

A1

1F13 1G6

II IF

IE18 IE117 IJ110

D27 (*4)F24 (*3)

F11 (*3)

D28 (*4)

IJ13

15AECU–IG

1E2 1H5 1H6 1E1

10ADOME

2E5

MULTI–DISPLAYM 3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

TILT

AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

T 5

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LYA

13

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

W

L–Y

W

L

L–Y

LL

W

WWW

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

W

6 5

8 2

81

B–R

A

AA

7 16

W

(*2)

( *1)

( *1)

GSWO

MPX2GND

IG

COMBINATION METERC13

B 6 A

BODY ECU NO. 2E

5

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

D

11

F,

E 7

1H11

9

MPX1BECU

A19

MPX2

MPX1

MPX+

MPX–

MPX2 MPX1

211

MPX2

MPX1

Page 299: FOREWORD - PBworks

2G6 2F13

II IF BM

IL36 IL318 IL317

A5 A6 A4

A3

2G4 2B8 2E1

I 6

10AMPX–B

1

2F11 2E2

A15

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

20AP FR DOOR

2F22G7

IB19

17

D

11 45

A A

3 4 5

8 1

D

BB

B

B

B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ15

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LOC

K E

CU

W 5

B

2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 60)

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

W

L–Y L–O

L–B

R–Y

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

B–R B–R B–R

B–R

LG–R P LG

LGP

LG–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–O

R–Y

R–Y

L–B

G–W

G–W

GR

B–R

B–RB–R

O

GR

L–Y

W1

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

BODY ECU NO. 1

B 5 A

ACC

RCO RDA RSSI MPX2

G–W

GSW

MPX1

A19

2H11

9

IGBECU

GND PWS BSUB

Page 300: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWP11

2 10 15 18 6 7 3 1116 14

AU

TO

DR

IVE

R’

SD

OW

N

UP

WIN

DO

WLO

CK

SW

4 12 13

V

V–W

V–R

GR

GR–R

GR–G

L–R

L–B

L–O

L–W

L–B

Y

Y–G

W–B

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

L–O

L–B

R–Y

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

Y–G Y L–B

R–Y

L–W

L–R

GR

–G

GR

–R

GR

V–R

V–W

E W/L W/L2 DU DA DT1 DT2 DT3 SC1 SC2 SC3PWS DO

Page 301: FOREWORD - PBworks

L–O

L–B

L–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

C9 C3 C2

IB16 IB11 IB113

I 6

A1

IB15

20AD FRDOOR

1F2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

B73 BB9 B5B6B210 BB11 B1 A13B4

Y–G

GR

–G

V–R

L–W

L–R

GR

–R

V–WV GR

W–B

L–B

L–B

B–R

G–WL–O

L–B

B–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

Y

L–B

L–O

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23

G–W

G–W

WLSWDT1SC1 MUPAUTODT2SC2SC3 DT3 PWEMDN

BDRSIGCPUBMPX1

V

V–W

V–R

GR

GR–R

GR–G

L–R

L–B

Y

Y–G

W–B

A4 A5 A15

P–B

P–G

BR

–B

5 6 3

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT LH

D18

KL KUL LSWE

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

C, D24

12

B15 B14

CTY CTYE

R–G

W–B

DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

D13

Page 302: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

A11 B12A2 B13 B16 C12

IB14

IF

C1 A18

IK15 IK17

C18 A3 A2

IB17 IK11 IK113

IC315

C11 B12C2 B13 B16

G

W–GR W

BR

–B

W–B

L–B

L–O G

W–GR W

BR

–W

B–R

G–WO

W–B

L–B

L–O

W–B

L–O

L–B

Y

B–R

G–W

G–W

B–R

G–W

B–R B–R

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

Y

O

2 41 3 5 1 42 3 5

A

A

A

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RHP13

POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LHP12

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

BDR MPX2 DN LMTUP PLS SGNDGNDSGNDPLSUP LMTDN

CPUB SIGMPX2

C, F13C, D24

MM

Page 303: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

Y

IB12 8 2F

2E10

C13 B4 B6B5 C4 C5 C15 A12

IK14

II

A9

IK16

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RHP 8

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW FRONT RH

D19

J13JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

Y

Y

W–B

L–B

L–R

L–W

P–B

P–G

BR

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

YYY

Y

A

A

2 4 56 2 1 4

B B B

PWE MDN AUTOMUP KL KUL LSWE GND

C, F13

2H9

IK19

3

AUTODOWN

MANUALDOWN

MANUALUP

AUTOUP

Y

Y

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

MPX1

12

B15 B14

CTY CTYE

R–G

W–B

DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH

D14

EPCT D AU

Page 304: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

BA18 BA16 BA111 BA12

BA15

IC314

BA19

BJ

20AD RR DOOR

1E6

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

R12REAR DOOR LH ECU

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LHP 9

POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

Y

Y

B–R

G–W

O

G–W

O

B–R

L–O

O

G–W

B–R

Y

W–B

Y–R L–B

L–R

L–W Y

Y–G

Y

W–B

W–B

L–O

L–R

B–R

G–WO

L–R

B–R

A

A

PWEPCTO MDN AUTOMUP PCT1 GND

3 2 4 56

MANUALUP

MANUALDOWN

AUTODOWN

AUTOUP

25112224232110

5 15 9 14 4

671 23

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR MPX2

UP DN LMT PLS SGND

M

PCT E D AU

Page 305: FOREWORD - PBworks

BM

BB111 BB16 BB13 BB12

BB15

BB19

BL

20AP RR DOOR

2E6

L–R

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

L–O

R13REAR DOOR RH ECU

15

POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RHP10

IL3

10

L–O

8 BB1

BB1

Y

B–R

G–W

L–O

O

L–O

O

W–B

Y–R L–B

L–R

L–W Y

Y

W–B

W–B

L–OO

G–W

B–R

L–R

16 IL1

AJ22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

PWEPCTO MDN AUTOMUP PCT1 GNDSEL1

W–B

W–B

3 2 4 56

MANUALUP

MANUALDOWN

AUTODOWN

AUTOUP

10 21 23 24 22 11 20 25

9 15 4 14 5

SIG CPUB MPX2 BDR MPX1

67231

10

BA13

P19POWER SEAT ECU

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

L–O

L–OO

L–Y

(* 6)

L–O

3 BC110 BC1

2 IC2

11

L–O

L–O

MPX2 MPX1

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

DN UP LMT PLS SGND

M

PCT E D AU

Page 306: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

1. MANUAL DOWN OR UP OPERATIONThe signal is input to TERMINAL MDN of the driver door ECU while the power window master SW is kept pressed one step.This activates the driver door ECU to flow the current from TERMINAL DN into the power window motor front LH toTERMINAL UP of the driver door ECU to GROUND, to rotate the motor and open the window.The signal is input to TERMINAL MUP of the driver door ECU while the power window master SW is kept pulled one step.This activates the driver door ECU to flow the current from TERMINAL UP into the power window motor front LH toTERMINAL DN of the driver door ECU to GROUND, to reversely rotate the motor and close the window. For other windows,as the power window master SW or each power window SW is operated, the window of the relevant door is opened orclosed.

2. AUTO DOWN OR UP OPERATIONThe signals are input to TERMINALS MDN and AUTO of the driver door ECU when the power window master SW is pressedtwo steps. According to these signals, it is determined that the driver door ECU is in the auto mode. The current flows fromTERMINAL DN into the power window motor front LH to TERMINAL UP of the driver door ECU to GROUND, to rotate themotor and automatically open the window. Accordingly, when each window switch of the power window master SW ispressed, the window of the relevant door is automatically opened through communication control of the body ECU and doorECU etc.The signals are input to TERMINALS MUP and AUTO of the driver door ECU when the power window master SW is pulledtwo steps. According to these signals, it is determined that the driver door ECU is in the auto mode. The current flows fromTERMINAL UP into the power window motor front LH to TERMINAL DN of the driver door ECU to GROUND, to rotate themotor and automatically close the window. Accordingly, when each window switch of the power window master SW ispressed, the window of the relevant door is automatically closed through communication control of the body ECU and doorECU etc.For other windows, as each power window control SW is operated, the window of the relevant door is automatically openedor closed.

3. POWER WINDOW OPERATION LINKED WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SWWhen the ignition key is inserted into the door key cylinder on the driver or passenger side and kept turned to the lock orunlock position for approximately 1.5 sec. or longer, all the door windows can be opened or closed.Power window close operationWhen the ignition key is inserted into the door key cylinder and kept turned to the lock position for 1.5 sec. or longer, thesignal from the door key lock and unlock SW is input to TERMINAL KL of the driver door ECU or front passenger door ECU.Through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , the current flows from TERMINAL UP of each doorECU into the power window motor to TERMINAL DN of the each door ECU to GROUND, to close all the door windows.Power window open operationWhen the ignition key is inserted into the door key cylinder and kept turned to the unlock position for 1.5 sec. or longer, thesignal from the door key lock and unlock SW is input to TERMINAL KUL of the driver door ECU or front passenger doorECU. Through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , the current flows from TERMINAL DN of eachdoor ECU into the power window motor to TERMINAL UP of the each door ECU to GROUND, to close all the door windows.If any of the following conditions is detected, the power window operation is stopped.Approximately 10 sec. or longer has elapsed after starting open/close operation. Catching prevention function is activated.

4. POWER WINDOW OPERATION LINKED WITH TRANSMITTERWhen the unlock SW on the transmitter of the ignition key is kept pressed for 1.5 sec. or longer, all the door windows can beopened.Power window open operationWhen the unlock SW of the ignition key is kept pressed for 1.5 sec. or longer, the frequency received from the wireless doorlock control ECU is input to the body ECU No.1. Through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , thecurrent flows from TERMINAL DN of each door ECU into the power window motor to TERMINAL UP of the each door ECUto GROUND, to open all the door windows.If any of the following conditions is detected, the power window operation is stopped.Approximately 10 sec. or longer have elapsed after starting open operation.The lock or unlock switch on the transmitter is released.Catching prevention function is activated.

5. CATCHING PREVENTION FUNCTIONIf any foreign matter is caught in the window while it is rising, the pulse sensor installed in the power window motor detectschanges in the number of motor rotations, forcibly lowers the door window 50 mm or if the door window opening amount is200 mm or less, the window is lowered so that the opening amount is 200 mm.

6. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONIt is possible to operate the power window for 45 sec. after the ignition key is turned from ON to OFF and the driver or frontpassenger door is opened. However, when the door is closed while the window is being operated, the power windowoperation is stopped even though 45 sec. has not elapsed.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 307: FOREWORD - PBworks

B6 BODY ECU NO.21–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

11–GROUND : Always continuity

B5 (A) BODY ECU NO.11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

11–GROUND : Always continuity4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

(A)15–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

D22 (A), D24 (C) DRIVER DOOR ECU(A) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(C) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(C) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(C)12–GROUND : Always continuity

F11 (A), F13 (C) FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU(A) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(A) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A)12–GROUND : Always continuity(C) 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

R12 REAR DOOR LH ECU9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts25–GROUND : Always continuity

R13 REAR DOOR RH ECU9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts20–GROUND : Always continuity25–GROUND : Always continuity

P11 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW15–6 : Closed with power window master SW at MANUAL UP position

15–18 : Closed with power window master SW at MANUAL DOWN position15–6, 7 : Closed with power window master SW at AUTO UP position

15–18, 7 : Closed with power window master SW at AUTO DOWN position

P8, P9, P10 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH, REAR LH, REAR RH3–6 : Closed with power window SW at MANUAL UP operation3–4 : Closed with power window SW at MANUAL DOWN operation

3–6, 5 : Closed with power window SW at AUTO UP operation3–4, 5 : Closed with power window SW at AUTO DOWN operation

WINDOW LOCK SWOpen with window lock SW at LOCK position

SERVICE HINTS

Page 308: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

B5 A 40 F11 A 42 P8 43

B6 A 40 F12 B 42 P9 43

C13 40 F13 C 42 P10 43

D13 42 J6 41 P11 43

D14 42 J7 41 P12 43

D18 42 J8 41 P13 43

D19 42 J10 41 P19 44

D22 A 42 J13 41 R12 43

D23 B 42 J15 41 R13 43

D24 C 42 J17 41 T5 41

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J22 42 W5 43

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC250 Floor No 2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC350 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

Page 309: FOREWORD - PBworks

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

3 5 6

1 2 4 1 2 4 5

11 13 X

15

3 4 5 6 X X

X 15 19

1 X

X 19 X X X X

5 X X

X

X 16

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X 18X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 4 5

11 13 X

15

A A

A A A A 2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18X X X 4 5 6 X

X X X 12 13 14 15 16

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13BLACK

BLACK GRAY GRAY

GRAY (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

GRAY GRAY

GRAYJ6

GRAY GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

D13 D14 D18

D19 D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) E5 (D) E7 (F)

F11 (A) F12 (B) F13 (C)

1 2 1 2

2 X

X1 1

Page 310: FOREWORD - PBworks

POWER WINDOW

B B B B B B B

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

BB

D

B

DD

D

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A

X 2

3 4 5 6

X 2

3 4 5 6

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

X 2

3 4 5 6X 2 3 4 6 7 X

X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 X X

1 2

3 4

5 X

X X

1011 X X

1 2

3 4

5 X

X 4 5 X 9 1011

14 15 X 21222324 25

1 X 3 4 5 X 7

6 7 X

X 4 5 X 9 1011

14 15 2021222324 25

GRAY ORANGEJ13

J15 J17 J22BLUE

P8 P9 P10 P11

P12 P13 P19

BLACK

R12

W5R13GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J8 J10

M3

T5

Page 311: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 312: FOREWORD - PBworks

PPS

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H5

IF II

21

EA18 EA19

61 2

A

4

A

A

PPS SOLENOIDP 3

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

PPS ECUP 6

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

B–Y

G–R

G–R

B–Y

SOL–SOL+ GND

IG

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

B

B

II

2F13

2G6

W–B

W–B

A

SP

EE

DO

ME

TE

R

A1

B8A22B6

10AGAUGE

1D4

1D5

1F13

1G

6

IE113

IE111

5

A

A

A

A

A

A

R–L

V–W

W–B

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

W–B

V–W

W–B

C12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

CPU

SPD

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

Page 313: FOREWORD - PBworks

PPS ECU (Flow rate control system) controls the solenoid valves mounted in the pump to conduct direct control of the pumpflow rate in response to the vehicle speed possible, ensuring natural and real steering feeling.

1. PPS OPERATIONWhen the ignition SW is turned on, the starting current flows from the ECU–IG fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the PPS ECU. Thevehicle speed sensor monitors the vehicle speed and transmits control signals to TERMINAL 5 of the ECU.When the vehicle speed is low, the PPS ECU sends a higher–current from TERMINAL 1 of the ECU to TERMINAL 1 of thePPS solenoid to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the ECU to TERMINAL 6 to GROUND, increasing the solenoid valveopening angle to provide comfortable steering operation. When the vehicle speed is high, the PPS ECU decreases thesolenoid valve opening angle by reducing the current to the valve to provide responsive steering feeling.

P3 PPS SOLENOID1–2 : Approx. 7.8 Ω (25°C, 77°F)

P6 PPS ECU4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position6–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C12 A 40 J10 41 P3 39 (2JZ–GE)

C13 B 40 J13 41 P6 41

J6 41 J17 41

J7 41 P3 37 (1UZ–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)EA148 (2JZ–GE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 314: FOREWORD - PBworks

PPS

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

A

A A

1 2

X 4 5 6

1 2

X

2X

X

XX

XX

X

1

AAAA A A

2

GRAYJ6

ORANGEJ13

GRAY

BLUE

J17

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

C12 (A) C13 (B) J7

J10 P3

P6

6

8 X

X

Page 315: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 316: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

IA17

EB23

3 4

1 2

3 3

3 3

EB15

W–R

G–Y

G–Y

W–G

2

3

1

2

W–R

W–R

B–O

A/C SINGLEPRESSURE SW

A 4

WATERTEMP. SW

W 3

FAN NO. 1RELAY

L–W

G–Y

1

1

1 3

2 5

4

111

1 1

1

30ACDS FAN

30ARDI FAN

1 1

1 1

22

EE

B

W–B

W–L

B–O

B–O

G–Y

W–G

W–B

BATTERY

120AALT

50AFANMAIN

1

1

A

2

2

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

W–B

W–B

B–L

ENGMAINRELAY

R

B–O

W–R

W–L

II25

Page 317: FOREWORD - PBworks

5AIGN

1G7

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

IA18

M

1

2

3 1

5 2

5 2

4

3 1

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 33

EB21 EB14

EB22EB12

W–L

W–L

WW

G–YW–B

W–G

3

3

EB24

W–G

W–G

M

1

2

E 4

W–B

EB

3

IG

E

E

W–G

L–W

B–O

B–O

B–O

B–O

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR

A 2

RADIATORFAN MOTOR

R 1

A

A

A

FAN NO. 3RELAY

FAN NO. 2RELAY

FRO

M A

/C C

OM

PR

ELA

Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

( *2)

( *1)

W–B

W–B

(*2)

* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–B

E4 : *1I1 : *2

W–B

W–G

G–Y

B–O

B–O

W–L

EB–O

Page 318: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

FAN MOTOR OPERATIONWhen the ignition SW is turned on, the current from the IGN fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) and the FAN NO.2relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW toTERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and the FAN NO.1 relay is turned off and the FAN NO.2 relay is turned on.

∗ Low speed operationWhen the ignition SW is turned on and the A/C is activated, current flows from the A/C COMP relay (Point side) to theFAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to GROUND, and the FAN NO.3 relay is turned on. As a result, current from the CDS FANfuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to the FAN NO.2 relay (Point side) to theFAN NO.3 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, rotating both of thefan motors at low speed.If the engine coolant temperature is approx. 90°C (194°F) or less, and the refrigerant pressure is approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2

(1520 kpa, 220.4 psi) or less, both the water temp. SW and the A/C signal pressure SW are closed, so that the FANNO.1 relay is turned off and the FAN NO.2 relay is turned on. As a result, both of the fan motor operate at low speed.

∗ High speed operationWhen, during A/C operation, the refrigerant pressure becomes higher than ordinary level (Approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (1520psi, 220.4 kpa) ), the A/C single pressure SW is turned off. As a result, the FAN NO.1 relay is turned on and FAN NO.2relay is turned off, and the current flows from the RDI FAN fuse to FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of theradiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and current from the CDS FAN fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/Ccondenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to the FAN NO.2 relay (Point side) to GROUND, rotating both of the fan motors inparallel, thus causing the fan motors to operate at high speed.Note that, because the current flows in the same manner even if the coolant temperature is approx. 90°C (194°F) orhigher, the fan motors still operate at high speed.

A4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW2–3 : Open above approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (220.4 psi, 1520 kpa)

Close below approx. 12.5 kgf/cm2 (177.7 psi, 1225.8 kpa)

W3 WATER TEMP. SW1–2 : Open above approx. 90°C (194°F)

Closed below approx. 83°C (181.4°F)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A236 (1UZ–FE)

J537 (1UZ–FE) R1 39 (2JZ–GE)

A238 (2JZ–GE)

J539 (2JZ–GE)

W337 (1UZ–FE)

A436 (1UZ–FE) J14 41

W339 (2JZ–GE)

A438 (2JZ–GE) R1 37 (1UZ–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

3 24 Engine Room No.3 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1G 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 319: FOREWORD - PBworks

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EB146 (1UZ–FE)

EB148 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)

EB246 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

EB248 (2JZ–GE)

IA1 50 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EE46 (1UZ–FE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorEE48 (2JZ–GE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E446 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl WireI1 52 Cowl Wire

E448 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire

21

2 3

EE

EE

EE

E

21

1 2

AAAAAA A A A A A A

GRAY BLACKJ14

GRAYW3

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A2 A4 J5

R1

Page 320: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIO AND PLAYER (EXCEPT NAKAMICHI)

20ARADIONO. 1

1

10ADOME

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2H12

15ARADIONO. 2

1C1

3G3 3D3 3D13G13A33A11F11 1C3II41

IJ32

1 2

IK117 IK116

IJ37 IJ312

C1 C5

LG L

21

IB117 IB116

IJ36 IJ311

C2 C6

P V

IM18 IM19 IM17 IM16

C7

IH

7 2 1 6

FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

F10FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 9

NAVIGATION ECUN 2

LGLG

LL

PP

VV

V P L–B

L–R

W–B

W–B

V

P

L–B

L–R

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

B8

7

B3

2

B5

6

B2

1

B1

4

B4

9

B6

3

B7C4

D

CD AUTOMATICCHANGER

C 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18D

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

GR

L–Y

GR

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G R W B P V L–O

L–Y

GR

8

10 5

( SH

IELD

ED

)

1

2

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

BS 7 S 8A CS 9 DS10

P ( *2)

( *2)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

AUO– AUO+ AUI+ AUI–

ACC B

GND CDL– CDL+ CDR– CDR+ TXM+ TXM– MUTE

, , ,

+B SGD4 CDL– CDL+ CDR– CDR+ TXM+ TXM– MUTE

E FR+ FR– FL+ FL–

TWEETER TWEETER

Page 321: FOREWORD - PBworks

21

IL24 IL210

IJ33 IJ38

D4 D5

LG–B

LG–R

21

BB17 BB112

IJ35 IJ310

D1 D3

R W

WOOFER(SPEAKER)

W 6REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

R15

LG–B

LG–B

LG–R

R

LG–R

R WW

IL28 IL27

R W

IJ31

C8

L–O

L–O

IL16

L–O

B4

IJ34

D2

BB

IL31

B

A5

IJ39

D6

YY

IL39

Y

A12

BA112

YY

IL25

Y

B12

BA17

BB

IL21

B

B5

IC25 IC21

2 1

Y B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

BT 8 T 9A

REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R14

IH

W–B

A12

B3

A4

B8

A9

B9

A10

B10

A6

B5

A7

B6

A1

B1

A2

B2

P–L

Y–G P L G R W B

A3

( SH

IELD

ED

)

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

BS 7 S 8A

CS 9 DS10

A4 A1 RADIO AND PLAYER

BR 2 R 3A

C2 C1

CR 4

4 12

BR Y

MULTI–DISPLAYM 4

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

GR

L–Y

A2

W–B

( *1)

( *1)

* 4 : W/ AUTO ANTENNA

,

ACC MUTE BUS– BUS+ R– L– R+ L+ SGND

WF+ WF– RR+ RR– TLMT RL+ RL–

B ACC TX+ TX–

GNDL+R+L–R–BUS+BUS–MUTEACC

, ,

,

,

,

TX1+ TX1–

C3

W–R

( *4)

C4

W–L

( *4)

C5

B–W ( *4)

IJ24 IJ214 IJ213

IL112 IL113 IL14

W–R

( *4)

W–L

( *4)

B–W ( *4)

B–W ( *4)

W–L

( *4)

W–R

( *4)

AUTO ANTENNA CONTROLRELAY AND MOTOR

A35

1 2 5

* 3 : W/ CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

ANTANTAANTB

Page 322: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIO AND PLAYER (EXCEPT NAKAMICHI)

R2 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position(A) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(A) 2–GROUND : Always continuity

S9 (C) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(C) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(C) 7–GROUND : Always continuity

C6 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

10–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position8–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A35 42 R2 A 41 S9 C 41

C6 40 R3 B 41 S10 D 41

F9 42 R4 C 41 T8 A 43

F10 42 R14 43 T9 B 43

J18 41 R15 43 W6 43

M4 41 S7 A 41

N2 43 S8 B 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2H 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3A30

3D30

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G 31

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ352 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL1

IL2 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL3

( g )

IM1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IH 50 Instrument Panel Brace RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 323: FOREWORD - PBworks

109876

54321 1

2

1

2

X 4

X X X 12

1 2 X X

6 7 X X X

1 2

X 4

1 2 3 X

5 6 X 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 X X 1

2

1

2

X43216 7 X 9 10 X 12

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

1 2 X 4

5 6 7 8 X X

1 2

3 4 5 6 1 2

D D D

512

54

X 12

1 2

X 5

C6 F9 F10

M4 N2 R2 (A) R3 (B)

R4 (C) R14 R15BLACK ORANGE

S9 (C) S10 (D) T8 (A) T9 (B) W6

(Hint : See Page 7)

J18

S7 (A) S8 (B)

BLUEA35

Page 324: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIO AND PLAYER (NAKAMICHI)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

20ARADIONO. 1

1

15ARADIONO. 2

1C1

10ADOME

2H2

2

II41

D

D

IL22

A

AA

D2 D5

3G3

3D3

3G1 3A1

3D1

3A3

1F11

1C3

IM24 IM214 IM25 IM29

D6 D7 A6 A1

B10B4B9B3D1D4

RADIO AND PLAYER

BR 2 R 3A CR 4 DR 5

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

BS14 S15A CS16 DS17

A

BM

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

D1 D4

A

C2

IM17 IM16 IM19 IM18

IJ36 IJ311 IJ37 IJ312

IB117 IB116 IK117 IK116

1 2 1 2

C7 C1 C6

1 2

B1 B2

BB17 BB112

1 2

C4 C12

FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 9FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

F10

WOOFER(SPEAKER)

W 6REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

R15

P V LG L

P V LG L

P V LG LLLGVP

W–B

W–B

LG–B

LG–R

R W

R W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

GR

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

GR

L–Y

GR

P–L

B–L

B–O BR

BR

B–OB–L

P–L

GR

L–Y

L–Y

GR

B ACC ACC MUTE AMP GND

GND4 GND5 FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WF+ WF– RR+ RR–

+B1 +B2 ACC1 MUTE AMP+ GND1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J21

1

, , ,

TWEETER TWEETER

, , ,

Page 325: FOREWORD - PBworks

D/A CONVERTERD 6

RADIO AND PLAYER

BR 2 R 3A CR 4 DR 5

C1 C6 C2 C7 C10 C9 C4

IM213

A4

A10

IM22

A2

A9

IM23

A6

A4

IM211

A1

A13

IM212

A3

IM217

B7

A3

IM26

B2

A8

IM27

B6

A5

IM28

B1

A14

IM215

B5 A5

IJ31

D3

IH

B4A12A5B5B12

IL16

C13C5

REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

YB

BA17 BA112

1 2

R14

IC21 IC25

IL25 IL21

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

BS14 S15A CS16 DS17

5 4 2 10 9 12 11 1 6 7

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

BT 8 T 9A

14

B W R G P V L–B

W–B

B W R G

B W R G P O LG V

P O LG V

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

YBY B

Y B

YB

CDR+ CDR– CDL+ CDL– TXM–TXM+ MUTE

FL+ FL– RL+ RL– FR+ FR– RR+ RR–

L–Y

GR

L–Y

GR

YB

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

+B ACC SGND DR+ DR– DL+ TXM+DL– TXM– MUTE E

TLMT

RL–RL+

SE2 FL+ FL– RL+ RL– SGND FR+ FR– RR+ RR– E

,

, , ,

A7

IM216

B8

GR

GR

BEEP

BEEP

, , ,

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

Page 326: FOREWORD - PBworks

RADIO AND PLAYER (NAKAMICHI)

R5 (D) RADIO AND PLAYER(D) 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position(D) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(D) 3–GROUND : Always continuity

S17 (D) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(D) 2, (D) 5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts(D) 1, (D) 4–GROUND : Always continuity

D6 D/A CONVERTER4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position5–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

D 6 40 R3 B 41 S16 C 43

F9 42 R4 C 41 S17 D 43

F10 42 R5 D 41 T8 A 43

J18 41 R14 43 T9 B 43

J21 42 R15 43 W6 43

J22 42 S14 A 43

R2 A 41 S15 B 43

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2H 29 Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3A30

3D30

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G 31

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ3 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL252 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IM152 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No 1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

IM252 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Front RH Side of the Shift Lever)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IH 50 Instrument Panel Brace RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 327: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 X 4 5

6 7 X 9 10 11 12 X 141

2

1

2

A A A A

1 2

3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10

X4X216 7 X 9 10 X X

1 X 34 X X

1

2

1

2

1 X 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 X X 13 14

1 2 X X X

X X X X X X X X X

1 2 X 4 56 7 X X X X 1213

1 2 X

4 5 6 7 X X 512

54

X 121 2

D D D

A A

A A A A

D6 F9 F10BLUE BLACK

J22 R2 (A) R3 (B) R4 (C)ORANGE

R14 R15 S14 (A)

GREEN ORANGET8 (A) T9 (B) W6

GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J18 J21

R5 (D)

S15 (B)

S16 (C) S17 (D)

Page 328: FOREWORD - PBworks

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

10AHEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F8

120AALT

2

1

1

3 2

5 1

2A1

C

C

2H3

10AMIR HTR

2F6

A

IF

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IB18

B7 (*2)A12 (*1)

A13 (*1)

B8 (*2)

IB13

A

A

4 2

3 1

4 4

4 4

2H52H2

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J13

2H10

12 IK1

B7A12

A13B8

IK13

A

A

R–W

R–W R R–L

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–L

B

R

MIRRELAY

MIRROR HEATER[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

DEFRELAY

R16

LH

BA , R17

RH

BA ,

A19

F24D27

D28F11

IJ13

16

6

5

2

WL

LMPX1

MPX2

MPX–

L–R

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

A13

MULTI–DISPLAYM 3

B 5

BO

DY

EC

UN

O. 1

A

E 5

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

FD

, E

7

(* 4)(*5)

(*4)(*5)

DFG

MPX1

MPX+

MPX1(*3)

2F13 2G6

II

A

11

GND

W–B

W–B

L

L–B

W–B

Page 329: FOREWORD - PBworks

2J3 2J6

30ADEFOG

2

1

2J5

IC27

2G6

NO

ISE

FILT

ER

NO

ISE

FILT

ER

II

W–B

L–W

W–B

L–W

L L–B

W–B

* 1 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 2 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 3 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 4 : 1UZ–FE* 5 : 2JZ–GE

W–B

L–B

L

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

NOISE FILTER(REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER)

N 5

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

1

1 1

2 2

Page 330: FOREWORD - PBworks

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

DEF RELAY1–2 : Closed with ignition SW at ON position and defogger SW on

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 J10 41R16

A 43

B5 A 40 J13 41R16

B 43

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J17 41R17

A 43

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) M3 41R17

B 43

J6 41 N5 43

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

4 25 Passenger Side R/B (Right Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2A 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2GCowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2J

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

SERVICE HINTS

Page 331: FOREWORD - PBworks

1

X1213

XXX8 7

5 X X

X

X 16

X X

X 19

X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

C

CC

CC

2 X

X X X X X X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A

X1213

XXX8 7

A13 B5 (A)(2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE)J6

ORANGE

J13 J17BLUE

N5

(w/ Driving Position Memory) (w/o Driving Position Memory) (w/ Driving Position Memory)

(w/o Driving Position Memory)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

E5 (D)

E7 (F) J10

M3

R16 (A) R16 (B) R17 (A)

R17 (B)

Page 332: FOREWORD - PBworks

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

15AECU–IG

1H5 1H6

II IF

1F13 1G6

A111

A

A

A

1 8

A

B–R

G–W

L–O

GND GSWO

O

W–B

W–BW–B

MPX2MPX1BECUIG

B–R

G–W L–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

J17

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)W

–BJU

NC

TIO

N C

ON

NE

CT

OR

A7A6 A8

MIRS MIRBMIRE

9 78

W

BR

–BV

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SWR 6

W–B

A19

A

W

W

1H11

9

E M+MSW

OPERATION SWSELECT SW

RIGHT

LEFT

RIGHT

LEFT

UP

RIGHT

DOWN

LEFT

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 6

W–B

Page 333: FOREWORD - PBworks

IE18 IE117

IJ110

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

10AMPX–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2B8 2H112G4

I 6

D28F11

F24D27

(*3)(*4)

(*3)(*4)

2F11

A15

IJ13

A3

2G6 2F13

II

6 7

2

11

A

2

D

B

D

BB

8

16 5

98 1

AA

BBB

B–R

G–W

L–O

GSW GND

O

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

B–R

W–B

W–B

MPX1

BECU IG ACC

W WL

WW

W L–R

LW

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

GR

GR

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

( *2)

( *1)

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

( *1)

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

MU

LTI–

DIS

PLA

Y

A13

M 3

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7 J15J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

BSUB

2F2

4

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

L–B

L–B

MPX2

L–O

L–O

FE

5D

, E

7

1

B–R

G–WL–O

A19

L

MPX+MPX–

MPX1

MPX2

MPX2

MPX1

MPX1MPX2

W

W

COMBINATIONMETER

C13

211

3

4

RET

A7

P–G

MIR

RO

R R

ET

RA

CTI

ON

SW

M 7

I 6

W–B

Page 334: FOREWORD - PBworks

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

20AD FR DOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

IB113 IB11 IB16 IB15

C2 C3 C9 A1

C12 A16 C15 C14 C4

IB14

1 3 5 7

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

L–O

L–B

W–B

W–B W–B

L–B

L–O

G–W

B–R

L–B

L–O

G–WB–R

GR

P–BP

BR

–W

W–B

W–B

L–O

L–B

L–B

GND MSWE M1 M2 MM

SIG CPUB MPX1 BDR

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

CA , D24

DRIVING POSITION MEMORY SWD25

I 6

G–W

B–R

C16 C7 C8 C1 B8 C10 C13

DE2HSSRDVCVSSRDMVRDM+RDMHR

BR

B–O

Y–R R

LG–B

LG–R

LG

B4A1

B5A2

B6A6 A11A10A8A9 5

(*6)

R16

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

BA ,

D23, B

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

E M1 M2 MRY

ME

MO

RY

1

ME

MO

RY

2

SE

T

M M

MH COM MV VSR VC HSR E1

G–B

A9 A18

MR–MR+

L–R

A14A (*5)

( *7)

( *7)

B–O

C10 C13

DE2HSSR

BR

A11A10

MF

M

MR

Page 335: FOREWORD - PBworks

4

7 8A

1

16

Y–R

B

A

B–O

A

O

A1

A

B8

LG–B

A10 A13

PE2HSSR

BR

VSSR

,

PVCPMVRPM+RPMHR

LG–R

LG

A

B5

B

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

R17

A2B6A6 A11A10A8A9

(*6)

IK15 IK17 IK11 IK113

IK1

A12

C1 A18 A3 A2

L–B

L–O

G–W B–R

W–B

L–B

L–O

G–W B–R

L–B

L–O

G–W

B–R

GND

BDR MPX2 CPUB SIG

W–B

W–B

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

CA , F13F12, B

M M

MH COM MV VSR VC HSR E1

R–G

C9 C18

MR–MR+

L

A14A5 (*5)

( *7)

( *7)

Y–R

A10 A13

PE2HSSR

BR

A11A10

MF

* 7 : W/ RETRACTION

M

MR

Page 336: FOREWORD - PBworks

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR OPERATIONWhen the ignition SW is turned to the ACC or ON position, the outer mirrors can be operated. When the remote controlmirror SW is operated, the signal is input to body ECU No.2 and the outer mirror is adjusted to the desired position throughcommunication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.In the remote control mirror system, the position sensor detects the number of rotations of each motor (Movement amount ofeach mirror) and inputs it to the ECU. This makes it possible to store and recall the outer mirror position using the positionmemory SW. The outer mirror position is stored and recalled through communication control of the body ECU and door ECUetc.

R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW8–9 : Continuity with select SW at right side

Approx. 100 Ω with select SW at left side7–9 : Approx. 100 Ω with operation SW at up side

Approx. 250 Ω with operation SW at right sideApprox. 470 Ω with operation SW at down sideApprox. 800 Ω with operation SW at left side

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

B5 A 40 F11 A 42 M3 41

B6 A 40 F12 B 42 M7 41

C13 40 F13 C 42 R6 41

D22 A 42 J6 41R16

A 43

D23 B 42 J7 41R16

B 43

D24 C 42 J10 41R17

A 43

D25 42 J13 41R17

B 43

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J15 41 T5 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 337: FOREWORD - PBworks

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I 6 52 Cowl Wire

3 7 X X

X 15 19

1 6 7 8 X

X 19 X X X X

5 X X

X

X 16

1

X

9

8

16 8

1 2 3 4 X X 7 8 9

10 X 12 131415 16 X

1 X 3 X 5 X 7X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24 X X X X 8

X X X

1 2 3 X X X 7 8

10 X 12 13 X X 16 X 18

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13GRAY GRAY

GRAY (2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE)

BLUE

GRAY GRAY

D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) D25 E5 (D)

E7 (F) F11 (A) F12 (B)

1

2 X

X1 1

Page 338: FOREWORD - PBworks

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

X X X X 7 8 9 X

125

6X8910114

XXX 6 5 4

D

DD

D

AAAA A A

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

6 7 X

B

B B B B

J13 J15 J17

BLUE BLACK

(w/ Driving Position Memory) (w/ Driving Position Memory)

(w/o Driving Position Memory) GRAY

(w/o Driving Position Memory)

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A1

X

9

8

GRAYJ6

ORANGEGRAY

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

F13 (C) J7 J10

M3 R6

R16 (A) R16 (B) R17 (A)

R17 (B) T5

1

1

125

6X89101141

XXX 6 5 4

3 4

M7DARK GRAY

Page 339: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 340: FOREWORD - PBworks

SEAT HEATER

IL29

BD12

2

1

2

1

B

B

BD112

BL

3

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

E

IC29

2 BC1

2

1

2

1

A

A

12 BC1

BJ

2

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LH

A

A

A

IF

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EB

A

A

B

B

4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

W–B

W–B

W–B

RH

W–B

W–B

SEAT HEATER SWS 3

LG

6

IG

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( F

RO

NT

PA

SS

EN

GE

R’

S S

EA

T C

US

HIO

N)

S22

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

( FR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

SE

AT

BA

CK

)

S21

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J24

SE

AT

HE

ATE

R( D

RIV

ER

’S

SE

AT

CU

SH

ION

)

S20

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

( DR

IVE

R’

S S

EA

T B

AC

K)

S19

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J23

15AECU–IG

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H5

120AALT

1

2 5

1 3

2F11 2A1

2G6

20ASEATHTR

2F5

2F13

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J15

B

B

2

1

B

B

LGB

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

IGRELAY

II

W–B

W–B

W–B

Page 341: FOREWORD - PBworks

S3 SEAT HEATER SW6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position4–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J6 41 J15 41 S19 44

J7 41 J23 44 S20 44

J10 41 J24 44 S21 44

J11 41 S3 41 S22 44

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2A 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IL2 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 342: FOREWORD - PBworks

SEAT HEATER

2

3 4 61 2

1 2 1 2 1 2

B B B B B B B

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

AAAA A A

BB

B B B B

B B B B B B B

B

B B B B

J6ORANGE GRAY

J23 J24 S3GRAY

GRAY GRAY GRAY

GRAY

J15

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J7 J10 J11

S19

S20 S21 S22

Page 343: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 344: FOREWORD - PBworks

SHIFT LOCK

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

B

B

D

D

C

B

EA39

9

4

EA33

BE

AE

B

B

2 L 4

B21D3

A14F16

D7 (*2)F25 (*1)

EA47

EA49

D

D

II IF EB

A

A

A

A

A

3

4

2F13

2G6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID[UNLOCK WARNING SW]

U 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

BODY ECU NO. 2B 6

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECUS 4

A/T

IND

ICA

TOR

LIG

HT

SW

[PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

]

P 1

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULER

–L GR

R–L

R–L GR

R–L

Y–B

Y–B

W–B

G–O

G–Y

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–G

G–B

Y–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

(*2)

G–B

( *1)

R–Y

( *2)

R–Y

( *1)

R–Y

( *2)

4 3 9 2

20 21

A

5 10 7 8 1

A

B

C(*2)(*1)

(*1)(*2)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

* 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

G–B

( *2)

BJ

3A

, J

4

BE 2 A , E 3 D, E 5 F, E 7

G–B

( *2)

P1 SLCK

NSSD E P1 SLS+ KLS+

AT4ATLNSSLACC

(*1)

Page 345: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMIf the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON (The stop light SW is on), the shift lock control ECU isactivated, allowing the driver to change the shift lever to a position other than the P position.

2. REVERSE INHIBIT MECHANISMChanging the shift lever to the R position is inhibited by operation of the shift lock control ECU and body ECU No.2 while thevehicle is travelling forward.If the vehicle speed is almost 0 km/h, the signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the shift lock control ECU through communicationcontrol of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , allowing the driver to change the shift lever to the R position.

3. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWhen the ignition SW is turned to the ACC or ON position and the shift lever is at a position other than the P position, theshift lock control ECU is activated to flow the current into the key interlock solenoid. This inhibits to turn the ignition SW fromthe ACC position to the OFF position.

S4 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

10–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 40 J1 39 (2JZ–GE) J10 41

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE)J3 A

37 (1UZ–FE) J13 41

E3 B 38 (2JZ–GE)J3 A

39 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

E5 D36 (1UZ–FE)

J4 B37 (1UZ–FE)

P137 (1UZ–FE)

E5 D38 (2JZ–GE)

J4 B39 (2JZ–GE)

P139 (2JZ–GE)

E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J6 41 S4 41

J1 37 (1UZ–FE) J9 41 U1 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1H 27 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA346 (1UZ–FE)

EA348 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA4 48 (2JZ–GE)

g ( )

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 346: FOREWORD - PBworks

SHIFT LOCK

X

X 2021 X X X XX14

X

X 3 X

X X

X

X

X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X

7

X

X X X X X X X X

16 25

CCXXXX X X X X C C

BBXXX D D D B

E E

A A

A A A A

BB

B

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

BBAAAA A A B B B B

X

21

E E

X

4 9

10987X54321

3 4

B6(2JZ–GE) (2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

(2JZ–GE) BLACKJ3 (A) J4 (B)

J6(1UZ–FE) ORANGE

J13 J17GRAY

S4 U1

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

E2 (A) E3 (B)

E5 (D) E5 (D) E7 (F)

J1 J1

J9 J10

P1

(1UZ–FE) GRAY

Page 347: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 348: FOREWORD - PBworks

SRS

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionaryinstructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of informationwhen troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds fromdisconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)

When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will becanceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work isfinished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory in eachmemory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.

Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.

Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner,center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor or side airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames.

Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbagassembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assemblyand side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.

Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat beltpretensioner center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly in order toreuse it.

If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbagsensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there arecracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.

Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.

Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.

After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check or SRS side airbag warning light check.

If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the RepairManual.

Page 349: FOREWORD - PBworks

SRS

5AIGN

1N4

15ASRS–ACC

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1N1

5A SRS–B

1D3

B5 B6 B3

12

14

1D9

1N3

1F

4

EA13 EA112

B19 B12

CD

5 11 7

D C

SRS WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

C12

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

D 1DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

D 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

B9

II31 II32

B20 B15 B26

IF11 IF12

A7 A9 A10 A12 C12 C10 9 C C7 B27

IG

–SR+SR +SL –SL VUPL SSL FSL ESL VUPR SSR FSR ESR E1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1212

B–W

BR

–W

W–R BR

B–W

BR

–W

W–R BR

P–L

L–W

LG–B

GR

–L P L–Y

LG GR

W–B

W–B

AIRBAG SENSORFRONT RH

A12AIRBAG SENSORFRONT LH

A11SIDE AIRBAG SENSORLH

S12SIDE AIRBAG SENSORRH

S13

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

B–O GR

L–B

B–Y

LG

LG P

W

P–BLG

P–B W

LG

AB SILTC

IG2 ACC LA TC SIL

BC 7 A , C 8 C, C 9

VUPL SSL FSL ESL VUPR SSR FSR ESR

Page 350: FOREWORD - PBworks

B4 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY A2 A1 C5 C6

1 2

SPIRALCABLE

1 2 1 2 1 2

IF EB

B14 B13 B10 B11 A5 A6 C2 C1 B28

AA

Y–B Y

Y–R

Y–G

Y–R

Y–G

Y–R

Y–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

D+ D– P+ P– SFL+ SFL– SFR+ SFR– E2

GSW PL+ PL– PR+ PR–

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6AIRBAG SQUIB(STEERING WHEEL PAD)

A29AIRBAG SQUIB(FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

A28SIDE AIRBAGSQUIB LH

S23SIDE AIRBAGSQUIB RH

S24

BODY ECUNO. 2

B 6

PRETENSIONER LHP14

PRETENSIONER RHP15

L

Y–B Y

Y–B Y

1 2 1 2

18

GSW

BC 7 A , C 8 C, C 9

Page 351: FOREWORD - PBworks

SRS

The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.When the ignition SW is turned to ACC or ON, the current from the SRS–ACC fuse flows to TERMINAL (B) 6 of the centerairbag sensor assembly. Only when the ignition SW is on does the current flow from the IGN fuse to TERMINAL (B) 5 of thecenter airbag sensor assembly.If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS–ACC or IGN fuseflows to TERMINALS (B) 14, (B) 10, (C) 5 and (A) 2 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the airbagsquibs and the pretensioners to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (B) 13, (B) 11, (C) 6 and (A) 1 of the center airbag sensorassembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the airbag squibs and thepretensioners and causes them to operate.When the side impact also exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS–ACC or IGN fuse flows to TERMINALS (C) 2, (A)5, (C) 5 and (A) 2 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the side airbag squibs and the pretensioners toTERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (C) 1, (A) 6, (C) 6 and (A) 1 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28or BODY GROUND to GROUND, causing side airbag squibs and the pretensioners to operate.The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the frontpassenger.Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A1136 (1UZ–FE) C8 B 40 P14 43

A1138 (2JZ–GE) C9 C 40 P15 43

A1236 (1UZ–FE) C12 40 S12 43

A1238 (2JZ–GE)

D136 (1UZ–FE) S13 43

A28 40D1

38 (2JZ–GE) S23 44

A29 40 D4 40 S24 44

B6 40 J6 41

C7 A 40 J9 41

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1N 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)EA148 (2JZ–GE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

IF1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Side of the Steering Column)

II3 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 352: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 1 2 1 2 X

X 18 X X X X

1 2 X X 5 6

7 X 9 10 X 12

A B

X XX 26X20 X 2827

X X 3 4 5 6

X X 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 X X

X 19

A B

1 2 X X 5 6

7 X 9 10 X12

A B

X X X 5 X

X X X X 11

X X X X X

X

X

X

A A

A A A A C

CC

CC

D

DD

D

21 21

1 23 4

X

X

X

XX

XX

X

14

12

X X X X X X X

X 7 X X X X

C

CC

CC

XX

D

X

DD

D

1 2

1 23 4

X X 5 X

X X X X 11

X X X X X

X

X

YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOWB6

YELLOW YELLOW YELLOWC12

(1UZ–FE) BLACK

D4 J6(1UZ–FE)

YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW(2JZ–GE) YELLOW

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A11 A12 A28 A29

C7 (A) C8 (B) C9 (C)

D1

J9

J9 P14 P15 S12 S13

(2JZ–FE) BLACKD1

Page 353: FOREWORD - PBworks

SRS

1 2 1 2

YELLOW YELLOWS23 S24

Page 354: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 355: FOREWORD - PBworks

STARTING AND IGNITION (1UZ–FE)

1

40A

MA

IN

15A

AM

2

1

IA19

7 6

8

AM2 IG2

ST2

1F10

5ASTARTER

1F1

EA35 EA26

EC11

P

N

6

5

3 2

5 1

MB1

A1

1 1

1

EA28

II48

EE

E 2

1

BA

A11

AC AC

D17

IA27 EA34

1 1

A

2 3

A

41

22

STARTER

BA

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

NO

ISE

FIL

TER

( IG

NIT

ION

)

N 1

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

1

I 2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L M

OD

ULE

DA

B–L

IGNITION SWI22

B

W–R

BB

–R

W–B

BY

–B

BBB B

G–B

W–R

B–L

B–L

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–WBB

B

B

B–W

B–W

BR

B–W

IGT1

STA

B–L

BATTERY

STARTERRELAY

B

W–B

S 1 , S 2

E 2

, E

5

J 3

, J

4

A

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

Page 356: FOREWORD - PBworks

E 2

A14

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

4

I 5

G–B

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT4

E 1

E 2

G–B

B–R

G–B

B–W

BR

E 2

A16

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

6

I 7

G–B

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT6

E 2

E 1

G–B

R–L

E 2

A25

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

7

I 8

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT7

E 2

E 1

G–B

Y–R

E 2

A12

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

2

I 3

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT2

E 1

R

Y–G

BR BR BR

A27

IGF1

G–B

E 2

A13

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

3

I 4

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT3

E 1

E 1

R

R–W

E 2

A15

2 3

41

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

AN

D I

GN

ITE

R N

O.

5

I 6

B–W

B–W

BR

IGT5

E 1

E 1R

L–Y

A26

2 3

41IG

NIT

ION

CO

ILA

ND

IG

NIT

ER

NO

. 8

I 9

B–W BR

IGT8

E 1

E 1

R

L–W

A28

IGF2

R

BR BR BR

R R

BR

ED

BR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

DAE 2 , E 5

Page 357: FOREWORD - PBworks

STARTING AND IGNITION (1UZ–FE)

I22 IGNITION SW7–6 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position7–8 : Closed with ignition SW at ST position

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW6–5 : Closed with A/T shift lever in P or N position

S1 (A), S2 (B) STARTERPoints closed with Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and ignition SW at ST position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

E2 A 36 (1UZ–FE) I7 37 (1UZ–FE) J15 41

E5 D 36 (1UZ–FE) I8 37 (1UZ–FE) N1 37 (1UZ–FE)

I2 37 (1UZ–FE) I9 37 (1UZ–FE) P1 37 (1UZ–FE)

I3 37 (1UZ–FE) I22 41 S1 A 37 (1UZ–FE)

I4 37 (1UZ–FE) J3 A 37 (1UZ–FE) S2 B 37 (1UZ–FE)

I5 37 (1UZ–FE) J4 B 37 (1UZ–FE)

I6 37 (1UZ–FE) J5 37 (1UZ–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA246 (1UZ FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA346 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EC1 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)

IA150 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA250 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

ED 46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EE 46 (1UZ–FE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E1 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire E2 46 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire

SERVICE HINTS

Page 358: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

X

X 6 7 8

1 XX

5 6

1

1

X X

X X

X

17

X

X

161514

2726

1311

25

28

12

X

A A

A A

A A

C C

AAAAAA A A A A A A

E2 (A) E5 (D)BLACK BLACK

BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

BLACKI22 J3 (A) J4 (B)

J15GRAY GRAY

BLACKS2 (B)

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I2 I3

I4 I5 I6 I7 I8

I9

J5 N1 P1

S1 (A)

Page 359: FOREWORD - PBworks

STARTING AND IGNITION (2JZ–GE)

1

40A

MA

IN

15A

AM

2

1

IA19

7 6

8

AM2 IG2

ST2

1F10

5ASTARTER

1F1

EA35

P

N

6

5

3 2

5 1

MB1

A1

1 1

1

EA28

II48

EE

BA

AC AC

IA27 EA34

1 1

22

STARTER

BS 1 S 2A

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BA

B–L

IGNITION SWI22

B

W–R

B

W–B

BBB B

W–R

B–L

B–L

BB

B

B

B–W

BATTERY

B–L

STARTERRELAY

B

W–B

B–W

B

,

J 3

, J

4

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J 5

Page 360: FOREWORD - PBworks

EA26

1

D2

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15

NO

ISE

FIL

TE

R( IG

NIT

ION

)

N 1

B

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

STA

IGN

ITE

RI

1

E 2

A25

4

1

B–R

B–W

IGF

B

E 2

A11

7

2

B

B–W

IGT

B–Y

E 2

A12

6

10

W

B–W

IGT2

B–L

A13

5

9

B–W

IGT3

B–R

3

BR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

DE 2 E 5A

2

1

2

1

2

1

B–W

B

C2 C3 C1 +B TAC

GNDIN3IN2IN1IGF

B–W

B–W

B–W

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 1

I10

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 2

I11

IGN

ITIO

N C

OIL

NO

. 3

I12

8

EA32

C

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

B–Y

B–Y

G–B

TO

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NM

ET

ER

,

ED

C

IG–

B–Y

D 1

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R 1

19

Page 361: FOREWORD - PBworks

STARTING AND IGNITION (2JZ–GE)

I22 IGNITION SW7–6 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position7–8 : Closed with ignition SW at ST position

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW6–5 : Closed with A/T shift lever in P or N position

S1 (A), S2 (B) STARTERPoints closed with Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and ignition SW at ST position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

D1 I12 39 (2JZ–GE) J15 41

E2 A 38 (2JZ–GE) I22 41 N1 39 (2JZ–GE)

E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J1 39 (2JZ–GE) P1 39 (2JZ–GE)

I1 39 (2JZ–GE) J3 A 39 (2JZ–GE) S1 A 39 (2JZ–GE)

I10 39 (2JZ–GE) J4 B 39 (2GZ–GE) S2 B 39 (2JZ–GE)

I11 39 (2JZ–GE) J5 39 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA248 (2JZ GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

IA150 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA250 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

ED 48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

EE 48 (2JZ–GE) Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E 2 48 (2JZ–GE) Engine Wire

X

1311

25

12

X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X

X

2

X X X

X X X X

X X X X X

X

X

19

E2 (A) E5 (D)D1BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

Page 362: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 2 3 4 5 109876

1 2 1 2 1 2

X

X 6 7 8

1 X

1

1

A A

X

5 6

A A

A A

C C

XXXC C C

AAAAAA A A A A A A

BLACKI1

BLACK BLACK BLACK

I22BLACK

J3 (A) J4 (B)

J15GRAY GRAY

BLACKS2 (B)

BLUE

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I10 I11 I12

J1

J5 N1 P1

S1 (A)

Page 363: FOREWORD - PBworks

STOP LIGHT

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

15ASTOP

1H8

1

2

IC39IC114

WG

–WG

–WG

–WG

R–L

R–L

R–L

B

AB

BA

BB

109 8

5

2

5

2

3

2

3

2

B 5 B 5 B 5

B 4 B 4 B 4 B 4

B 4

BK

21

A

11

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

W–BW–B W–B W–B

G–WG–W

G–W

STOP LIGHTSW

S11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J19

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

STO

P L

IGH

T L

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH

]

R 8

STO

P L

IGH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R10

STO

P L

IGH

T L

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH

]

R 9

STO

P L

IGH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R11

LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 4

4

–+

+–

+– DELAY

CIRCUIT

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

1D4

R–L

W–B

W–B

6

V–R

G–R

G–Y

W–B

R–L

GND HS2

WRNIG HSI

ST–

ST+1 ST+2

Page 364: FOREWORD - PBworks

2

1

G–R

B 4

D

2

D

21

G–Y G–Y

W–B

W–B

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J19

HIG

H M

OU

NT

ED

STO

P L

IGH

T

H24

IC14

LF

V–R

V–R

( *1)

( *2)

( *2)

NOISE FILTER(HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT)

N 4

IFII

IE18

A1

CPU

B11 A22

C12

RE

AR

LIG

HT

S W

AR

NIN

G L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]B

A,

C13

1D5

1G61F13

A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

MPX2

W

* 1 : W/ REAR SPOILER* 2 : W/O REAR SPOILER

3

R–L

V–R

G–R

G–Y

W–B

G–R

G–Y

D

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

R–L

( *1)

(*2)

1HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT

H23

A4 11A19

GND

B 6 A

BODY ECU NO. 2

W

W

Page 365: FOREWORD - PBworks

STOP LIGHT

The current always flows from the STOP fuse into TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. If the brake pedal is depressed, thestop lights light up.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGIf any stop light wiring is faulty when the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON, the light failure sensordetects a voltage difference and inputs the signal to TERMINAL 4 of the body ECU No.2. The body ECU No.2 controls thecombination meter through the communication to turn on the rear lights warning light to warn the driver. The warning light isremained lit until the ignition SW is turned to the OFF position.

S11 STOP LIGHT SW1–2 : Closed with brake pedal depressed

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR9, 10–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW on

8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with Ignition SW at ON or ST position11–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40 J7 41 R8 43

C12 A 40 J17 41 R9 43

C13 B 40 J19 42 R10 43

H23 42 J20 42 R11 43

H24 42 L4 43 S11 41

J6 41 N4 43

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC150 Floor No 2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC350 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

B4 54 Floor No.2 Wire B5 54 Floor No.2 Wire

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 366: FOREWORD - PBworks

1 32 12A A A

A A A

BBAAAA A A B B B B

B B

B D D D

A A

A A A A 1 2 2

5

2X 3

2

5

2X 3

1

2

4 X

X 19 X X X X

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

A A

A A A A

4X216 8 9 1011

H23 H24GRAY

J17

BLUEJ20 L4 N4 R8

R9 R10 R11BLUE

B6 (A) C12 (A) C13 (B)

J6

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J7

J19

S11

X

X1 1

Page 367: FOREWORD - PBworks

TAILLIGHT

120A

ALT

1

2

1

1

2 3

1 5

1K1

1H2

10ATAIL

1B9

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

A2

1H13

6

IF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A

II

2F13

2G6

1

2

FRO

NT

SID

E M

AR

KE

RLI

GH

T LH

F 3

2

4

PA

RK

ING

LIG

HT

LHF

5

2

1

FRO

NT

SID

E M

AR

KE

RLI

GH

T R

H

F 4

2

4

PA

RK

ING

LIG

HT

RH

F 6

2

1

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TELI

GH

T LH

L 2

2

1

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TELI

GH

T R

H

L 3

1B4 1G3 1E11

E 4 I 5 B 4

EB EA

AA

D C

15

CD C

A

CD

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J19JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

16

G

W–BW–BW–B W–B

W–B

G

G–R

GGG G G G

GG

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

W

TAIL

TRLY

BA

TTE

RY

W–B

W–B

TAILRELAY

1G6 1D51F13

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

[CO

MB

. S

W]

C14

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

A

A

W–B

W–B

B 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

11

GND

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B A

A4A19

W V–R

V–R

W

MPX2 LF

II215 II26G G

Page 368: FOREWORD - PBworks

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

IC114 IC14

A

BK

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B 4

3

1

B 4

TA

ILLI

GH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R11

3

1

B 4

TA

ILLI

GH

T LH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. LI

GH

T LH

]

R 9

TAIL

SID

EM

AR

KE

R

RE

AR

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NLI

GH

T LH

R 8

B 4

TAIL

SID

EM

AR

KE

R

RE

AR

CO

MB

INA

TIO

NLI

GH

T R

H

R10

B 4

B 5

B 4 B 4 B 4

5 5

127

B

8 4

1 3 1 3

LIGHT FAILURE SENSORL 4

5

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

B

G

W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B

G–YG–YG–Y

G–R

R–L

R–L

R–L

V–RG

V–R

G–Y

G–Y

G–R

G–Y

G–R

G–R

G–Y

G–Y

W–B

W–B W

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

+–

+– D

ELA

YC

IRC

UIT

11 W–B

1D4

A1

CPU

B11 A22

IE18

WW

R–L

W

W–B

RE

AR

LIG

HT

TAIL

5ASRS–B

1D3

A14

( *1)

( *1)

L–B

( *1)

* 1 : CANADA, TAIWAN

C12

COMBINATIONMETER

BA , C13

W–B

V–R

W

WRNIGT+

T–2 T–1GND

Page 369: FOREWORD - PBworks

TAILLIGHT

When the light control SW is turned to the TAIL or HEAD position, the signal is input to TERMINAL TAIL of the body ECUNo.2. This activates the body ECU No.2 to flow the current from the battery into the ALT fuse, TAIL relay (Coil side),TERMINAL TRLY of the body ECU No.2 to GROUND in that order to turn on the TAIL relay. The current flows from the TAILfuse into the parking lights, front side marker lights, license plate lights, TERMINAL 5 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL7 and 12 to taillights, and rear side marker lights in that order to turn on each light.

TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGIf any taillight wiring is faulty when the ignition SW is turned to the ON position with the light control SW set at TAIL or HEAD,the light failure sensor detects a voltage difference and inputs the signal to TERMINAL LF of the body ECU No.2. The bodyECU No.2 is activated to turn on the rear lights warning light in the combination meter to warn the driver.

C14 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–16 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

11–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B6 A 40 F5 38 (2JZ–GE) L2 43

C12 A 40F6

36 (1UZ–FE) L3 43

C13 B 40F6

38 (2JZ–GE) L4 43

C14 40 J6 41 R8 43

F336 (1UZ–FE) J10 41 R9 43

F338 (2JZ–GE) J14 41 R10 43

F436 (1UZ–FE) J17 41 R11 43

F438 (2JZ–GE) J19 42

F5 36 (1UZ–FE) J20 42

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC1 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 370: FOREWORD - PBworks

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA46 (1UZ–FE)

Right FenderEA48 (2JZ–GE)

Right Fender

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E446 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl WireB4

54 Floor No 2 WireE448 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl WireB5

54 Floor No.2 Wire

I5 52 Engine Room Main Wire

2 4 X

X 19 X X X X

X X

X

X

15

X

16

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

4

1

1 2 1 2 2 4

2 4

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

BBAAAA A A B B B B

C C C C

A A

A A A A

1 2 1 254X

7 8 1112

1

C14GRAY GRAY GRAY GRAY

J6ORANGE

J14 J17

BLUEJ20 L2 L3 L4

B6 (A) C12 (A) C13 (B)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

F3 F4 F5 F6

J10

J19

X

X1 1

Page 371: FOREWORD - PBworks

TAILLIGHT

1

3

5

1

X 31

3

5

1

X 3

R8 R9 R10 R11

Page 372: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 373: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

10ADOME

40AMAIN

2

15AECU–IG

120AALT

2

1

3 1

4 2

1 1

1K1

2 3

1 5

1H2

1H13 1E2 1H5 1E1

TAIL

RE

LAY

A9

1

II214

HE

AD

LP

RE

LAY

C

C

6 1

1

B 6

BODY ECUNO. 2

A

G–R

B–R

W

R–G

R–B

R–G

R–G

B–R

L–O

B–R

G–W

HRLY TRLY MPX1

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

1F13 1G6

11

GND

2E5

IG

1H6

8

G–W

A1

O

GSWO

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

L–Y

II IF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IE18 IE117

C13COMBINATIONMETER

IJ110

6 7

WW W W ( *1)

WL

16

8 2

L–R

( *1)

W ( *2)

IJ13

D27

F24

D28 (*4)F11 (*3)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

LL W

W

5

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

MULTI–DISPLAYM 3

L–Y

E 5 FD , E 7

1H11

9

BECU

A19

MPX2

MPX2 MPX1 MPX– MPX+

MPX2 MPX1 MPX2 MPX1

211

Page 374: FOREWORD - PBworks

2G6 2F13

IFII

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

11

A

A

A

IL36 IL318 IL317

A5 A6 A4

BM

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

A9A16

IC17

1

2

2

1

BK EB

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

KE

Y U

NLO

CK

SW

L 6

EN

GIN

E H

OO

D C

OU

RTE

SY

SW

E 9

IC116IC33

2

M

1543

A10 A2

A A

1WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

W 5

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTDOOR COURTESY SWAND OPENER MOTOR

L 5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J20

W

L–Y

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

7

W W–B

W–B

LG–R P LG R

–W L

LG–B

V–G

LG–R P LG

GR

L

LG–B

V–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

W–B

RCO RDA RSSI LGCY TR+ TKUL HCTY

B–R

B–R

A3

2G4 2B8 2E1

I 6

10AMPX–B

1

2F11 2E2

A15

15ARADIONO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H10

B D

DBB B

BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

2

1

B

8 1

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

B–R B–R

B–R B–R

B–R

B–R

G–WG–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–RB–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

GR

GR

ACC

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

B–R

GSW BECU IG

MPX1 GND

A19

2

3

R–W

DIO

DE

(LU

GG

AG

E C

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TD

OO

R O

PE

N D

ETE

CTI

ON

)

D 8

Page 375: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

A1

10AHORN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

3

2

5

1

2

2 2

2

II216

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18

2

1

G–B

B

G

G

G–B

G–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R

A25 A22

2B9 2H13 2G7

IJ27 IK110 IB19IE25

1

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2F2

2 5

B

B

10

2

5

4

THEFTDETERRENTHORN

T 1

SECURITYINDICATOR[RHEOSTAT]

R 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

HAZARD SWH18

V

W–G

VV

W–G

R–Y

R–Y

P–B L–B

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–Y

R–Y

HAZ

HORN

IND MPX2

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

HORN RELAY

BSUBPWSSH

FR

OM

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

2H11

9

V

B

W–B

TO COMBINATION METER

B1

L–O

LP

Page 376: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

I 6

C3C9 C2

IB1

6

IB1

1

IB1

13

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–RL–

O

G–W B–R

IB1

7

IB15

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

A1 C18

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

L–B O

L–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

A6 A7 A13

5 17 16 1

15DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW LH [POWER WINDOWMASTER SW]

P11DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCKDETECTION SW FRONT LH

D18

A17

2

A8

3

A15

4

A3

5

A4

6

A5

L–B

R–Y

L–O

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

G–B

G–R

BR

–B

GR

P–B

P–G

ML MUL PWE A– A+ LSWE LSW KL KUL

IF

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

1

2

B15 C12B14

DOORCOURTESY SWFRONT LH

D13

CTY CTYE GND

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IB14

W–B

MPX2

EULL

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

PWS

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

Page 377: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

L–O

R–Y

L–B

IK113

IK11

IC3

15

IK1

6

A9A2A3

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

G–W

OG

–W B–R O

CPUB SIG MPX1

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12 C, F13

C1 C6 C7 A18

IK15 IK17

C16

4

3 1 2

L–B

L–B

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

L–O

L–O

BDR ML MUL DLE MPX2

A12

IK14

II

A

A

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

D17

W–B

W–B

W–B

GND

C5 C4 C3

1 2 3

P–G

P–B G

KUL KL LSW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCKDETECTION SW FRONT RH

D19

C15 C17 C8

4 5 6

BR

–B

G–B

G–R

LSWE A– A+

12

B15 B14

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

D14

CTY CTYE

R–G

W–B

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

A

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J17

L UL E

B

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CT

ION

Page 378: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

BA1

6

BA18

BA1

11

20AD RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E6

BA12

B–R

G–W

O

O

G–W

B–R

L–R

L–R

B–R

G–WO

5 15 9 14

L–R

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

L–O

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

1 2 3 4

1 13 17 19

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR LOCK DETECTIONSW REAR LH

D20

A– A+ LSW LSWE

G–B

G–R G

BR

–B

1

2

BC110BC13

BA13

IL315

IC22

10 11

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–Y

OL–O

(*6)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

4

BJ

POWER SEAT ECUP19

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR LH

D15

BA19

8 18 25

REAR DOOR LH ECUR12

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

CTY CTYE GND MPX2

MPX1 MPX2

M

LOC

KD

ET

EC

TIO

N

Page 379: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

GNDCTYE

9 BB1

W–B

W–B

CTY

W–B

R–Y

W–B

REAR DOOR RH ECU

25188

R13

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR RH

O

G–W

B–R

20AP RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E6

BB12

L–R

L–R

14

L–R

MPX1 SIG BDR

1 2 3 4

19 17 1 13

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR LOCK DETECTIONSW REAR RH

D21

A– A+LSWLSWE

BR

–B G

G–B

G–R

1

2

BL

D16

BB1

3

BB1

6

BB111

IL1

16

5 9 15

O OB

–R

G–W O

L–OBB1

8 L–O

B–R

G–W

4

SEL1

10 BB1

W–B

W–B

20

BM

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

CPUB MPX2

M

LOC

KD

ET

EC

TIO

N

Page 380: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWhen the door lock control SW on the driver or front passenger seat is pressed to the unlock position, the signal is input toTERMINAL MUL of the driver door ECU or front passenger door ECU. Through communication control of the body ECU anddoor ECU etc. , the current flows from TERMINAL A– of the door ECU into the door lock motor to TERMINAL A+ of the doorECU to GROUND, to unlock the door.

2. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWhen the door lock control SW on the driver or front passenger seat is pressed to LOCK, signal is input to TERMINAL ML ofthe driver door ECU or front passenger door ECU. Through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. ,current flows from TERMINAL A+ of the door ECU to door lock motor to TERMINAL A– of the door ECU to GROUND, to lockthe door.

3. DOOR KEY UNLOCK OPERATIONUnlock operation from driver doorWhen the door is unlocked once by the ignition key from the driver side, the signal from the door key lock and unlock SW inthe door lock motor front LH is input to TERMINAL KUL of the driver door ECU. This signal activates the driver door ECU toflow the current from TERMINAL A+ of the driver door ECU into the door lock motor front LH to TERMINAL A+ of the driverdoor ECU to GROUND, to unlock only the driver door. Accordingly, if the second unlock operation is made within 3 sec. afterthe above unlock operation, all the doors are unlocked through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.Unlock operation from passenger doorWhen the door is unlocked by the ignition key from the front passenger side, the signal from the door key lock and unlockSW in the door lock motor front RH is input to TERMINAL KUL of the front passenger door ECU. Through communicationcontrol of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , the current flows from TERMINAL A– of the door ECU into the door lock motorfront RH to TERMINAL A+ of the door ECU to GROUND, to unlock all the doors at once.

4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATIONWhen the door lock operation is made using the door knob with the ignition key remained inserted in the key cylinder and thedoor open, unlock operation is automatically made. Additionally, if lock operation is made with the door lock control SW ordoor key lock and unlock SW, unlock operation is automatically made after the lock operation has been completed.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 381: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key

E9 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : Opened with engine hood open

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW AND OPENER MOTOR2–GROUND : Closed with luggage compartment door open

D13, D14, D15, D16 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH1–2 : Closed with door open

P11 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]5–16 : Closed with LOCK position

17–16 : Closed with UNLOCK position

D17 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH3–2 : Closed with LOCK position1–2 : Closed with UNLOCK position

D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

5–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key6–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key

D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

2–4 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key1–4 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key

D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 D24 C 42 J17 41

B5 A 40 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) J18 41

B6 A 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) J20 42

C13 40E9

36 (1UZ–FE) J22 42

D8 42E9

38 (2JZ–GE) L5 43

D13 42 F11 A 42 L6 43

D14 42 F12 B 42 M3 41

D15 42 F13 C 42 P11 43

D16 42 H18 40 P19 44

D17 42 J6 41 R7 41

D18 42 J7 41 R12 43

D19 42 J8 41 R13 43

D20 42 J10 41T1

37 (1UZ–FE)

D21 42 J13 41T1

39 (2JZ–GE)

D22 A 42 J14 41 T5 41

D23 B 42 J15 41 W5 43

SERVICE HINTS

Page 382: FOREWORD - PBworks

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

2 23 Engine Room No.2 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

1K 26 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

IE150 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IE250 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

Page 383: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

1 9 X

X 19 X X X X

5 X X

X

X 16

21 3 4 5 6 X 9 10 X

X 15 16 19 22 25

2 3

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 41 4 5

13 X

3

86

1715

7

14 15

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13GRAY GRAY GRAY

GRAYD17

BLACK BLACK

BLACK BLACK GRAY GRAY

GRAY

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X 18X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

1 2

GRAY (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE) BLACK

D8 D13 D14 D15

D16 D18 D19

D20 D21 D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) E5 (D) E7 (F) E9

1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2

2 X

X1 1

Page 384: FOREWORD - PBworks

2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18X X X X

X X X 14 15

1 4 5

X

3

86

1715

7

16

X

X

X

X X 10

A A

A A A A B B B B B B B

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

C

CC

CC

BB

B

A

A A

A A

A A A A

GRAY GRAY

BLACKJ6

GRAY BLACK

ORANGEJ13 J14

J15 J17 J20

GRAY

BLUE

2 X

X 8 X X X X X

1 2A A

A A A A 1 2

BLUEJ22

BLACKL6

X 5

X

X 15 16 17 X X

X X

1011 X X X 2 5 X X

P11 P19 R7

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

F11 (A) F12 (B) F13 (C)

H18 J7 J8

J10

J18

L5 M3

Page 385: FOREWORD - PBworks

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

1

1 X 4 5 X 8 9 13

14 15 171819 X 25

1 X 4 5 X 8 9 13

14 15 171819 0 25

1 X 3 4 5 X 7

6 7 X

2

R12 R13BLACK GRAY

W5

T1 T5

Page 386: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 387: FOREWORD - PBworks

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H4

10ATURN–HAZ

1

B

B

II46 IJ220

LH

RHTURN

OFF

ONHAZARD

IJ27

2H1

1H1

2B11

1G5 1B11 1D10

IC210 IC24 IE24

3C5

3G5

1C6

1F13

2F13

2G6

3

1

3

1

5

6

5

6 2 3

BKEA EB IIIF

A A

A

A

FRO

NT

TUR

N S

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

RH

F 6

RHLH

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L LI

GH

T R

H[R

EA

R C

OM

B.

LIG

HT

RH

]

R10

RE

AR

TU

RN

SIG

NA

L LI

GH

T LH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

. L

IGH

T L

H]

R 8

FRO

NT

TUR

N S

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

LH

F 5

TUR

N S

IGN

AL

IND

ICA

TO

R L

IGH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

C12

2

1

1 4 8 5 6

1 3 2

2 3 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J17

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6A

7 10

C C A A

25

AACC

TURN SIGNAL FLASHERT 7

R–L W

R–L

W

R–W

R–W

W–G

W–G

W–B

G–RG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

R–W

W–B

G–Y

BO

DY

EC

UN

O. 1

B 5

8HAZARD SWH18

TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

C14

B 4

HAZ

IG +B EHW EL ER

LR LL GND

1G6

1D5

22

A

W–B

W–B

BR

I 5 E 4

BR

Page 388: FOREWORD - PBworks

T7 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position7–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

B 5 40 F6 38 (2JZ–GE) J20 42

C12 40 H18 40 R8 43

C14 40 J6 41 R10 43

F536 (1UZ–FE) J10 41 T7 41

F538 (2JZ–GE) J12 41

F6 36 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1C26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

3C 30Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3G 31Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE2 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II4 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IJ2 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA46 (1UZ–FE)

Right FenderEA48 (2JZ–GE)

Right Fender

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

SERVICE HINTS

Page 389: FOREWORD - PBworks

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I5 52 Engine Room Main Wire B4 54 Floor No.2 Wire

1

3

X

X

X

X 7 8 X 10

56

1 2 34 5 6 7 8

X X

X 25

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

3

2

1 2 X X

X

3

X

X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

BBAAAA A A B B B B A A

A A A A

1

3

A A

A A A A

CC

C C

56

B5 C12 C14

GRAY GRAY BLACKJ6

ORANGE

GRAYJ17 J20 R8 R10

BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

F5 F6 H18 J10

J12

T7

Page 390: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 391: FOREWORD - PBworks

VSC

40AABSNO. 2

1

60AABSNO. 1

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1

2

2

2

2 4

1 3

2 4

1 3

3 6

2

1 4

2 2

2 22

22222

2222

D3 A1

IA2

5

IA1

2

IA2

2

B–R

IA2

11

IA2

14

IA1

3

A19 D2 A29 A27

IA24

B7B3C2

EE

A

AA

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 5

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

BA

AB

S &

TR

AC

& V

SC

AC

TUA

TOR

W–B

W–B

R–B

OR–B

W–B

V–RL

G–OR O V–R

G–O

R–B

R–BLR

W–B

C D

5

AB

S M

OTO

R R

ELA

Y

TRA

C M

OTO

R R

ELA

Y

AB

S S

OL

RE

LAY

R

R–B

LG–B

LG–R

LG–B

LG–B

LG–R

LG–B

GR

GR

R–B

2

1

2

1

SR MR2 MR1 MTT

R2+ R1+

A19 , A20 , A21 , A22

BA

5A

, A

6

A 7

C

B18 1 B 2 B 9 B

3 1 5

10 B

2

(SH

IELD

ED

)

B W R G

ABS DECELERATIONSENSOR

A23

GGNDGL2GL1VGSGSS

GR

A

AA

VGS GL1 GL2 GGND

,

W–B

Page 392: FOREWORD - PBworks

BB6 C5

EA

A8

A21

BR

W–B

7 A

A7

10 A

D16

9 A

D8

4 A

D7

3 A

D1

2 A

A8

1 A

A9

12 A

A2

11 A

A3

5 A

A4

6 A

A5

B1

D6

IA213

C3

A11

IA14

B4

D9

IA21

C4C1

R–B

GR

–B

R–WR–L

R–G

Y–GYL–Y

L–B

W–G

W–L

G–B

W–R

Y–R

B–W

GR

–LG

R–L

B–WY–R

W–B

EE

ABS & TRAC & VSC ACTUATOR

BA C

7

C25

C

C

W–G

W

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

D 4

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

BA C D

D/G

SFLH SFLR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SRRH SRRR SA1 SA2 SA3 STR AST PH PL

A19 , A20 , A21 , A22

A 5 , A 6 , A 7

B7 16 B 24 B 22 B 14 B

G–R V P L LG

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

E 6 E

ENG+ENG–TRC+TRC–NEO

E22 E20E15 E20

E13E13

E21E21

E14 (1UZ–FE)

E14 (2JZ–GE)

C1719 C 28 C 27 C

4 1 3

9 C

5

(SH

IELD

ED

)

GR

–L R W B

YAW RATE SENSORY 1

VYSGYAWYAWYD YSS

H 1HEADLIGHTBEAM LEVELCONTROL ECU

FLO

C

L–Y

3

GRGR

YD YAW2 GYAW VYS

2

SILNEO TRC– TRC+ ENG– ENG+

B5

A28

IA212

B8

A18

IA23

GR

–R

GR

–G

GR

–R

GR

–G

MT+ MT–

M

W–B

W–B

2

SPDL

Page 393: FOREWORD - PBworks

VSC

A24A23 22 A 10 A

1 2 3W R B

MASTER CYLINDERPRESSURE SENSOR

M 2

B19

2

1

B20

IC16 IC115

B11

2

1

B12

IL34 IL312

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

LH

A31

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

RE

AR

RH

A32

BR

L–W O

BR

BR

–W

L–W O

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

5AIGN

1G7

15ASTOP

1H8

1

2

C7C1

E

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14

STOPLIGHT SW

S11

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

E

A

W

B–O

B–O

G–W

G–W

A6 A31 B8 B17 C26

1

2

II

A

A

VS

C O

FF S

WV

6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

BR

–W

GND2 GND1

(SH

IELD

ED

)

GND3 GND4 CSW

IG2 STP E2 PMC VCM FSS

A16 A15 A14 A13

II28 II217

1

2

1

2

P L

G–W BR

G–W BR

FL+ FL– FR+ FR–

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

RH

AB

S S

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT

LH

A 8

A 9

B5 C16 C6

IE12 IE114 IE15

R–G V

V–R

O L L

BRL SP1 IND

G

L

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A

A

W–B

WT

LG–R

IE1

13 C

4

L

G

GR GR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

BA19 A , A20 C, A21 D, A22

E2 PMC VCM

Page 394: FOREWORD - PBworks

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

15AECU–IG

1H5

B6

BU

ZZE

R

B

1

B

2

B B

B–R

B–R

B–R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

VS

C W

AR

NIN

G B

UZ

ZER

V 7

C20C8C18 C15 C24

AD AA

BF BC

IF

2 1

A

36

A

A

B

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU B

JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

STEERINGSENSOR[COMB. SW]

C15

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J15

B–R

LLG R–WR–B

R PSS1– SS1+ BZ

IG1

B–W

D 1DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

(SHORT PIN)

11 EA1 12 EA1 EA110EA15

B3

D

A

P–B

D

LG–B

A

23 11 2216

B–W

LG–BPGR

TS

C5B4

TC

LG–B

B–W

P–BGR

WA

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 9

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

4

VSCW

L–O

IE1

4 C

6

GR

IE1

3

A

R

W–B

B–R

W–R

W–R

LG–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

L

L

G

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

L

L

G

R

P

R–B

R–W

W–B

R–B

R–W

B–R

P

AA

A

R–B

R–W

W–B

BA19 A , A20 C, A21 D, A22

BJ

3A

, J

4

W–B

WB TC TS WA

ESS IG1

SS1– SS1+

Page 395: FOREWORD - PBworks

VSC

10AGAUGE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1D41H4

A1

B8A22B17B5B14B15B13B16

EA22 EA16

IE111

1D5

1F13 1G6

4

7 8

B B R–L

R–W

R–B

P

R

G

L

L

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–W R

R–L

W–B OOLLGRP

W–B

W–B

W–B

EA3

9 R–LR–L

CPU

SPEEDOMETER

BR

AK

E

SLI

P

VS

C O

FF

AB

SC12

COMBINATION METER

BA , C13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

P 1

J17

CB

BC

(2JZ–GE)(1UZ–FE)

(1UZ–FE)(2JZ–GE)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

B11

IE18

W

A19

1B8

1

2

4

Y–B

W–B

W

BLVL

W

MPX2

BR

AK

E F

LUID

LE

VE

LW

AR

NIN

G S

W

B 1

B 6

BO

DY

EC

U N

O. 2

A

EB : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTIG : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

VS

C

Page 396: FOREWORD - PBworks

1. ABS OPERATIONIf the brake pedal is depressed suddenly, the ABS controls the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinders for all the fourwheels to automatically avoid wheel locking and ensure the directional and steering stability of the vehicle. If the brake pedalis depressed suddenly, the ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU controls the solenoids in the actuators using the signals from thesensors to move the brake fluid to the reservoir in order to release the braking pressure applied to the wheel cylinder. If theABS & TRAC & VSC ECU detects that the fluid pressure in the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the ECU controls the solenoidsin the actuators to increase the braking pressure.

2. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATIONThe traction control system controls the engine torque, the hydraulic pressure of the driving wheel cylinders, slipping of thewheels which may occur at start or acceleration of the vehicle, to ensure an optimal driving power and vehicle stabilitycorresponding to the road conditions.

3. VSC OPERATIONUnexpected road conditions, vehicle speed, emergency situation, and any other external factors may cause large under– orover–steering of the vehicle. If this occurs, the VSC system automatically controls the engine power and wheel brakes toreduce the under– or over–steering.To reduce large over–steering :If the VSC system determines that the over–steering is large, it activates the brakes for the outer turning wheels dependingon the degree of the over–steering to produce the moment toward the outside of the vehicle and reduce the over–steering.To reduce large under–steering :If the VSC system determines that the under–steering is large, it controls the engine power and activates the rear wheelbrakes to reduce the under–steering.VSC OFF SWThe VSC OFF SW is used to stop the VSC function. After the engine is started, the VSC system is stopped (turned off) andthe VSC OFF indicator light lights up. When the VSC OFF SW is pressed again, the VSC system enters the stand–by mode.If the engine is stopped and restarted, the VSC system enters the stand–by mode regardless of the VSC OFF SW.VSC indicator lightIf an error occurs in the VSC system, the VSC indicator lights up to warn the driver.

4. MUTUAL SYSTEM CONTROLTo efficiently operate the VSC system at its optimal level, the VSC system and other control systems are mutually controlledwhile the VSC system is being operated.Engine throttle controlThe engine power does not interfere with the VSC brake control by controlling the opening of the throttle and reducing theengine output.Engine control and electronically controlled transmission controlThe strong braking force does not interfere with the braking force control of the VSC system by turning off the accel. andreducing changes in the driving torque at shift–down.VSC system operation indicationThe slip indicator light flashes and the buzzer sounds intermittently to warn the driver that the current road is slippery, whilethe VSC system is being operated.

5. FAIL SAFE FUNCTIONIf an error occurs in the ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU, sensor signals, and/or actuators, the ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU inhibitsthe brake actuator control and inputs the error signal to the engine control module. According to the error signal, the brakeactuator turns off the solenoid and the engine control module rejects any electronically controlled throttle open request fromthe VSC system. As a result, the vehicle functions without the ABS, TRAC, and VSC systems.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 397: FOREWORD - PBworks

VSC

A19 (A), A20 (B), A21 (C) ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU(C) 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(B) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position(C) 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW on(A) 6, (A) 31, (B) 8, (B) 17–GROUND : Always continuity

A8, A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH1–2 : Approx. 1.60 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)

A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH1–2 : Approx. 1.10 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A5 A36 (1UZ–FE) B1 38 (2JZ–GE)

J537 (1UZ–FE)

A5 A38 (2JZ–GE) B6 A 40

J539 (2JZ–GE)

A6 B36 (1UZ–FE) C12 A 40 J6 41

A6 B38 (2JZ–GE) C13 B 40 J7 41

A7 C36 (1UZ–FE) C15 40 J9 41

A7 C38 (2JZ–GE)

D136 (1UZ–FE) J10 41

A836 (1UZ–FE)

D138 (2JZ–GE) J14 41

A838 (2JZ–GE) D4 40 J15 41

A936 (1UZ–FE)

E6 E36 (1UZ–FE) J17 41

A938 (2JZ–GE)

E6 E38 (2JZ–GE)

M237 (1UZ–FE)

A19 A 40H1

36 (1UZ–FE)M2

39 (2JZ–GE)

A20 B 40H1

38 (2JZ–GE)P1

37 (1UZ–FE)

A21 C 40J1

37 (1UZ–FE)P1

39 (2JZ–GE)

A22 D 40J1

39 (2JZ–GE) S11 41

A23 40J3 A

37 (1UZ–FE) V6 41

A31 42J3 A

39 (2JZ–GE) V7 41

A32 42J4 B

37 (1UZ–FE) Y1 41

B1 36 (1UZ–FE)J4 B

39 (2JZ–GE)

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

2 23 Engine Room No.2 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

SERVICE HINTS

Page 398: FOREWORD - PBworks

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA146 (1UZ–FE)

EA148 (2JZ–GE)

EA246 (1UZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)EA248 (2JZ–GE)

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA346 (1UZ–FE)

EA348 (2JZ–GE)

IA150 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IA250 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)

IC1 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

II2 52 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Passenger Side R/B)

IL3 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA46 (1UZ–FE)

Right FenderEA48 (2JZ–GE)

Right Fender

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EE46 (1UZ–FE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorEE48 (2JZ–GE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

1 2

3 4 5

2

5

86

31

4

7

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 11 1210

12

21X16151410

3127X22

1311

X23

18

28

19

29

X

X

X

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

12

1

1614X12118

24222017

2

109

1918 X

X

X

3 4 5 6 7 1 3 4 5 6 9

X X 13 X 15 19

20 X 24 28

7

16 17

25 26X

X

X

X

8

18

27

BLACK BLACK BLACK

A19 (A) A20 (B) A21 (C)

GRAY GRAYA5 (A) A6 (B) A7 (C) A8 A9

Page 399: FOREWORD - PBworks

VSC

1 2 X 53 12 2 1

X

22X

X

XX

XX

X

1

1 2 3 X X 7

8 9 X X X X

16 X X X

6

X X

X XX

1 2

X

X 19 X X X X

A22 (D)BLACK

A31 A32

C12 (A) C13 (B)

GRAY

B6 (A)

X X X X X X X

X 7 X X X X

1 2 3 X

6 X X X

X X X X

X X X X 11

X X X 16 X X

X

X

2322

X

D4

C15(1UZ–FE) BLACK

A23 B1

D1

X X X

X X X X 11

X X X 16 X X

X

X

2322

D1(2JZ–GE) BLACK

X

X X

X X 22

3 14

20 21X

2

1

CCXXXX X X X X C C

X X

X 5

X X

13 14

20 21X

1

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE)

GRAY (1UZ–FE) GRAY

(Hint : See Page 7)

E6 (E) E6 (E)

H1 J1

BBXXX B

A A

D D

(2JZ–GE) BLACKJ3 (A)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J1

5

161514 13

8 X

17 X11

Page 400: FOREWORD - PBworks

C C

F F

AAAAAA A A A A A A A A A B B

A A A B B B B B

A A

A A A A

C

CC

CC

D

DD

D

J4 (B)BLUE GRAY

J6

(1UZ–FE)

C

CC

CC

XX

D

X

DD

D

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

A

A A

(2JZ–GE)

J14

ORANGE

1

2

1 2 543X1X7

48

1 2

1 2 3 B

B B B B

BBAAAA A A B B B B

GRAY BLUE BLACKV6

BLACK

J15 J17BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J5 J7

J9 J9 J10

M2

P1 S11 V7 Y1

Page 401: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 402: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIPER AND WASHER

20AWASHER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F3

A A

1

2

ID1

5

10AGAUGE

1D4

25AWIPER

1B11F5

EB

A

IF

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IG

A

A

A1

B10

IE19

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

FRONT WIPER MOTORF 7

ID14ID11ID12

1

3 5 2 1

4

2

11

2

16

7

8

17

A

FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

C17

WA

SH

ER

LE

VE

L W

AR

NIN

G S

WW

1W

AS

HE

R L

EV

EL

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. M

ET

ER

]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12

L–O L–O

L–Y

W–B

L–W

L–B

L–R

L

W–B W–B

W–B

R–LLL

L–B L

L–W

L–W

L–B

L–RW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

GR

–BY

L–Y

L–R

(*2)

( *1)

( *2)

* 1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

BC

12A

, C

13

WA

SH

ER

OF

F

MIS

T

INT

MIS

T

MIS

T

MIS

T

LO HI

M

WA

SH

ER

MO

TO

RW

2

WIPER RELAY

M

Page 403: FOREWORD - PBworks

With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW, and TERMINAL 2 ofthe front wiper motor through the WIPER fuse, TERMINAL 2 of washer motor through the WASHER fuse.

1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWith wiper SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run at lowspeed.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWith wiper SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 8to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run at high speed.

3. INT POSITIONWith wiper SW turned to INT position, the relay operates and the current which is connected by relay function flows fromTERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This flow of current operates the intermittentcircuit and the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of thefront wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and operates the wiper.The intermittent operation is controlled by the charge/discharge function of the condenser installed in the relay, and theintermittent time is controlled by a time control SW to change the charging time of the condenser.

4. MIST POSITIONWith wiper SW turn MIST position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 toTERMINAL 5 of the wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the wiper motor to run at low speed.

5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATIONWith washer SW turned to on, the current flows from TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11 ofthe front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes to the washer motor to run, and the window washeremits a water spray. This causes the current to flow to washer continuous operation circuit in TERMINAL 17 of the frontwiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and operatesthe wiper.

C17 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]2–GROUND : Always continuity

17–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the front wiper and washer SW at LO position

Approx. 12 volts 2 to 12 seconds intermittently with the front wiper and washer SW at INT position16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on unless the front wiper motor at STOP position

8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the front wiper and washer SW at HI position

F7 FRONT WIPER MOTOR2–1 : Closed unless the wiper motor at STOP position

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

C12 A 40 F7 38 (2JZ–GE)W1

37 (1UZ–FE)

C13 B 40 J6 41W1

39 (2JZ–GE)

C17 40 J10 41W2

37 (1UZ–FE)

F7 36 (1UZ–FE) J12 41W2

39 (2JZ–GE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1B 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D 26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

ID1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Page 404: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIPER AND WASHER

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

X 2 X X X X 7 8 X

X 11 X X X X 16 17 X

1 2 3

4 5

A A

A A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A

AAA A

1 2 X

X

X

X

XX

XX

X

1

1 2

BLACK

GRAYJ6

ORANGE GRAY

BLACK BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

C12 (A) C13 (B) C17

F7 J10 J12

W1 W2

X

X10

Page 405: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 406: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

10ADOME

15AECU–IG

1E2 1H5 1E1

A13 1

B 6

BODYECU NO. 2

A

B–R

B–R

L–O

B–R

G–W

ILE MPX1

1F13 1G6

11

GND

2E5

IG

1H6

8

G–W

A1

O

GSWO

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

O

L–Y

II IF

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IE18 IE117

C13COMBINATIONMETER

IJ110

6 7

WW W W ( *1)

WL

16

8 2

L–R

( *1)

W ( *2)

IJ13

D27

F24

D28 (*4)F11 (*3)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

LL W

W

5

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

T 5

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYA13

MULTI–DISPLAYM 3

L–Y

GFR

OM

IN

TER

IOR

LIG

HT

S

E 5 FD , E 7

1H11

9

A19

MPX2

BECU

MPX2 MPX1 MPX– MPX+

MPX2 MPX1MPX1MPX2

211

Page 407: FOREWORD - PBworks

2G6 2F13

IFII

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

11

A

A

A

IL36 IL318 IL317

A5 A6 A4

BM

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

A13A12

2

WIR

ELE

SS

DO

OR

LO

CK

BU

ZZE

R

W 4

IC116

M

1543

A2

A

1WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

W 5

LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTDOOR OPENERMOTOR

L 5

W

L–Y

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

7

W W–B

W–B

LG–R P LG L

P–L

P–B

LG–R P LG L

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

W–B

RCO RDA RSSI TR+ BZR2 BZR

B–R

B–R

A3

2G4 2B8 2E1

I 6

10AMPX–B

1

2F11 2E2

A15

15ARADIONO. 2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1H10

B D

DBB B

BJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13

2

1

B

8 1

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

B–R B–R

B–R B–R

B–R

B–R

G–WG–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–RB–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W

B–R

GR

GR

ACC

* 1 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM* 2 : W/O LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

* 3 : 1UZ–FE* 4 : 2JZ–GE

BU

ZZE

R

1

GSW BECU

MPX1 GND

IG

B–R

A19

Page 408: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R

A25

2H13 2G7

IJ27 IK110 IB19

20AP FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2F2

5

10

4

HAZARD SWH18

L–O

W–G

W–G

R–Y

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–Y

R–Y

HAZ MPX2

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

2H11

9

BSUBPWS

B1

Page 409: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–R

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

I 6

C3C9 C2

IB1

6

IB1

1

IB1

13

G–W

G–W

L–O

G–W

B–RL–

O

G–W B–R

IB1

7

IB15

20AD FRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1F2

A1 C18

D22

DRIVER DOOR ECU

BA , D23 C, D24

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

L–B O

L–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

A6 A7 A13

5 17 16 1

15DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]

P11DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCK DETECTIONSW FRONT LH

D18

A17

2

A8

3

A15

4

A3

5

A4

6

A5

L–B

R–Y

L–O

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

G–B

G–R

BR

–B

GR

P–B

P–G

ML MUL PWE A– A+ LSWE LSW KL KUL

IF

A

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

1

2

B15 C12B14

DOORCOURTESY SWFRONT LH

D13

CTY CTYE GND

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IB14

W–B

MPX2

L UL E

PWS

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

Page 410: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

L–O

R–Y

L–B

IK113

IK11

IC3

15

IK1

6

A9A2A3

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

O

B–R

G–W

OG

–W B–R O

CPUB SIG MPX1

F11

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

BA , F12 C, F13

C1 C6 C7 A18

IK15 IK17

C16

4

3 1 2

L–B

L–B

LG–B

LG–R

W–B

L–O

L–O

BDR ML MUL DLE MPX2

R–Y

A12

IK14

II

A

A

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

7

DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW RH

D17

W–B

W–B

W–B

GND

C5 C4 C3

1 2 3

P–G

P–B G

KUL KL LSW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCKDETECTION SW FRONT RH

D19

C15 C17 C8

4 5 6

BR

–B

G–B

G–R

LSWE A– A+

12

B15 B14

DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

D14

CTY CTYE

R–G

W–B

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8

A

L UL E

B

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETE

CTI

ON

Page 411: FOREWORD - PBworks

B–R

O

G–W

O

G–W

B–R

BA1

6

BA18

BA1

11

20AD RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

1E6

BA12

B–R

G–W

O

O

G–W

B–R

L–R

L–R

B–R

G–WO

5 15 9 14

L–R

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR

L–O

* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

1 2 3 4

1 13 17 19

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR LOCK DETECTIONSW REAR LH

D20

A– A+ LSW LSWE

G–B

G–R G

BR

–B

1

2

BC110BC13

BA13

IL315

IC22

10 11

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–O

L–Y

OL–O

(*6)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

( *5)

4

BJ

POWER SEAT ECUP19

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR LH

D15

BA19

8 18 25

REAR DOOR LH ECUR12

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

CTY CTYE GND MPX2

MPX1 MPX2M

LOC

KD

ETE

CT

ION

Page 412: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

GNDCTYE

9 BB1

W–B

W–B

CTY

W–B

R–Y

W–B

REAR DOOR RH ECU

25188

R13

DOORCOURTESY SWREAR RH

O

G–W

B–R

20AP RRDOOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 60)

2E6

BB12

L–R

L–R

14

L–R

MPX1 SIG BDR

1 2 3 4

19 17 1 13

DOOR LOCK MOTOR ANDDOOR LOCK DETECTIONSW REAR RH

D21

A– A+LSWLSWE

BR

–B G

G–B

G–R

1

2

BL

D16

BB1

3

BB1

6

BB111

IL1

16

5 9 15

O OB

–R

G–W O

L–OBB1

8 L–O

B–R

G–W

4

SEL1

10 BB1

W–B

W–B

20

BM

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22

CPUB MPX2

M

LOC

KD

ETE

CT

ION

Page 413: FOREWORD - PBworks

In this system, the wireless door lock ECU receives weak radio wave transmitted from the transmitter built–into the ignitionkey and outputs the signal to the body ECU No.2. Through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc. , allthe doors and the luggage door can be locked and unlocked by the remote control.

1. NORMAL OPERATIONLock operationWhen the lock SW on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked.Unlock operationWhen the unlock SW on the transmitter is pressed once, only the driver door is unlocked. When the unlock SW is pressedagain within 3 sec., all the doors are unlocked.Luggage door unlock operationWhen the luggage door unlock SW is kept pressed for approximately 1 sec. or longer, the luggage door is opened.

2. AUTO LOCK FUNCTIONIf the door is not actually opened within 30 sec. after the door has been unlocked by pressing the unlock SW on thetransmitter, all the doors are automatically locked. If any of the following conditions is detected, the auto lock does notfunction.Any door is opened.The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW.When the lock detection SW of all the doors are locked.

3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTIONIf any of the following conditions is detected, the wireless door lock does not function.Lock operationAny door is open (The door courtesy SW is on). The ignition key is inserted into the ignition key cylinder (The unlock warningSW is on). The ignition SW is turned to the ON position.Unlock operationThe ignition SW is turned to the ON position.Luggage door unlock operationThe ignition SW is turned to the ON position.

4. BUZZER SOUND FUNCTIONWhen the body ECU No.1 receives the door lock signal from the door ECU via the door lock motor, during lock operation, thewireless door lock buzzer goes on once (for approximately 0.1 sec.).When the body ECU No.1 receives the door unlock signal from the door ECU via the door lock motor, during unlockoperation, the wireless door lock buzzer goes on twice (for approximately 0.2 sec. at intervals of 0.1 sec.).When the luggage door is unlocked, and the body ECU No.1 outputs the unlock signal, the wireless door lock buzzer goeson once (for approximately 0.5 sec.).When the body ECU No.1 receives the lock signal from the transmitter while any door is open, the wireless door lock buzzersounds for approximately 10 sec. If the door is closed or if the unlock signal is received from the transmitter while the buzzeris sounding, the buzzer stops.

5. CAR FINDER FUNCTIONWhen the lock SW on the transmitter is pressed with all the doors locked, the body ECU No.1 receives the signal and thehazard light flashes once through communication control of the body ECU and door ECU etc.

6. ILLUMINATED ENTRY FUNCTIONWhen the body ECU No.2 detects the unlock state after the unlock operation has been made, it turns on the lights, such asthe ignition key cylinder light for 15 sec. If all the doors are locked during this operation, lighting is cancelled and the lightsimmediately fade out.

7. PANIC MODE FUNCTIONWhen the lock switch on the transmitter is kept pressed for approximately 2.5 sec., the body ECU No.1 receives the signaland enters the panic mode. The theft alarm goes on upon receiving the signal, the body ECU No.1, and the headlights andtaillights flash through the communication of the body ECU and door ECU etc. At this time, when any SW on the transmitteris pressed, the panic mode is cancelled, the theft alarm is stopped, and the headlights and taillights go off.

8. REPEAT FUNCTIONIf the lock detection signal in response to the output signal is not received after the body ECU No.1 has output the locksignal, the lock signal is output again after approximately 2 sec.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

Page 414: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

W5 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU1–GROUND : Always continuity7–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with luggage door open operate

D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

5–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key6–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key

D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

2–4 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key1–4 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key

D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at lock operate3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with door lock motor at unlock operate

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

A13 40 D23 B 42 J17 41

B5 A 40 D24 C 42 J22 42

B6 A 40 E5 D 38 (2JZ–GE) L5 43

C13 40 E7 F 36 (1UZ–FE) M3 41

D13 42 F11 A 42 P11 43

D14 42 F12 B 42 P19 44

D15 42 F13 C 42 R12 43

D16 42 H18 40 R13 43

D17 42 J6 41 T5 41

D18 42 J7 41W4

37 (1UZ–FE)

D19 42 J8 41W4

39 (2JZ–GE)

D20 42 J10 41 W5 43

D21 42 J13 41

D22 A 42 J15 41

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

SERVICE HINTS

Page 415: FOREWORD - PBworks

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1E 26 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26

1G27

Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1H27

( )

2B 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2E 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28

2G29

Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2H29

g ( g )

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC1

IC2 50 Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IC3

( )

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IJ152 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IJ252 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL152 Floor No 1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IL352 Floor No.1 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

I6 52 Cowl Wire

Page 416: FOREWORD - PBworks

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

5 X X

X

X 16

2 3 4 5 6 X X12 13

X 15 19 25

1 X 13

X 19 X X X X

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 41 4 5

13 X

3

86

1715

7

14 15

2 3 X X 9

X 12 X 18X X X X

X X X X

X X X 28

X

27

X X X X X X 11 X X

24

1 2 1 2 1 2

1 2

A13 B5 (A) B6 (A)

C13GRAY GRAY GRAY

GRAYD17

BLACK BLACK

BLACK BLACK GRAY GRAY

GRAY (2JZ–GE) (1UZ–FE)

D13 D14 D15

D16 D18 D19

D20 D21 D22 (A) D23 (B)

D24 (C) E5 (D) E7 (F)

2 X

X1 1

Page 417: FOREWORD - PBworks

X X X X

X X X 14 15

1 4 5

X

3

86

1715

7

16

X

X

X

X X 10

A A A A B B B B B B B

A A

A A A A

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D

DD

D

B

B B B B

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A 2 X

X 8 X X X X X

X 5

X

X 15 16 17 X X

X X

1011 X X

1

1 2 1 X 3 4 5 X 7

6 7 X

1 X 4 5 X 8 9 13

14 15 171819 X 25

1 X 4 5 X 8 9 13

14 15 171819 20 25

2 3 X X X 9

X 12 X X X 18

GRAY GRAY

BLACK BLACKGRAYJ6

ORANGEJ13 J15 J17

J22BLACK BLUE

P11 P19 R12

R13GRAY BLACK

W5

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

F12 (B) F13 (C)

H18 J7 J8

J10

L5 M3

T5 W4

GRAYF11 (A)

Page 418: FOREWORD - PBworks

I GROUND POINT

ENG MAIN RELAY

EFI RELAY

STARTER RELAY

ABS SOL RELAY

HEADLIGHT RH (LOW)

FRONT SIDEMARKER LIGHT RH

PARKING LIGHT RH

FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

ABS & TRAC &VSC ACTUATOR

A/C LOCK SENSOR

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1

ENGINE OIL LEVELSENSOR

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

HEATER OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 2 SENSOR 1)

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

ENGINECONTROLMODULE

(ME01)

(E01)

(E02)

(E03)

CRUISE CONTROLSW [COMB. SW]

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 2 SENSOR 2)

HEATED OXYGENSENSOR(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 1

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 2

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 3

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 4

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 5

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 6

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 7

IGNITION COILAND IGNITER NO. 8

IGNITER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

2

1

1

I 5

I 5

EE EA

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

A A

(E1)

ID1

9

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

BR

(*1)

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

(*1)

ED EC

EA3

6

EA3

7

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E 1

E

D

A

E

E

E

A

D

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

BR

BR

BR

BR

(*1)

BR

(*2)

BR BR

BR

(*1)

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

(*2)

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–BBR

BR

BR

BR

1

1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

(EXCEPT HID TYPE)

HEADLIGHT CONTROLECU RH

W–B

(HID TYPE)

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Page 419: FOREWORD - PBworks

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH

PARKING LIGHT LH

FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

HEADLIGHT BEAMLEVEL CONTROL ECU

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

A/C DUALPRESSURE SW

WATER TEMP. SW

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

HEADLIGHT CLEANERCONTROL RELAY

HEADLIGHT CLEANERMOTOR

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

POWER STEERINGOIL PRESSURE SW

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 4

(EC)ENGINECONTROLMODULE

(EOM)

DRIVER DOOR ECU

MIRROR HEATER LH

PPS ECU

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR OPENER SW

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 3

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

EXHAUST GAS SENSOR

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

HEADLIGHT LH (LOW)

ABS & TRAC &VSC ECU

COMBINATIONMETER (ES)

TILT ANDTELESCOPIC ECU

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E2)

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

FRONT WIPER ANDWASHER SW[COMB. SW]

STEERING SENSOR[COMB. SW]

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

3

3

W–B

(*5)EB2

2

EB12W–B

(*5)

W–B

(*5)

W–B

(*5)E 4

E 4

E 4

E 4

E 4

E 4

W–B

(CANADA)

W–B

(CANADA)

W–B

(*5)

W–B

(*5)

W–B

(*3)

W–B

(*4)

EA1

4W–B

(*3)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*4)W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

E 4

E 4

E 4

E 4

E 4

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW

–B

W–B

EB

W–B

TRANSPONDER KEYAMPLIFIER

I 1

I 1

I 1

I 1

IE1

11

(GND1)

(GND2)

IB1

4

IB13

A

A

A

A AA

A

A A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

O W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A W–B

A W–B

A W–B

A W–B

A W–BA W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J10

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6

IF

HEADLIGHT CONTROLECU LH

W–B

(EXCEPT HID TYPE)

(HID TYPE)

* 5 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

UNLOCK WARNINGSW

W–B

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3

* 2 : 2JZ–GE* 1 : 1UZ–FE

* 3 : 2JZ–GE W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

POWER STEERINGOIL PRESSURE SW

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RESISTOR ORSHORT CONNECTOR

Page 420: FOREWORD - PBworks

I GROUND POINT

ELECTRONICALLYCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONPATTERN SELECT SW

MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

PERSONAL LIGHT

VANITY LIGHT LH

VANITY LIGHT RH

INTERIOR LIGHTREAR LH

INTERIOR LIGHTREAR RH

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

FRONT PASSENGERDOOR ECU

MIRROR HEATER RH

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL ECU

VSC OFF SW

HTR RELAY

POWER OUTLET

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

HAZARD SW

CLOCK

COMBINATION METER

BODY ECU NO. 2

ABS & TRAC &VSC ECU

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY (E1)

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

POWER STEERINGOIL PRESSURE SW

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW

INNER MIRROR

BLOWER MOTORCONTROLLER

BODY ECU NO. 1

IG RELAY

NOISE FILTER

NOISE FILTER

HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

SEAT HEATER SW

B 2

B 2

B 2

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IK1

4

IK13

I 6

I 6

I 6

I 6

4

3F

5

3E

5

3C5

3B

5

3G5

1D

5

1G

6

1C6

1F13

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B2F13

2D5

IE1

12

(GND3)

(GND4)

3

3

EB2

2

EB1

2

EA1

4

W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*2 *4)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*2 *4)

I 1

I 1W–B

(*4)

W–B

(*4)

W–B

B

B

W–BP

W–B

(*4)(*4)

(*4)

BW–B

BW–BW–B

IG

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

RJ1

1

( *4)

2G

6

II

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17

A

A

A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

MOON ROOF CONTROLECU B 2

W–B

W–B

IG13

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

MIRROR RETRACTIONSW

W–B

Page 421: FOREWORD - PBworks

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT (BULB)

HIGH MOUNTEDSTOP LIGHT (LED)

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

LICENSE PLATELIGHT LH

LICENSE PLATELIGHT RH

POWER SEAT ECU

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

LUMBAR SUPPORTCONTROL SW(DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HEATER(DRIVER’ S SEAT BACK)

BUCKLE SW LH

POWER SEATPOSITION SENSOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

POWER SEATPOSITION SENSOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)

POWER SEATPOSITION SENSOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

POWER SEATPOSITION SENSOR(DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

POWER SEAT ECU

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

REAR DOOR LH ECU

LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR KEY UNLOCK SW

FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR

FUEL PUMP CONTROLECU

B 4

B 4

B 4

B 4

B 4

B 4

B 4

B 6

B 6

B 6

B 6

BC111BC112

BA19

W–B

W–B

BR

(*5)

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

AA

A

A

A

A

A

A

BJBK

A

A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J20

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J23

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

(*5)

(*5)

(*5)

(*5)

(*5)

(*5)

(*6)

BR

BR

BR

BR

( *5)

BR

W–B

( *5)

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

(*5)

W–B

W–B

* 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT* 5 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY* 6 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

B 4

W–B

NOISE FILTER(STOP LIGHT)

W–B

* 2 : 2JZ–GE

Page 422: FOREWORD - PBworks

I GROUND POINT

MULTI–DISPLAY

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

CD AUTOMATICCHANGER

RADIO AND PLAYER

IH

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

(EXCEPT NAKAMICHI)

(GND5)

10

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

POWER SEAT CONTROLSW (FRONTPASSENGER’ S SEAT)

LUMBAR SUPPORT SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

SEAT HEATER(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT BACK)

BUCKLE SW RH

REAR DOORRH ECU (GND)

BB1

STEREOCOMPONENTAMPLIFIER

(GND4)

NAVIGATION ECU

TELEPHONETRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

CELLULAR PHONE(HAND SET)

REAR DOORRH ECU (SEL1)

WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU

9

BB1

BLBM

BD112

B

B

B

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

(NAKAMICHI)

(NAKAMICHI)

J24

(*7)

* 7 : W/ LEXUS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

J22

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

(EXCEPT NAKAMICHI)

D/A CONVERTERW–B

(NAKAMICHI)

AUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAYAND MOTOR

W–B

Page 423: FOREWORD - PBworks

: PARTS LOCATION

Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page

J237 (1UZ–FE) J5 39 (2JZ–GE) J17 41

J239 (2JZ–GE) J6 41 J20 42

J437 (1UZ–FE) J9 41 J22 42

J439 (2JZ–GE) J10 41 J23 44

J5 37 (1UZ–FE) J11 41 J24 44

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

1 22 Engine Room No.1 R/B (Engine Compartment Right)

2 23 Engine Room No.2 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

3 24 Engine Room No.3 R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

4 25 Passenger Side R/B (Right Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

1C26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1D26 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1F 26Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

1G 27Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

2D 28 Roof Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2F 28Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

2G 29Cowl Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Right Kick Panel)

3B30

3C30

3E Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center)

3F 31

( )

3G

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

EA1 48 (2JZ–GE)

EA346 (1UZ–FE) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Inside of the ECU Box)

EA348 (2JZ–GE)

g ( )

EB146 (1UZ–FE)

EB148 (2JZ–GE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No 3 R/B)

EB246 (1UZ–FE)

Cowl Wire and Relay Block Wire (Inside of the Engine Room No.3 R/B)

EB248 (2JZ–GE)

IB1 50 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

ID1 50 Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Instrument Panel Reinforcement)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Side of the Steering Column)

IG1 50 Cowl Wire and Blower Sub Wire (Left Side of the Blower Unit)

IK1 52 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BA1 54 Rear Door LH Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Center Pillar LH)

BB1 54 Rear Door RH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Under the Center Pillar RH)

BC1 56 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BD1 56 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

Page 424: FOREWORD - PBworks

I GROUND POINT

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location

EA46 (1UZ–FE)

Right FenderEA48 (2JZ–GE)

Right Fender

EB46 (1UZ–FE)

Left FenderEB48 (2JZ–GE)

Left Fender

EC46 (1UZ–FE) RH Bank of the Cylinder Head

EC48 (2JZ–GE) Front Side of the Intake Manifold

ED46 (1UZ–FE) LH Bank of the Cylinder Head

ED48 (2JZ–GE) Rear Side of the Intake Manifold

EE46 (1UZ–FE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC ActuatorEE48 (2JZ–GE)

Under the ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator

IF 50 Left Kick Panel

IG 50 Left Side of the Cowl Panel

IH 50 Instrument Panel Brace RH

II 50 Right Side of the Cowl Panel

BJ 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel LH

BK 54 Quarter Panel LH

BL 54 Rear Floor Partition Panel RH

BM 54 Quarter Panel RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points

E146 (1UZ–FE)

Engine WireI5 52 Engine Room Main Wire

E148 (2JZ–GE)

Engine WireI6 52 Cowl Wire

E446 (1UZ–FE) B2 54 Roof Wire

E448 (2JZ–GE) Cowl Wire B4 54 Floor No.2 Wire

I1 52 B6 56 Front Seat LH Wire

Page 425: FOREWORD - PBworks

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

D D

AAAAAA A A A A A A A A

A A A A

EE

EE

EE

E

EE

EE

EE

XX

E

X

A A A A AA A A A A A A A

B B B B B B B

AAAA A A

A A

A A A A

A A

A A A A

AAAA A A

BB

B B B B

ORANGEJ4

BLUEJ6

(1UZ–FE) (2JZ–GE) ORANGE

GRAYJ17 J20 J22

J23 J24

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)(Hint : See Page 7)

J2 J5

J9 J9 J10

J11

Page 426: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

Page 427: FOREWORD - PBworks

J[A] : System Title

[B] : Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black W = White BR = Brown

L = Blue V = Violet SB = Sky Blue

R = Red O = Orange LG = Light Green

P = Pink Y = Yellow GR = Gray

G = Green

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.Example: L – Y

L(Blue)

Y(Yellow)

[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown inthe wiring diagram and wire routing.

[D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector.The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.Example : Numbered in order

from upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

Female Male

The numbering system for the overall wiringdiagram is the same as above

[E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguishit from the J/B.Example : Indicates Relay Block No.1

[F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is theJ/B No. and the connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearlyseparate them from other parts.

3C indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo.3

Example:

[G] : Indicates related system.

[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrows ( ).Outside numerals are pin numbers.

Female Male ( )

[I] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring andconnector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.

[J] : Indicates a shielded cable.

[K] : Indicates and located on ground point.

[L] : The same code occuring on the next pageindicates that the wire harness is continuous.

Page 428: FOREWORD - PBworks

SYSTEM INDEXJ O

VE

RA

LL ELE

CT

RIC

AL W

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

SYSTEMS LOCATION SYSTEMS LOCATION

Auto Antenna 18–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic Air Conditioning 29–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic Glare–Resistant EC Mirror 21–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Back–Up Light 10–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cellular Mobile Telephone 23–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Charging 3–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cigarette Lighter and Power Outlet 18–3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clock 18–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Combination Meter 28–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cruise Control1UZ–FE 14–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2JZ–GE 15–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electric Tension Reducer 18–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator1UZ–FE 12–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2JZ–GE 13–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Control and Engine Immobiliser System1UZ–FE 4–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2JZ–GE 5–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fog Light 6–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel Lid Opener 18–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlightw/ Daytime Running Light 7–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w/o Daytime Running Light 6–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlight Beam Level Control 11–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Headlight Cleaner 11–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Horn 19–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Illumination 9–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LEXUS Navigation System 25–3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Moon Roof 20–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Multiplex Communication System 1–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power SeatDriver’s Seat w/o Driving Position Memory 22–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Passenger’s Seat 22–3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Source 1~30–1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic 20–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PPS 24–1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 30–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Radio and PlayerNAKAMICHI 26–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Except NAKAMICHI 27–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 24–3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat Heater 21–4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift Lock 25–1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SRS 17–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Starting and Ignition1UZ–FE 2–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2JZ–GE 3–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taillight and Stop Light 8–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 10–3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VSC 16–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiper and Washer 19–2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 429: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 430: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

1 GS 400 / GS 300 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (Cont. next page)

1

120A ALT

20A EC

U–B

1

1 11

2B2 1K1

10A D

OM

E

5A EC

U–B

2

2D72F7 2E5 2H12

30A D P

/SEA

T

20A D

RR

DO

OR

1E9 1E6

20A D

FR D

OO

R

40A A

M1

1F2 1J3

2

ACC

IG1AM1

3

4

BATTERY

1J1

15A E

CU

–IG

1E2 1H5

10A MP

X–B

1

1

B–L

WBR–L

R–L

B–Y

B–R

B–R

W–L

L–B

L–R

L–WB

G–W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W–R

11

1 1

2

22

2

I22IGNITION SW

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystemP ow er S ource

1 A19 A

1H111D21E1

3 A

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

AUTO

LIGH

T CO

NTR

OL S

W

18 A 10 A 4 A 2 A 5 A

1

2

IF

1G6 1F13

II Right side ofthe cowl panel

1D6 1D1 1D7

13 A

1B8 1E3

EB : Left fender(w/o Daytime Running Light)IG : Left side of the cowl panel(w/ Daytime Running Light)

8 BC1

BJ Rear floor partitionpanel LH

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

Q

R

S

9 A 14 A

B 7

BU

CK

LE SW

LH

J23JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

BC112

7 A8 A6 A21 A20 A

From Shift Lock

Control E

CU

<25–1>

<25–2>

L–Y

B–Y

L–B

B

G–W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–R

L–W

W–R

W

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

L–Y

L–B

B

G–W

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–R

L–W

W–R

O

L–O

G–W

V

BR

–B

W

9 7 8

MIRE MIRB MIRS

1 8

1H6

9

MPX2 GSWO

R 6REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

G–W

From S

top LightS

W<

8–3>

HRLY STPI P1 SLCK IG MPX1BECUB 6

BODY ECU NO. 2

A

AUTO GSW ALTL LF TAIL KSW GNDBLVL CLTS CLTB CLTE DBKL ILE

R

W–B

YY

Y–B

R–G

GR

–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

B–LW

–B

W–BW–B

A

A

4

1

314

A

A

A

A

A W–B

W–BA

A

W–B

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

16

13

From C

enter Airbag

Sensor A

ssembly

<17–1>

To Daytim

e Running

Light Relay (M

ain )<

7–2>

From Light Failure

Sensor<

8–3>

See Illum

inationS

ystem<

9–1>

U 1

UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G SW

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

C14COMBINATION SW

114 3 2 12 7

J17JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

B 1BR

AK

E FLUID

LEV

EL WA

RN

ING

SW

A30AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL SENSOR

GG

A

PL–O

OG–W

G–W

G–W

15 A

HEAD

See HeadlightSystem<6–1><7–1>

17 A

FFOG

See Fog Light

System

<6–4>

11 A

ACANFrom

Clock<

18–4>

13 1H

TRLY

6

See Illum

inationS

ystem<

9–1>

5

See Fog LightSystem

<6–4>

G–O

G–Y

L

Y–R

V–R

LG–B

T H A EL

Y

A

From Engine ControlModule<4–12><5–12>

FFGO

CLTS CLTB CLTE

E M+ MSW

W

1

2

Left kick panel

W–B

Page 431: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

A

16 IJ2

1

2

2

1

1

2

2

1

8 IC1

17 IJ2

S

2F4

2D9

2

1

BKQuarter panel LH

1

3 2

2H6

2D4

1

3 2

2H4

2D2

1

3 22

1

2

1

1

2

Q

R

10 IJ1

3 IJ1

24 F

27 D

28 D

11 F

Q

R

S

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L MO

DU

LE

11 B 13 A 2 B

8 IE1 17 IE1

(1UZ–FE)

(2JZ–GE)

(1UZ–FE)

(2JZ–GE)

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

W–R

L–W

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G–W

B

L–B

L–Y

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

L–O

W

O

L–Y L–Y L–Y

L–Y L–Y L–Y L–Y L–YL–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

G–W

B

L–B

L–Y

B–R

B–R

G–W

G–W

R–B

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R

R

W–B

G

W–B

GG

G G

G

G G G G

W–BW–B W–B W–B W–B

R–B

R–G

A

W

GR

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

L–Y

L–B

B

G–W

L–Y

L–R

L–W

W–RL

LW

W

W

L–RWW

G–W

L

W G–W

516

8

7

6

2

W–B

R–B

R–G

W

(*1 )

(*2 )

(*1 )

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

S 6

STE

P LIG

HT R

H

S 5STEP

LIGH

T LH

I21IG

NITIO

N K

EYC

YLIN

DE

R LIG

HT

P 7

PE

RS

ON

AL LIGH

T

L 7LU

GG

AGE

CO

MP

AR

TMEN

T LIGH

T

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I25IN

TER

IOR

LIGH

T RE

AR

RH

I24IN

TER

IOR

LIGH

T RE

AR LH

V 8

VA

NITY

LIGH

T LH

V 9

VAN

ITY LIGH

T RH

G 5

GA

RA

GE D

OO

R O

PEN

ER

R–B

R–G

L–O

O

GR

C12 C13,

COMBINATION METER

A B A13A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

T 5TILT AN

DTE

LES

CO

PIC

EC

U

M 3

MU

LTI–DISP

LAY

* 1 : w/ LEXUS Navigation System* 2 : w/o LEXUS Navigation System

GR GR

FE

5E

7D

,

ON

OFF

DO

OR

1 3

2

TR–WR–W

R–W

D 8

DIO

DE

(Luggage Door

Com

partment O

pen Detection )

MPX1

MPX2

MPX2

MPX1

MPX1

MPX2

MPX+MPX–

GR

N 6NOISE FILTER(Stop Light)

Page 432: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

9 10 11 12

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

3 A

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

S

R

Q

2B8 2E12G4

2D5 2G6 2F13

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

IF Left kick panel

5 A 6 A 4 A

6 IL3 18 IL3 17 IL3

BM Quarterpanel RH

2

1

17 A

1J4

15ARADIONO. 2

15 A

1H10

GR

2F11 2E2

L 1LU

GG

AG

E CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

ENE

R S

W

10 A2 A

3 IC316 IC1

R–W

1 2

13 A 12 A 1 A

N

O

2 IL1

18 A

6 BD1

1

2

1

4

12 BD1

BLRear floor partitionpanel RH

B 8

BU

CKLE

SW R

H

S18SE

AT B

ELT

WAR

NIN

G O

CC

UP

AN

TD

ETE

CTIO

N S

ENS

OR

W 5

WIR

ELES

S D

OO

RLO

CK E

CU

L 5LU

GG

AGE

CO

MP

AR

TMEN

TD

OO

R C

OU

RTE

SY S

WA

ND

OPE

NER

MO

TOR

J24JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

21 A

1

P 4

PA

RK

ING

BRA

KE S

W

From HORNRelay<19–4>

2

1

9 A

EBLeft fender

E 9

EN

GIN

E H

OO

DC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

B

12543

A

B

D B

D

7 1

B

B

B

B

B

18

11

A

AA

A

HCTYPKBPBKLTR+ LGCY RSSIRDARCOTSWGND

BECUGSW ACC IG BZR BZR2 HORN

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

W

GR

O

L–O

G–W

G–W

B–R

B–R

L–Y

L–B

B

G–W

L–Y

L–R

L–W

W–R

W–B

R–B

R–G

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

G–W

B

L–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

B–R

B–RL–O

G–W

B–R

B–R

L–B

B

G–W

G–W

L–R

L–W

W–R

B–R

L–Y

GR

R–B

R–G

W–B

W

V–Y

LG–R

P LGLGP

LG–R

W–B

O

G–W

G–W

G–W

L–Y

GR

B–R

B–R

B–R

G–B

P–L

P–B

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–B

LL

V–G

Y–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–L

B–L

B–L

G–W

J15JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 7JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J13JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

BUZZER

W 4WIRELESS DOORLOCK BUZZER

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–O

23 A 24 A

See Electronically

Controlled Transm

issionand A

/T Indicator System

<12–5>

<13–5>

PWR SNOW

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

1

SH

P–B

2B9

2

T 1TH

EFT D

ETE

RR

EN

T HO

RN

Y–B

Y–B

From D

aytime R

unningLight R

elay (Main )

<7–2>

T

R–W

19 A

MPX1

M

3

4

7 A

M 7

MIR

RO

R R

ETRA

CTIO

N S

W

RET

P–G

R–W

AA

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

Page 433: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

13 14 15 16

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

BK Quarter panel LH

1

2

7 IC1

16 A22 A

5 IE2

B

B

2

A

20 A

2A1

20A P FR

DO

OR

20A P R

R D

OO

R

2E6

2F22G72H13

10 IK1 9 IB1

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

VV

V

R 7

SEC

UR

ITYIN

DIC

ATO

R[R

HE

OS

TAT]

L 6LU

GG

AG

E C

OM

PAR

TME

NT

DO

OR

KE

Y U

NLO

CK

SW

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

25 A

To Hazard SW<10–4>

9 C

6 IB1

2 C

13 IB1

1 A

5 IB1 1 IB1

3 C

7 B

Y–G

WLSW

2

3 B

3

GR

–G

DT1 SC1

V–R

4

B9 6 A

5

LG–B

ML MUP

L–W

6

B5 6 B

7

L–R

AUTO DT2

GR

–R

11

B2 10 B

12

V–W

SC2 SC3

V

13

B11 1 B

14

GR

DT3 PWE

W–B

16

A13 7 A

17

LG–R

MUL MDN

L–B

18

B4

K

L

M

N

O

P

1015

14 C15 C16 A

1 3 5

MPX1 SIG BDR CPUB MSWE M1 M2

45

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

G–W

B

L–B

B–R

B–R

G–W

L–O

B–R

B–R

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

G–W

L–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

B–R

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–GR–B

R–G

R–Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

L–O

B–R

L–B

G–W

BR

–W

P P–B

R–Y

R–Y

L–O

W–G

LG–B

LG–B

W–B

R–Y

L–BB L–R

L–O

B–R

L–B

G–W

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

BSUBPWSOBD2TKULIND

HAZ

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

J14JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

P11POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

D22 D23,

DRIVER DOOR ECU

A B C, D24

G–W

D25DRIVING POSITIONMEMORY SW

MM

4 C

7

GR

(*3 )

(*3 )

(*3 )

(*3 )

* 3 : w/ Driving Position Memory

2F12

63

V

From HTRRelay<29–1>

From M

IRR

elay<24–3>W

–G

V

B

From E

ngineC

ontrol Module

<4–12>

<5–12>

E M1 M2 MRY

PWS

W/L DT1 SC1 L DU DA DT2 SC2 SC3 DT3 E UL DD

W/L2

LP

2H112D6

9

OFrom

Moon R

oofC

ontrol EC

U<

20–3>

HR DFG

MPX2

To Data Link

Connector 3

<4–5>

<5–5>

Page 434: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

17 18 19 20

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

11 A 2 A 12 B 13 B 16 B 17 A 8 A 15 A 3 A 4 A 5 A

2 1 4 3 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

G R

W–G

W

BR

–B G–B

G–R

BR–B

GR

P–B

P–G

16 C 7 C 8 C 8 B 1 C 10 C

LG

LG–R

LG–B R Y–R

B–O

13 C

BR

12 C

IF Left kick panel

4 IB1

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

211 2

14 B 15 B 10 A 12 A 18 C

K

L

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

7 C 16 C 6 C1 C 18 A

5 IK1 7 IK1

2 A 3 A

13 IK1 1 IK17 IB1

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

G–W

L–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

Y

L–B

R–Y

L–O

R–B

R–G

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

L–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

O

R–B

R–G

R–WR–YR–GW–B

W–B

L–B

L–O

LG–R

W–B

LG–B

R–Y

L–O

L–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

B–R

O

4

1 2 3

F11 F12,

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

A BD22 D23,

DRIVER DOOR ECU

A B

BDR MPX2 MUL DLE MLGNDDE2HSSRVSSRDVCDMVRDM+RDMHRKULKLLSWLSWEA+A–SGNDPLSLMTDN UP

JY

CTYE CTY CTYB CYL MPX2 SIG CPUB

B–R

15 IC3

O

W–B

R–G

R–Y

R–W

D24, C

D13DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT LH

D 9DOOR COURTESY LIGHTFRONT LH

P12PO

WER

WIN

DO

W M

OTO

RFR

ON

T LH

D18

DO

OR

LOC

K M

OTO

R, D

OO

R KE

YLO

CK

AN

D U

NLO

CK

SW

AND

DO

OR

LOC

K D

ETECTIO

N S

W FR

ON

T LH

1 A

4 B

2 A

5 B

6 A

6 B

8 A 9 A 10 A 11 A

(*4)

A

A

J10JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

C, F13

O

B–R

G–W

D17DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

* 4 : w/o Driving Position Memory* 5 : w/ Retraction

UL E L

B

M

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETEC

TION

MH COM MV VC VSR HSR E1

M

* 3 : w/ Driving Position Memory

R16 A , B

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

9 A

MR+

5 A

MR

G–B

(*5 )

A

MR–

18

14 A (*3)

MF

L–R

(*5 )

Page 435: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

21 22 23 24

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

11 C 2 C 12 B 13 B 16 B 5 C 4 C 3 C 15 C 17 C 8 C

1 2 4 3 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

G R

W–G

W

BR

–W

P–G

P–B

G

BR–B

G–B

G–R

16 A 7 A 8 A 8 B 1 A 10 A

LG

LG–R

LG–B O B–O

Y–R

13 A

BR

A

B4

1 A 6 A

5 B

2 8 A

PE2HSSRVSSRPVCPMVRPM+RPMHRA+A–LSWELSWKLKULSGNDPLSLMTDN UP

B6

9 A 10 A 11 A

(*4)

(*3)

13 C 4 B 6 B 5 B

2 4 5 6

W–B

L–B

L–R

L–W

MUPAUTOPWE MDN

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

9 A

6 IK1

J

16 IL1

R–W

D10DOOR COURTESY LIGHTFRONT RH

D14DOOR COURTESY SWFRONT RH

R–Y

1 21 2

14 B B15 10 C 12 C

CTY CYLCTYE CTYB

W–B R–G R–Y

W–B

R–G

R–W

2 IB1

2F8

2E10 2H9

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

, R17 A BD19DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SWAND DOOR LOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RHIK1

9

3

K

L

M

N

P 8POWER WINDOW CONTROLSW FRONT RH J17

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

4 IK1

12 A

II Right side of the cowl panel

A

A

B B B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y

Y

YY

Y Y

R–B

R–G

Y

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

L–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

O

F11 F12,

FRONT PASSENGER DOOR ECU

A B F13, C

W–R

L–W

L–R

G–W

L–R

B–R

G–W

B–R

O

O

OO

MPX1

J13JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

GND

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

Y

Y

R–B

R–G

* 3 : w/ Driving Position Memory* 4 : w/o Driving Position Memory

E D A U

PCT

MU

NLO

CK

LOC

K

LOC

KD

ETECTIO

N

MH COM MV VC VSR HSR E1

M

P13POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

* 5 : w/ Retraction

9 C

R–G

5 A

MR+

MR

18 C

L

MR–

14 A

MF

(*5 )

(*5 )

Page 436: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

25 26 27 28

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

8 BA1 3 BB16 BA1 11 BA1 2 BA1

A

A A

5 BA1 4 BA1

14 IC3 13 IC1

2 1

21

11 BB1 2 BB1 6 BB1

5 15 9 14 8 18

O

G–W

B–R

L–R

B–R

L–R

R–W

W–B

O B–R

L–R

G–W

151494

O

B–R

G–W

B–R

L–R

G–W

L–R

L–W

W–R

B–R

O

G–W

O B–R

L–R

G–W

Y

R–B

R–G

11 12

Y R–B

R–B

Y–G

R–B

Y

PCT1 RRLP

MPX1 CPUB SIG BDR CTY CTYE MPX2 SIG BDR CPUB

21 10 23 22 24

65432

W–B

Y–R

L–B

L–R

L–W

PWE PCTO MDN AUTO MUP

1 13 17 19

4321

G–B

G–R

G

BR–B

A– A+ LSW LSWE

BJRear floor partition panel LH

9 BA1

W–B

W–B

W–B

25

GND

B–R

4

L–O

MPX2

W–B

R–Y

5 BB1 4 BB1

5 IL3

2 1

188

11 12

Y

R–G

R–GY

R–G

PCT1 RRLP

CTY CTYE

21 10 23 22 24

65432

W–B

Y–R

L–B

L–R

L–W

PWE PCTO MDN AUTO MUP

19 17 1 13

4321

BR–B

G G–B

G–R

LSWE LSW A– A+

BLRear floor partition panel RH

9 BB1

W–B

W–B

W–B

25

GND

BM Quarter panel RH

10 BB1

20

A

SEL1

W–B

W–B

A

B

C

D

E

8 BB1

15 IL3

5

L–OL–O

L–O

MPX1

D15DOOR COURTESYSW REAR LH

D11DOOR COURTESYLIGHT REAR LH

P 9POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH

D20DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOORLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

L–O

B–R

L–W

W–R

D16DOOR COURTESY SWREAR RH

P10POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH

D21DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOORLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

R13REAR DOOR RH ECU

R12REAR DOOR LH ECU

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–R

W–B

16

WHE1

From A

shtrayIllum

inationR

ear LH<

9–1>

W–B

16

WHE1

From A

shtrayIllum

inationR

ear RH

<9–2>

M

E PCT D A UE PCT D A U

M

LOC

KD

ETE

CTIO

N

LOC

KD

ETECTIO

N

Y

O

J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

2

L–W

CTYB

7

R

CYL

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

2

21

D12DOOR COURTESYLIGHT REAR RH

L–W

CTYB

7

R–W

CYL

UP DN LMT PLS SGND

67213 72

DN SGNDPLS

6

UP LMT

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

31

M M

Page 437: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

29 30 31 32

1 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

B

C

D

E

M u ltip lex C ommun ica tion S ystem

11 B 10 B

10 BC1 3 BC1

2 IC2

3 BA1

8 B 9 B

7 BC1 4 BC1

17 IC1

C

C

2

1

M

2 A1 A

P23PO

WE

R SE

AT MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat

Reclining C

ontrol )

L–RL

W–R

B–R

L–OOL–Y

L–O

B–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

L

2

1

M

6 A5 A

P22

PO

WER

SE

AT MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat

Rear V

ertical Control )

Y–G

Y–R

Y–R

1

2

M

10 A9 A

P20

PO

WER

SE

AT MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat

Front Vertical C

ontrol )

W–R

W–G

W–G

1

2

M

4 A3 A

P24

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat

Slide C

ontrol )

BB–R

B–R

22 B

Y–B

2

RCLR

21 B

Y–R

3

RCLF

19 B

L–Y

10

FUP

16 B

L–B

6

SLDR

18 B

Y

8

LDWN

17 B

Y–G

7

LUP

15 B

L

9

SLDF

7 B

L–R

5

FDWN

5 B

1

SSRR

6 B

V

3

PVCC

4 B

Y–G

1

SSRL

3

3 B

LG–R

1

SSFV

3

14 B

LG

1

SSRS

3

2 2 2 2

BK Quarter panel LH

11 BC1

V–W

V Y–G V

LG–R

V LG V

13 B

M2 1

7 A

BJ Rear floor partition panel LH

12 BC1

8 A

1 BC1

B

A

1 3 2

B

A

4

B

A

P18 P19,

POWER SEAT ECU

A B

A

L–O

L–O

B–R

L–W

W–R

V V V

L–WL–W

L–W

L–W

L–B

W–B

L–O

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR1

BR BR BR BR BR

L–O

W–B

L–O

L–O

B–R

J18JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

(*4)

(*3 )

(*3 )(*3 )

(*3 )

SGND GND

+BSLD+SLD–FRV+FRV–LFT+LFT–RCL+RCL–SYSBIGMPX1MPX2

P16POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)

P32

PO

WE

R SE

AT P

OSITIO

N SE

NSO

R(D

river’s S

eat Reclining

Control )

P31PO

WE

R S

EAT P

OS

ITION

SEN

SO

R(D

river’s S

eat Rear

Vertical Control )

P30PO

WE

R S

EAT P

OS

ITION

SEN

SO

R(D

river’s S

eat Front Vertical C

ontrol )

P33

PO

WER

SE

AT POS

ITION

SEN

SO

R(D

river’s Seat S

lide Control )

L 8LU

MB

AR SU

PP

OR

TC

ON

TRO

L SW

(Driver’

s Seat )

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar Support Control)

J23JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

* 3 : w/ Driving Position Memory* 4 : w/o Driving Position Memory

RCLR RCLF FUP SLDR LDWN LUP SLDF FDWN

E

REA

R

FRO

NT

Page 438: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

2 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Source Starting and Ignition (1UZ–FE)

9 IA1

1

15A A

M2

1

40A M

AIN

2

1

3

5

1

1 1

8 II4

8 EA2

1 EC1

1 A1B

EE

7 IA2

A B

C A C A

4 EA3

5 EA3

1F1

5ASTARTER

1F10

A

A

6 EA2

5

6

P

N

1

ED

W–R

B

B–W

B–L

B–L

B

W–R

1 1

2 2

B–L

B–L B–R

BB

B

W–B

W–B

B

BB

Y–B

Y–B

S 1 S 2,

STARTER

A B

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J 3J 4

,

B–W

B–W

B–W BR BR

B–W B–W B–WB–W B–W

BR BR BR BR

B–WB–W

B–W

BR

BR

BR

B–W

BR

B–W

BR

B–W

BR

B–W

2 332323232

4141414141414141

2 3 2 3 2 3

BR

B–W

BR

B–W

BR

B–W

B–W

G–B

B–R

G–B

R–L

G–B

Y–R

G–B

Y–G R

R–W R L–Y R L–W R

R

L–W

L–Y

R–W

Y–G

G–B

Y–R

R–L

B–R

I22IGNITION SW J15

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P 1PA

RK

/NE

UTR

ALPO

SITIO

N S

W

STARTERRELAY

BBTo Engine C

ontrolM

odule<4–10>

BATTERY

N 1

NO

ISE FILTE

R(Ignition )

I 2IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 1

I 5IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 4

I 7IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 6

I 8IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITE

R N

O. 7

I 3IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 2

I 4IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 3

I 6IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 5

I 9IGN

ITION

CO

IL AN

D IG

NITER

NO

. 8

RRG–BG–B

To Engine Control Module<4–9><4–10>

BR

7 IG2

ST2

AM2 6

8

Under the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

LH bank of the cylinder head

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

W–B

Page 439: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

3 GS 400 / GS 300

ChargingStarting and Ignition (2JZ–GE)Power Source

11 1 1

1

1K1

1J3

9 IA1

2

7

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

6

8

AM2

2

1

3

5

1

1 1

8 II4

8 EA2

1 A1B

EE

7 IA2

A B

C A C A

5ASTARTER

1F1

5 EA3

1F10

5

6

P

N

4 EA3

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

6 EA2

A

A

C

C

ED

1 A

B2

B

3B

B

L

IG

S

C (*1)

B (*2)

9 EA3 7 EA1

B

B

1H4

10AGAUGE

1J1

16 IA2

W–L

B–L

W–L

W–L

B–L

W W–R

W–R

B–L

B–L

B–W

W–L

B–L

B–Y

B–W

B

B

1

2

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

BB

B

W–B

BB

BB

B

B–L

B–L

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–L

B–W B–W

B–Y

G–B

B–WWBB–R

B B–Y

B–L

B–R

BR

BR

4 7 6 5

1 2 10 9 8

IGF IN1 IN2 IN3 GND

C2 C3 C1 +B TAC

B–L

P–L

1

W–L

R–L

W–L

B–Y

R–L

R–L

R–L

W–L

C (*1)

B (*2)

I22IGNITION SW

40A A

M1

STARTERRELAY

BATTERYS 1 S 2,

STARTER

A B

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<5–10>

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

P 1

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SITION

SW

5A ALT–S

120A ALT

15A A

M2

40A M

AIN

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

To Tachometer

[Com

b. Meter]

<28–3>

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G 1 G 2,

GENERATOR

A B

To Engine ControlModule<5–9>

N 1

NO

ISE

FILTER

(Ignition )

I10IG

NITIO

N C

OIL N

O. 1

I11IG

NITIO

N C

OIL N

O. 2

I12IG

NITIO

N C

OIL N

O. 3

Under the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

Rear side of the intake manifold

3

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I 1IGNITER

2 EA3

B–Y

2 EA4

26 F (*1)

26 A (*2)

27 D (*2)

24 F (*1)

P–L

P–L(*1 )

(*1 )

(*2 )

See Multiplex

Com

munication S

ystem<

1–8>

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TRO

L MO

DU

LE

DA

E 2

E 5

,

* 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

FE

7,

RL

MPX2

A

A

W–B

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

C

B–Y

To Data Link

Connector 1

<5–8>

Page 440: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

4 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

1

15A ETCS

25A E

FI

120A ALT

15A AM

2

1 1 1 1

1K1

7. 5A O

BD

40A AM

1

1H12 1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

9 IA1

11

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 II1

8 IC2

5

4

M

EEUnder the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

BKQuarter panel LH BJ Rear floorpartition panel LH

1J1

10AGAUGE

1D4

1 A

12 B

6 EA3

2F13

2G6

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

ED LH bank of the cylinder head

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

K

M

L

B–L

W–R

W

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

W–R

W–L

B

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

R–L

B

W–B B

R W

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

B–O

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–W B–W

B–W

B–Y

L–Y

B–Y

W–B

L–R

L–W

1111

4 5 7 E

6 5 9 8

7 10

A

E

16

AA

A

A

A

A

FPCDIEFP–

CG SG SIL

BAT

+BFP+

A

B

L–Y

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–O

B–L

B–R

GR

E ngine C ontro l and Eng ine Immob ilise r S ys tem (1UZ –FE )P ow er Source

BATTERY

2222

I22IGNITION SW

EFIRELAY

F15FU

EL PU

MP

F16FU

EL PU

MP

CO

NTR

OL E

CU

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

MA

LFUN

CTIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R LA

MP

[CO

MB

. ME

TER

] BA

C12

C13

,

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–Y

B

D 4

DATA

LINK

CO

NN

EC

TOR

3

J10JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

B–Y

BR

BR

CB–W

DB–R

EB–Y

B–OF

JW

B–RI

HB–R

GGR

OW–BW–B

BRN

A

W–B

2

1

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

W–B

Page 441: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

4 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

E ng ine C on trol and E ngine Immob ilise r S ys tem (1U Z–F E )

A

D

K

L

M

18 B

BR

L–Y

2

1

14 B 22 D

5 IC3

17 IC3

20 B 13 B 2 B 9 B

EA23

18 IC310 EA2

E 8

EN

GIN

E C

OO

LAN

T TEM

P. SEN

SOR

T 3TH

RO

TTLE P

OS

ITION

SE

NS

OR

V10VA

PO

R P

RE

SS

UR

ESE

NSO

R

21 B

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

5 B 6 B 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A

7 EA2

I13IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 1

I14IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 2

I15IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 3

I16IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 4

I17IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 5

I18IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 6

16 E 8 E

B A B A

B B B B

9 EA2

27 D 7 D

F A F A

D B D B

ECRH bank of the cylinder head

7 EA3

18 D 8 D 11 B 3 B 12 B 4 B11 E

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NEC

TOR

BA

J 3J 4

,

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

H21

HE

ATED O

XYG

EN

SE

NS

OR

(Bank 2

Sensor 2 )

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

H20

HE

ATED O

XYG

EN

SEN

SOR

(Bank 1 Sensor 2 )

H14

HE

ATED O

XYG

EN

SEN

SOR

(Bank 2 Sensor 1 )

H12

HE

ATED O

XYG

EN

SEN

SOR

(Bank 1 Sensor 1 )

12 EA1

5 D

D 1

DA

TA LIN

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R 1

A

B

(*1)

(*1)

E 5 E 6,

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

D E

E 2 E 3, A B E 4, C , R–L

WRL

B–RY

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

L–YB

R

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

Y–B

L–W

L–YL–Y

R–B

L–B

B–R

BR

BR BR

BR

BR

BR BR BR

L–R

BR

B–W

B–W B–W B–W B–W

L–Y

L–Y L–Y

SIL +B +B1 OXR2 HTR2 OXL2 HTL2 OXR1 HTR OXL1 HTL

E2 THW VTA2 VTA VC VPA VPA2 PTNK #10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60

OX HT

OX HT

OX HT OX HT E1

+B E1

E1 +B +B E1 +B E1 +B TC

3 2 1 2 1 4 2

1334

3 1

C

A A E E

3 1 3 1 3 1 3

1112424224EEA

42

CD

D

WW

B–R

B–R

B–R

(*1 )

(*1 )

B–R

BR

R GR

–B

W GR

BRBR

BR

BR

B–R

B–R

BR

B–R

BR

BR

Y–G

B–R

B–R

(*1)

(*1)

B–R

BR

B–R B–R B–R

BR

B–R

BR

PB–R

W P–B

P–B

P

B R–Y

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BR

B–R

B–R

(* 1)(*1)

TC

CBR

BRD

6

6 E

7 IE1 IC3

2

1

19 IC3 7 IC3

10 D 5 E 4 E 9 A

W TPC FPC DI ME01

BR

B–R

B–L

W–R

GR

–R

W–R

GR

B–L

B–R

V11

VSV

(Vapor

Pressure Sensor )

IA26

10 E

15 IA2 3 II4

1 E 7 E

2

1

1

2

29 A 7 B 10 B 19 B 22 B

THAEVGVGPRGACIS+BMBATTMREL

B–Y

B–Y

V–Y

B–L

B–Y

R–L

GR

W–R

BR

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

B–RB–R

M 1

MAS

S A

IR FLO

W M

ETE

R

V 3

VS

V (EV

AP )

V 2

VS

V (ACIS

)

135

24

VG E2G THA

+B E2

BB–Y

CB–W

EB–Y

F

B–R

9 E

IGSW

B–O

N

J

I

H

G

B–R

B–R

W

B–L

B–R

B–R

BR

A E

B17

BR

E1

B–W

2

1

B–W

5 A

I19IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 7G

#70 #80

I20IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 8B

6 A

1

B–W

2

A10ACCELERATORPEDAL POSITIONSENSOR

B–W

D

From C

enterAirbagSensorAssem

bly<

17–3>

P–B

LG

5

AB

C

W

From Center AirbagSensor Assembly<17–3>

E 7, F

BR

W–BF

B–RE

A

OW–B

B–R

W–B

E2

VPA1 VPA2 VC

VCC E2

PTNK

* 1 : Shielded

B–R

B–R B–R

C

C

From B

odyE

CU

No. 1

<1–13>

From A

BS

&TR

AC

& V

SCE

CU

<16–3>

W–G

W–G

Page 442: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

9 10 11 12

4 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

B

1 2 2 1

23 A 22 A 10 A

NE+ NE– G2

LW Y

C 5CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 1CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

1 2

21 A 31 A 1 B 26 D 4 F

ECRH bank of the cylinder head EBLeftfender

E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

T 2THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

C 4CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVERH

11 F 24 F

MPX1 MPX2

E ng ine C on trol and E ngine Immob ilise r S ys tem (1U Z–F E )

E 2 E 3,

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

A B E 4, C

13 DA13A27A1611 A

ACMGIGT3IGF1IGT6IGT1

From A

/C C

OM

P Relay

<29–2>

L–O

EB110

From Ignition Coil and Igniter<2–2><2–3><2–4>

L–O

R–W

G–B

R–L

Y–B

BR

(*1)

(*1)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A (*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

A18 A17

1

K 1KN

OC

K S

ENS

OR

1

K 2KN

OC

K S

ENS

OR

2

1

LH bank of the cylinder headED

GR

B

BR

BR

KNKL KNKR

C

BRD

D17

STA

From P

ark/Neutral

Position SW

<2–2>

B

A15A12A2514 A

IGT5IGT2IGT7IGT4

L–Y

Y–G

Y–R

B–R

A26

IGT8

L–W

A28

IGF2

R

(*1) (*1)

1 2

C 3CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVELH

12 C 8 B 8 A 7 A 30 A

3 4 2 1

G–R

Y–R G R (*1 )

CL+ CL– M+ M– GE01

1 2

15 B 23 B

VVR+ VVR–

LY

V 5VVT SENSOR RH

1 2

16 B 24 B

VVL+ VVL–

GR

V 4VVT SENSOR LH

A

A (*1)

(*1)

(*1) (*1)

2 EC1 3 EC1

BGR

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unication System

<1–8>

20 E 21 E 22 E

To ABS

& TR

AC

& V

SC E

CU

<16–4>

G–RLV

TRC– ENG– NEO

E13

TRC+

P

E14

ENG+

LG

From AB

S &

TRA

C &

VS

C E

CU

<16–4>

D6

STP

From S

top LightS

W<

8–3>G

–W

D16

TACH

To Com

binationM

eter<28–3>

B–Y

E 5, D E 6, E E 7, F

21 F

LCKI

To A/C M

agnetic Clutch

and Lock Sensor<

29–2>G

RG

R

11 EA4

J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

25 D 3 E

2

1 1

10 EA4 9 EA4

BW L Y R G Y L

BR

R–W

R–W

BR

BR

MOL MOPS

L–BL–B

E10

EN

GIN

E O

ILLE

VEL S

EN

SO

R

O 2

OIL P

RE

SSU

RE S

W

3 F 20 F

V Y

IMLD KSW

To Security Indicator[R

heostat]<1–13>

To Unlock W

arningS

W<

1–3>

* 1 : Shielded

20 A 19 D 28 D

5 EA41 EA4

OCV+ OCV– OCR+ OCR–

Y–R

W–G

W–G

Y–R

L–B

W–R

17 F 19 F 18 F

4 3 2

1 5

G–B

B–W

L–R

TXCT RXCK CODE

TXCT RXCK CODE

+B GND

T 6TR

AN

SPO

ND

ER

KEY

AM

PLIFIE

R

19 A

W–BF

B–RE

B–R

W–B

OIL LE

VEL

OIL TE

MP.

1 2

ANT1 ANT2

TRANSPONDERKEY COIL

Page 443: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 444: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

5 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

1

15A ETCS

25A E

FI

120A ALT

15A AM

2

1 1 1 1

1K1

7. 5A O

BD

40A AM

1

1H12 1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

9 IA1

11

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 II1

8 IC2

5

4

M

EEUnder the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

BKQuarter panel LH BJ Rear floorpartition panel LH

1J1

10AGAUGE

1D4

1 A

12 B

6 EA3

2F13

2G6

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

ED Rear side of theintake manifold

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

K

M

L

B–L

W–R

W

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

W–R

W–L

B

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

R–L

BW

–B

BR W

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

B–O

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–W B–W

B–W

B–Y

L–Y

B–Y

W–B

L–R

L–W

1111

4 5 7

E

6 5 9 8

7 10

A

E

16

AA

A

A

A

A

FPCDIEFP–

CG SG SIL

BAT

+BFP+

A

B

L–Y

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–O

B–L

B–R

GR

E ng ine C on tro l and E ngine Immobilise r S ys tem (2JZ– G E )P ow er Source

BATTERY

2222

I22IGNITION SW

EFIRELAY

F15FU

EL PU

MP

F16FU

EL PU

MP

CO

NTR

OL E

CU

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

MA

LFUN

CTIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R LA

MP

[CO

MB

. ME

TER

] BA

C12

C13

,

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–Y

B

D 4

DA

TA LIN

KC

ON

NE

CTO

R 3

J10JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J14JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

B–Y

BR

BR

CB–W

DB–R

EB–Y

B–OF

JW

B–RI

HB–R

GGR

W–B

BR

W–BO

W

BRN

A

W–B

2

1

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

RW

–B

Page 445: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

5 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d) (Cont. next page)

E ngine Control and E ng ine Immob iliser S ystem (2JZ–G E )

A

D

K

L

M

18 B

BR

L–Y

2

1

14 B 18 D

5 IC3

17 IC3

24 B 23 B 2 B 16 B

EA23

18 IC310 EA2

E 8EN

GIN

E CO

OLA

NT

TEM

P. SE

NSO

R

T 3TH

RO

TTLE PO

SITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

A10

AC

CE

LERATO

RP

ED

AL PO

SITIO

NS

EN

SO

R

V10VA

PO

R P

RE

SS

UR

ESE

NSO

R15 B

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

5 B 6 B 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A

7 EA2

I13IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 1

I14IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 2

I15IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 3

I16IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 4

I17IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 5

I18IN

JEC

TOR

NO

. 6

16 E 8 E

B A B A

B B B B

9 EA2

24 F 25 F

F A F A

D B D B

EC Front side of theintake manifold

7 EA3

8 D 26 F

10 EA4 3 EA411 EA4

11 B 3 B 12 B 4 B11 E

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

H21

HE

ATE

D O

XYG

EN

SEN

SOR

(Bank 2

Sensor 2 )

JUN

CTIO

N C

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

H13

HEA

TED

OXY

GEN

SE

NS

OR

(Bank 1 S

ensor 2 )

H14

HEA

TED

OXY

GEN

SE

NS

OR

(Bank 2 S

ensor 1 )

H12

HE

ATE

D O

XY

GE

N S

ENS

OR

(Bank 1 S

ensor 1 ) 12 EA1

5 D

D 1

DATA LIN

K C

ON

NE

CTO

R 1

A

B

(*1)

(*1)

E 6 E 7,

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

E F

E 2 E 3, A B , , R–L

WRL

B–WY

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

L–YB

R

L–R

L–Y

L–Y

L–RL

L–YL–Y

Y–G

Y–R

B–R

BR

BR BR

BR

BR

BR BR BR

L–R

BR

B–W

B–W B–W B–W B–W

L–Y

L–Y L–Y

SIL +B B2 OX2B HT2B OX1B HT1B OX2A HT2A OX1A HT1A

E2 THW VTA2 VTA VC VPA VPA2 PTNK #10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60

OX HT

OX HT

OX HT OX HT E1

+B E1

+B E1 +B E1 +B E1 +B TC

3 2 1 2 1 42

133

4

3 1C

A A E E 3 1 3 1 3 1 3

1112424242

EEA

42

C D

D

WW

B–R

B–R

B–R

(*1 )

(*1 )

B–R

BR

R GR

–B

W GR

GR

W

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–R

BR

B–R

BR

B–R

BR

B RYW

BR

R

B–R

B–R

(*1)

(*1)

B–R

BR

B–R B–R B–R

BR

B–R B–R

BR

B–R

BR

PB–R

B

P–BP–B

P

W Y

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BR

B–R

B–R

(*1)(*1)

(*1 )

TC

BRD

BRE

6

6 E

7 IE1 IC3

2

1

19 IC3 7 IC3

13 F 5 E 4 E 9 A

W TPC FPC DI ME01

BR

B–R

B–L

W–R

GR

–R

W–R

GR

B–L

B–R

V11

VSV

(Vapor

Pressure Sensor )

IA26

10 E

15 IA2 3 II4

1 E 7 E

1

2

2

1

5 A 7 B 10 B 19 B 22 B

THAEVGVGPRGACISBMBATTMREL

B–Y

B–Y

V–Y

B–L

B–Y

R–L

GR

W–R

BR

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

L–Y

B–RB–R

M 1

MAS

S AIR

FLOW

ME

TER

V 3VS

V(E

VAP

)

V 2

VSV

(AC

IS)

135

24

VG E2G THA

+B E2

BB–Y

CB–W

EB–Y

FB–O

B–R

9 E

IGSW

B–O

N

J

I

H

GGR

B–R

B–R

W

B–L

B–R

B–R

BR

C

W

From Center Airbag SensorAssembly<17–3>

D

P–B

AB

5

LG

FromC

enterAirbagSensorAssem

bly<

17–3>

B–RF

W–BGO

W–B

A

B–R

B–R

W–B

E2

VPA1 VPA2 VC

VCC E2

PTNK

E 5 D

* 1 : Shielded

C(*1)

OX1

4

B

IG–

19

B–Y

From Igniter<3–3>

C

C

From B

odyE

CU

No. 1

<1–13>

From A

BS

&TR

AC

& V

SCE

CU

<16–3>

G–W

G–W

Page 446: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

9 10 11 12

5 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

B

1 2 2 1

23 A 22 A 10 A

NE+ NE– G2

LW

B L

Y

C 5CRANKSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR

C 1CAMSHAFT POSITIONSENSOR

(*1) (*1)

1 2

21 F 23 F 20 A 19 A 8 A 7 A 30 A

TXCT CODE CL+ CL– M+ M– GE01

3 4 2 1

21 A 31 A 1 B22 E 9 F

ECEBLeft fender

E01 E02 E03EC EOM

W B (*1 )

Y–R

G–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

T 2THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

C 2CAMSHAFT TIMINGOIL CONTROL VALVE

18 A 17 A

W–R

R–W

OCV+ OCV–

13 E 20 E 14 E 21 E 15 E

From A

BS

& TR

AC

& VS

C E

CU

<16–4>

To AB

S &

TRA

C &

VSC

ECU

<16–4>

G–RLLGVP

TRC+ TRC– ENG+ ENG– NEO

28 D 27 D

MPX1 MPX2

E ngine Control and E ng ine Immob iliser S ystem (2JZ–G E )

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE13 DD6A25A13A1211 A

ACMGSTPIGFIGT3IGT2IGT

From A

/C C

OM

PR

elay<29–2>

From Stop Light

SW<

8–3> L–O

EB110

From Igniter<3–3>

L–O

G–WBB–R

B–L

B–Y

J 2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BR

(*1)

(*1)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A (*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

A28 A27

1

K 1

KN

OC

K SE

NSO

R 1

K 2

KN

OC

K SE

NSO

R 2

1

Rear side of theintake manifold

ED

B

GR

BR

BR

KNK1 KNK2

D

BRE

D2

STA

From P

ark/Neutral

Position SW

<3–2>

B

See Multiplex

Com

munication S

ystem<

1–8>

17 B

E1

BR

BR

29 A

LCKI

To A/C

Magnetic

Clutch and Lock

Sensor<

29–2>

GR

8 B16 A6 A

2

1

1

2

1

W–B

(*2 )

R–W L L–B

BR

W–B

W–B

MOPSPSMOL

BRBR

E10

EN

GIN

E O

IL LE

VEL SE

NSO

R

P 2PO

WE

R STEE

RIN

GO

IL PR

ESS

UR

E S

W

O 2

OIL PR

ESS

UR

E S

W

20 F 10 F

IMLD KSW

YV

To U

nlock Warning

SW

<1–3>

To Security Indicator

[Rheostat]<

1–13>

* 1 : Shielded

22 F

RXCK

L–R

B–W

G–B

TXCT RXCK CODE

4 3 2

T 6TR

AN

SPO

ND

ER

KE

YA

MPLIFIE

R

B–RF

W–BG

1 5

B–R

W–B

+B GND

IG Left sideof thecowl panel

4 EA1

, E 7E 6 E F

, E 3E 2 A B DE 5,

BR

(*1)

(*1)

OIL TE

MP

.

OIL LE

VEL

W–B

(*3 )

Frontside ofthe intakemanifold

1 2

ANT1 ANT2

TRANSPONDERKEY COIL

,

* 3 : w/o Daytime Running Light* 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light

CA

(*1)(*1)

Page 447: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

6 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Source Fog Light

* 1 : Fog Light SW* 2 : HID Type* 3 : Except HID Type

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

1 1 1

4

3

2

1

14 II2

1

TAIL

OFF

HIGH

LOW

HEAD

FLASH

H T EL HF HU

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LS

WD

IMM

ER

SW

HL

14 18

C14COMBINATION SW

9 8

C

A

A

A

C

C

12 IE1

7 B

15 A

1

2

5 IA1

1

10AH–LPL UPR

1

10AH–LPR UPR

15AH–LPL LWR

15AFR FOG

15AH–LPR LWR

1

1 1 1

4 II410 II4

1

2

11 IE2

1 IA1

EE

7 II2

1H3

2

1

5

3

1H9 1B10

2 II4

1

2

1

2

EAEB

W R–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

1 1

2 2

B–L

W–B

W–B

G–W R

PW

–RW

–RG–B

W–R

W–B

W–B

W

R–B

R–B

R–G

WR

–G

W–R

R R

YR

–Y

R–L

R–L

R–L

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

W–R

W–B

RR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

WR

–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

C

11C

HEA

D LP

RELA

Y

To Headlight B

eamLevel C

ontrol EC

U<

11–3>

ED LFG BFG

(*1) FOG

121716

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

H 8

HE

ADLIG

HT LH

(High )

H10

HE

AD

LIGH

T RH

(High )

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IF

A

EB

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HIG

H B

EA

M IN

DIC

ATO

RLIG

HT

[CO

MB

. ME

TER

] BA

C12

C13

,

1K1

R–B

F 1FR

ON

T FOG

LIGH

T LH

F 2FR

ON

T FOG

LIGH

T RH

120A ALT

40A M

AIN

CFOGRELAY

Left kick panel Left fender Under the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

Left fender Rightfender

BATTE

RY

15

9

C C

R–G

R–B

R–G

HRLY

HEAD

B 6

BO

DY

EC

U N

O. 2

17 A

FFGO

FFOG

5

G–W

G–W

G–W

(*4 )

(*5 )

To Fog Light SW[C

omb. S

W]<

7–2>

B 6

BODYECU NO. 2

A

H 7

HE

AD

LIGH

T CO

NTR

OL EC

U R

H

H 6

HE

ADLIG

HT C

ON

TRO

L EC

U LH

H11

HE

AD

LIGH

T RH

(Low)

H 9

HE

ADLIG

HT LH

(Low)

11

22

(*3 )(*3 )

(*3 )(*3 )

R–Y

(*2 )W

–B(*2 )

W–B

(*2 )

R–L

(*2 )2

1

2

1

* 4 : w/ Daytime Running Light* 5 : w/o Daytime Running Light

Page 448: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

7 GS 400 / GS 300

1

40A M

AIN

4

3

2

1 30A DR

L NO

. 2

20A EC

U–B

1

120 ALT

1 1 1 1 1

1K1

40A AM

1

1J3

7 II4

1 EB1

14 II2

2

ACC

IG1AM1 41J1 2B2 3 3

4

3

2

1

3

5A ECU

–B2

10A G

AU

GE

15A H

–LP L U

PR

1H4 2F7 3 3 3

8 EB1

W–L

HE

AD

LP R

ELAY

BATTERY

1 1

1 1

B C

2

1

2 2

2 2

2

B C

1DIM

ME

R D

RL

NO

. 2 RE

LAY

B–Y R–L

R–W

W–RR–W

R–L

W–R

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

W–R

R–L

I22IGNITION SW

J17JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J18JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

971

TAIL

OFF

HIGH

LOW

HEAD

FLASH

H EL T HL HF

LIGH

TC

ON

TRO

LSW

DIM

MER

SW

ED

16

9

17

W

HU

8

C R–G

From D

iode(D

aytime R

unning Light )<

11–4>

2

C

To Headlight

Beam

LevelC

ontrol ECU

<11–3>

8

C

W–L

W–B

W–B

C

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R–GR

–G

R–G

D 5DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(Main)

R–L

R–W

R–G

R–B

R–G

R–W

R–W

B–L

R–G

5 4

Y–R

Y–B

From B

ody EC

UN

o. 2<1–2>

To Parking B

rakeS

W<

1–12>

W–R

11 IE29 II412 EB1

1

2

1

215 A

7 B

4 II4

3 1 11

15A H–LP R

UP

R

30A D

RL N

O. 1

15A H

–LP R

LWR

15A H

–LP L LWR

1

1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2

H10

HEA

DLIG

HT R

H(H

igh )

H 8

HE

AD

LIGH

T LH(H

igh )

RR

R–G

R–G

Y R–L

R–B

RRR–G

P

W–R

W–R

B B B

2

1

2

1

12 IE110 II4

B

C C

IFLeft kick panel

B

AA AA A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

W–BW–B

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J18JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EBLeft fender EEUnder the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

H 9

HE

AD

LIGH

TLH

(Low)

H11

HE

AD

LIGH

TR

H(Low

)

HIG

H B

EAM

IND

ICATO

RLIG

HT[C

OM

B. M

ETE

R]

BA

C12

C13

, From D

iode(D

aytime R

unning Light )<

11–4>

R–Y

6

P ow er S ource H ead ligh t (w / D aytime R unn ing L ight)

* 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

W–B

W–B

W–B

1 IA1

R–Y

3 B 1 B2 A

2 B4 B1 A5 A

3

A

3 EB1

B W–B

DAY

TIME R

UN

NIN

G LIG

HT R

ELA

Y N

O. 4

BD

3

DAY

TIME R

UN

NIN

G LIG

HT R

ELA

Y N

O. 3

AD

2

RR

–G(*1 )

R–B

(*2 )

R–G

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

RR

W–B

W–R

W–R

C W–R

W–BW–R

W–B

W–B(*5)

R–G

H IG +B DRL

EPKBCHG–HI

HRLY

HEAD

15

14

R–B

9

R–G

C

B 6

BO

DY

EC

U N

O. 2

C14COMBINATION SW

LFG BFG

(*3) FOG

G–B

G–W

G–B

From Body ECU No. 2<6–4>

11 1218

* 3 : Fog Light SW

1 2 W–B

D26(*6)DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RESISTOR

H 6

HE

AD

LIGH

T CO

NTR

OL EC

U LH

2

1

R–Y

W–B(*4)

R–Y

(*5 )

(*4 )

(*5 )

2

1

R–L

W–B

(*4 )(*4 )

(*5 )H

7H

EAD

LIGH

T CO

NTR

OL E

CU

RH

* 4 : HID Type* 5 : Except HID Type

(*5 )

* 6 : USA* 7 : Canada

1 2

D26(*7)SHORT CONNECTOR

W–B

(*7 )

(*7 )R

–L

Page 449: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

8 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120A ALT

1

1K1

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1H2 1B4 1B9 1G3

4

2

1

2

4

2

1

2

1

2

BATTERY

F 5P

AR

KIN

G LIG

HT LH

F 3FR

ON

T SID

E MA

RK

ER

LIGH

T LH

F 6PA

RK

ING

LIGH

T RH

F 4FR

ON

T SID

E MA

RK

ER

LIGH

T RH

L 2LIC

EN

SE P

LATE

LIGH

T LH

L 3LIC

ENS

E PLATE

LIGH

T RH

1

2

EBLeft fender

W–B

W–B

W–B

Right fenderEA

W–B

W–B

W–B

G G G G G G

D D C C

D C

1E11

1

2

1H4

BKQuarter panel LH

1J11J3 1H8

10A G

AUG

E

15A S

TOP

10ATAIL

2

1

3

5

40A AM

1

W G G

W–B

W–B

W–B

J19JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR B

See Illum

inationS

ystem<

9–1>

2

1

2

3

1

STO

P

TAIL

2

3

1

STO

P

TAIL

2

5

1

STO

P

TAIL

23S

TOP

SIDE

MA

RKE

R

1

2N 4NOISE FILTER(High Mounted Stop Light)

H23

HIG

H M

OU

NTE

D S

TOP LIG

HT

H24

HIG

H M

OU

NTE

D S

TOP LIG

HT

R11

REA

R C

OM

BIN

ATION

LIGH

T RH

1

2

A

12

13 2

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R 9

REA

R C

OM

BIN

ATION

LIGH

T LH

5

1

TAIL

W–B

3

SIDE

MA

RKE

R

14 IC1

G–Y

G–R

G–W

G–Y

G–R

G–W

G–Y

G–W

G–Y

G–W

G–W

G–Y

G–R7 12 1

TAILRELAY

G–Y G–Y G–Y G–Y

G–W G–WG–WG–W

R 8REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

R10REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B

8

B4 IC1IC3

9

A

BD

D

A

BD

B

J 7JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J19JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J19JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

9 10 4 6 2

G–W G V–R

G–R

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–RG–R

WW–L

B–Y

G–W

G–W

G–W

V–R

To Body E

CU

No. 2<

1–2>

W–L B–Y

I22IGNITION SW

L 4LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

G–Y

G–R

P ow er S ource Ta illight and S top L igh t

S11STOP LIGHTSW

B–L

W–B

A

A

G–W

G–W

To Body E

CU

No. 2<

1–2>

To Engine Control

Module<

4–10><

5–9>R–L

R–L

R–L

A G–W

To ABS

& TR

AC

& V

SCEC

U<

16–6>

5

G

C

T+ IG ST+1 ST+2 WRN HS1 HS2

ST–T–2 T–1

W–B

W–B

11

GND

(*2 )(*2 )

(*2 )

(*1 )

(*2)

* 2 : w/o Rear Spoiler* 1 : w/ Rear Spoiler

6 II2 15 II2

GG

Page 450: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

9 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120A A

LT

1

2

1

3

5

1K1

7. 5APANEL

1H2 1E8 1H7

1C2

1 BA1 1 BB1

7 IL1

2

1

2

1

1

2

4

2

A

W–G

A

W–G

4

3

A

W–G

4

2

A

W–G

6

5

A

W–G

1

5

A

W–G

6

5

A

W–G

BATTE

RY

A33

AS

HTR

AY

ILLUM

INATIO

NR

EAR

LH

A34

AS

HTR

AY

ILLUM

INATIO

NR

EAR

RH

A18

A/T S

HIFT P

OS

ITION

ILLUM

INA

TION

E12

ELEC

TRO

NIC

ALLY

CO

NTR

OLLE

DTR

AN

SMISS

ION

PATTE

RN

SELEC

T SW

V 6

VS

C O

FF SW

C10

CIG

AR

ETTE LIG

HTE

R

R 6

REM

OTE

CO

NTR

OL M

IRR

OR

SW

S 3SE

AT H

EATE

R S

W

H19

HEA

DLIG

HT C

LEAN

ER S

W

W–B

W–B

LGLG

LG LG LG LG LG LG LG LG

LG

LGLGLGLGLG

TAIL R

ELAY

IE213

To CombinationMeter<28–5>

W–G W–G

A

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

1F131F9

1C61C5

3G53G2

3F53D23E23C23H2

3G4

3H4 3C4 3E4 3D4 3F4

5

15

3

2

20

13

2

15 A

5 D

6 D

6 A

2

1

W–B

E E E

A

1

2E

A

B–L

G–R

W

LG

To Rear D

oorR

H E

CU

<1–28>

To Rear D

oorLH

EC

U<

1–26>

A

J13JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J16JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J17JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

G 4

GLO

VE

BO

XLIG

HT SW

M 3

MU

LTI–DISP

LAY

H18

HA

ZAR

D S

W

A13

A/C

CO

NTR

OL A

SSE

MBLY

G 3

GLO

VE

BO

X LIGH

T

LGLGLGLGLG

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(*1)

(*2)

(*1)

(*2)

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

LG

LGLGW

LG

RA

DIO

AND

PLAYE

R

DA

R 2

R 5

,

IFLeft kick panel

A

A

A

16

15

R–Y

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

T H EL

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P ower S ource Illum inat ion * 1 : NAKAMICHI* 2 : Except NAKAMICHI

W–B

W–B

(Canada )

(Canada )

1H13

2 A

6

TRLY

TAIL

BO

DY E

CU

NO

. 2

AB

6

C14

LIGH

T CO

NTR

OL S

W[C

OM

B. SW

]

2

1

A

W–G

M 7

MIR

RO

R R

ETR

AC

TON

SW

LG

LG

Page 451: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

10 GS 400 / GS 300

1

10A TU

RN

–HA

Z

120A ALT

1 1

1K1

40A A

M1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J1

10AGAUGE

1H4

9 EA3

8

4

6 EA1

F B

D A

1 IC3

5

4

5

4

6 II4 20 IJ2

B–L

LH

RH

TL TR TB

OFF

ON

F B1 B2

WW R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

R R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

BKQuarter panel LHBJRear floorpartition panel LH

11

1

B

C A

B A

B

2

22

W–L B–Y

BATTERY

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

AA

B

A

2

4 8 5 6

1 3 2 8

7 10

C C

C C

2H1

2B11 10 IC2 4 IC2

P 1BACK–UP LIGHT[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R 8

BA

CK

–UP LIG

HT LH

[RE

AR

CO

MB. LIG

HT LH

]

R10

BAC

K–U

P LIG

HT R

H[R

EAR

CO

MB

. LIGH

T RH

]

J19JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

IJ27

3

1

5

6

5

6

3

1

F 6FR

ON

T TUR

N SIG

NA

LLIG

HT R

H

R10

RE

AR TU

RN

SIG

NAL LIG

HT

RH

[REA

R C

OM

B. LIG

HT R

H]

R 8

RE

AR TU

RN

SIG

NAL LIG

HT

LH[R

EAR

CO

MB

. LIGH

T LH]

F 5FR

ON

T TUR

N SIG

NA

LLIG

HT LH

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

1G5 1B11 1D10

1H1

3

EARight fender EBLeft fender

2 3

4 IE2

3C5

3G5

1C62F13

2G6 1F13

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

IFLeft kick panel

1

A A

7

A

A A

A

AA

I22IGNITION SW

T 7TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C12TURN SIGNALINDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

C14TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

H18HAZARD SW

(*1)(*2)B

C(*2)(*1)

R–B

G–Y G

–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–YR–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LH RH

W–G W–G

R–W

R–WW

G–R

G

R–W

W W–BW–B

From BodyECU No. 1<1–13>

P ower Source B ack– Up L igh t Tu rn S igna l and Hazard W arn ing L ight * 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

W–B W–B

W–B

A

22

1D5

1G6

W–B

W–B

IG LR LL GND

+B EHW EL ER

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTORA W–B

BR

BR

Page 452: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

11 GS 400 / GS 300

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J3

40A A

M1

1K1

11

30A H

–LP CLN

120A ALT

1

1J1

15AECU–IG

10AGAUGE

20AWASHER

1H5 1D4 1F3

B

B

3 IE2

3 A8 B1 A

2 II2 11 II2 1 II2 10 II23 II2

8 A

RH1

7 A

RH2

6 A

RH3

5 A

RH4

1 B

SBF

2 B

SHF

3 B

SGF

5 B

SBR

6 B

SHR

7 B

SGR

2 IC3 10 IC3 11 IC3

C12

HE

AD

LIGH

T BEA

M LEV

EL

CO

NTR

OL W

AR

NIN

G LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. ME

TER]

2 A 4 B

4 A

EB Left fender

A

A

6 IA1

2

1

M

2

4

B–Y

B–R

L

L–O

W–L

L

WL

B–R

R–L

B–L

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

R–W

P–G

G–O

R–B

B–R

R–W

P–G

G–O

R–B

G–Y

L–Y

L–W

L–B

G–B

L–O

W–B

L–B

G–B

L–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–G

R–B

L–BB

W–B

L–O L

L–O LFrom AB

S &

TRA

C&

VSC

EC

U<

16–4>

From H

EAD

LPR

elay<6–2>

<7–1>

R–G

L–Y

L

E MTR H

1

11

5 4 1 6 3 1 2 4 3 2 1

12

2 2

2

3

SHB SHFL SHG SHB SHRL SHG

IG PB

P ow er S ource

H 4HEADLIGHT CLEANERCONTROL RELAY

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I22IGNITION SW

H 3HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELCONTROL MOTOR

H15HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR(Front)

H22HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR(Rear)

H 5

HEA

DLIG

HT C

LEAN

ER

MO

TOR H

19H

EAD

LIGH

TC

LEA

NE

R SW

H 1 H 2,

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELCONTROL ECU

A B

H eadlight C leanerHeadligh t B eam Leve l C ontro l

BATTERY

B–L 3 2 4

To Daytim

e Running

Light Relay (M

ain )<

7–3>

To Light Control S

W[C

omb. SW

]<7–2>

D 7DIODE(DaytimeRunning Light)

51

1

18

4 1 6 3 2

LH1 LH2 LH3 LH4 LHB1

HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELCONTROL MOTOR

HDLPSPDL

E1

IG LHB1 WNG

Page 453: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 454: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

12 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

120A ALT

15A A

M2

25A E

FI

1

1 1 1

1K1 9 IA1

40A A

M1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

1

2

2 2

1 1

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 1

1 II1

EE Under the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

15 IA2 3 II4

10 E 1 E 9 E

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

4 C 10 C 5 C 11 C 14 B 21 B 9 B 2 B 13 B

2 1E

AA

E1 2

16 E 8 E

B–Y

B A B A

B B

1 C

6

C2

12

C3

5

C6

11

C7

4

13 C

10

C8

3 9

14 C C9

2 8

15 C 17 B 4 F26 D1 B31 A21 A

EBLeftfender

ECRH bank ofthe cylinderhead

EDLH bank ofthe cylinderhead

AA

C17

1 7

18 B

BATTERY

I22IGNITION SW

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

E 1ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–O

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R L

G–Y

Y–G Y

G–W

L–R P L–B

G–B

R–B

G–R

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

B–RW

–B

B–Y

B–Y

W–R

W

W–R

W–L

W–L

B–W

B–Y

B–W

B–Y

R G L–Y

R–L

O 1

O/D

DIR

ECT C

LUTC

HS

PEE

D S

ENSO

R

V 1

VEH

ICLE

SPE

ED

SEN

SOR

(Electronically C

ontrolled Transm

ission )

EFI RELA

Y

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

MREL BATT IGSW NCO+ NCO– SP2+ SP2– THW VPA VPA2 VC VTA

+B +B1 S1 S2 S3 S4 SLU+ SLU– SLN+ SLN– SLT+ SLT– OIL E2 E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

E 2 E 3, ENGINE CONTROL MODULEA B E 4, C E 5, D E 6, E E 7, F

20 B

VTA2

5 D

TC

17 D

STA

6 D

STP

See Engine Control System<4–5><4–6><4–7><4–8><4–10>

A

P ower Source E lec tronically C on trolled T ransmiss ion and A /T Ind ica tor (1U Z –FE )

B–L

OOGRGLRBRLGVYBW

2

1

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

Page 455: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

12 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

2 EA2 6 EA1 7 EA4 3 EA3 3 EA4 8 EA4

2 D 15 D 20 D 1 F 4 D 3 D

9 EA3

11 F 2 F 15 F

23 A 24 A

22

1

1J1

10AGAUGE

1D41H4

B

C

7 1 3

B

C

E 2 E 3,

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

A B

R–B

R–W

G–R

Y–B

G

G–B

G–B

Y–B

R–W R

G–R

Y–B

G G–B

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

WG

–W

G–R

W–B

R–L

R–L

B–YB–Y

MPX1 SFTU SFTD

PWR SNOW

E12ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

C, E 4 D, E 5 E, E 6 F, E 7

R P N D 3 2

6 ID1 7 ID1

2 1

L–Y

R–G

R–G

L–Y

C16A/T SHIFT MAIN SW[COMB. SW]

1D5

1F13

II Right side of the cowl panel

A

AJ17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

ECT S

NO

W

EC

T PWR

L 2 3 M D N R

A/T P

C12COMBINATION METER

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

P 1A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

E lec tronically Con trolled Transmiss ion and A /T Ind icator (1U Z– FE )

B

BJ17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

E

A

E

A

E

B

25 F16 F

To Shift LockControl ECU<25–1><25–2>

G

Y–B

B G–B R–Y

Y–G

L 4

J 3 J 4,

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A B

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unication System<

1–8>

C

SNO

W

PW

R

19 A

A

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

W–B

24 F

MPX2

AA

DA

AA

DA

R–W

R–B

R–W

R–B

CB

FB

To ABS

& TR

AC

&V

SC E

CU

<16–5>

R–W

R–B

J 3 J 4,

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A B

MPX1

SFTU SFTD

CPU

Page 456: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

13 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

120A ALT

15A A

M2

25A E

FI

1

1 1 1

1K1 9 IA1

40A A

M1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

1

2

2 2

1 1

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 1

1 II1

EE Under the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

15 IA2 3 II4

10 E 1 E 9 E

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

4 C 10 C 5 C 11 C 14 B 15 B 16 B 2 B 23 B

2 1E

AA

E1 2

16 E 8 E

B–Y

B A B A

B B

1 C

6

C2

12

C3

5

C6

11

C7

4

13 C

10

C8

3 9

14 C C9

2 8

15 C 17 B 9 F22 E1 B31 A21 A

EBLeftfender

ECFront side ofthe intakemanifold

EDRear side of theintake manifold

AA

C17

1 7

18 B

BATTERY

I22IGNITION SW

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

E 1ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–O

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R L

G–Y

Y–G Y

G–W

L–R P L–B

G–B

R–B

G–R

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

B–RW

–B

B–Y

B–Y

W–R

W

W–R

W–L

W–L

B–W

B–Y

B–W

B–Y

R G L–Y

R–L

O 1

O/D

DIR

ECT C

LUTC

HS

PEE

D S

ENSO

R

V 1

VEH

ICLE

SPE

ED

SEN

SOR

(Electronically C

ontrolled Transm

ission )

EFI RELA

Y

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

MREL BATT IGSW NCO+ NCO– SP2+ SP2– THW VPA VPA2 VC VTA

+B B2 S1 S2 S3 S4 SLU+ SLU– SLN+ SLN– SLT+ SLT– OIL E2 E1 E01 E02 E03 EC EOM

E 2 E 3, ENGINE CONTROL MODULEA B E 4, C E 5, D E 6, E E 7, F

24 B

VTA2

5 D

TC

2 D

STA

6 D

STP

See Engine Control System<5–6><5–7><5–8><5–9><5–10>

A

P ower Source E lec tronica lly Controlled Transmission and A /T Ind icato r (2JZ– G E)

B–L

RW B Y V LG BR L G GR O O

2

1

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

Page 457: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

13 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

7 8 10 9 2 3

4

PL RL NL DL 2L LL

2 EA2 6 EA1 3 EA3

16 D 26 D 13 B 17 D 20 B 21 B

9 EA3

28 D

23 A 24 A

22

1

1J1

10AGAUGE

1D41H4

D

B

7 1

D

B

E 2 E 3,

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

A B

B 5

BODY ECU NO. 1

A

R–B

R–W

G–R

Y–B

G G–B

Y–B

R–W R

G–R

Y–B

G G–B

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

WG

–W

G–R

R–L

R–L

B–YB–Y

MPX1

PWR SNOW

E12ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION PATTERNSELECT SW

C, E 4 D, E 5 E, E 6 F, E 7

R P N D 3 2

1D5

1F13

II Right side of the cowl panel

A

AJ17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

ECT S

NO

W

EC

T PWR

L 2 3 4 D N R

A/T P

C12COMBINATION METER

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

P 1A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

E lec tron ica lly C ontro lled Transmiss ion and A /T Indicato r (2JZ– G E )

3

W–B

B

B

R–L

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EA

EA

EB

J 3 J 4,

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A B

Y–B

D

14 A7 D

7 EA4

9 EA4

G–B

Y–B

R–Y

R–Y

G–B

Y–BY–G

To Shift LockControl ECU<25–1><25–2>

4 L

G–B

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unication System<

1–8>

C

SNO

W

PW

R

19 A

W–B A

MPX2

27 D

AA

DA

AA

DA

FB

CB

To AB

S & TR

AC &

VS

C E

CU

<16–5>

R–W

R–B R–W

R–B

R–W

R–B

J 3 J 4,

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A B

MPX1

CPU

Page 458: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

14 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120A AM

1

15A AM

2

25A E

FI

1 1 1

1K1

40A AM

1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

9 IA1

1J1

1J6

10AGAUGE

1D4

1D5

1F13

II

5AIGN

1G7

1 1

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 II1

EEUnder the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

15 IA2 3 II4

10 E 1 E 9 E 14 F

4

3

16 E 8 E

B A B A

B B

21 A 31 A 1 B 17 B

ECRH bank of thecylinder head

ED LH bank of thecylinder head

7 EA3

9 ID1 8 ID1

23 D 26 D 4 F

EB

12 C8 B8 A7 A30 A24 F20 B13 B2 B9 B21 B18 B

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

C16CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BATTERY

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I22IGNITION SW

S11STO

P LIGH

T SW

C12

CR

UISE

CO

NTR

OL IN

DIC

ATO

RLIG

HT[C

OM

B. M

ETER

]

EFI R

ELAY

2

1

1 1 1

E

D

E

A

22

AA

2 2 2

E

AA

1

A

54D

E

E

B–L

W

W–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

B–Y

B–O

B–L

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–O

BR

BRBR

W–R

W–L

MREL BATT IGSW ST1– E2 VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2 GE01 M– M+ CL– CL+

+B +B1 E01 E02 E03 E1 CCS EC EOM

See Engine Control System<4–6><4–7>

See Engine Control System<4–12>

1 F

D

P ower S ource C ru ise Con trol (1U Z –FE )

11 F

See Multiplex

Com

munication S

ystem<

1–8>

MPX1 MPX2

CRUISE

RES/ACC

SET/COAST

CANCEL

Left fender

J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

A

See E

lectronicallyC

ontrolled Transmission

and A/T Indicator System

<12–6>

9 A

ME01

BR

CPU

Right sideof thecowl panel

E 2 E 3, ENGINE CONTROL MODULEA B E 4, C E 5, D E 6, E E 7, F

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

15A ECTS

1

1

2

7 E

+BM

6 IA2

V–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

Page 459: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

15 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120A AM

1

15A AM

2

25A E

FI

1 1 1

1K1

40A AM

1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

67 AM2

9 IA1

1J11J6

10AGAUGE

1D4

1D5

1F13

II

5AIGN

1G7

1 1

2

1

3

5

1 1

1 II1

EEUnder the ABS &TRAC & VSC actuator

15 IA2 3 II4

10 E 1 E 9 E 11 D

4

3

16 E 8 E

B A B A

B B

21 A 31 A 1 B 9 A 17 B

ECFront side of theintake manifold

ED Rear side of theintake manifold

7 EA3

9 ID1 8 ID1

23 D

JUN

CTIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R

BA

J 3J 4

,

22 E 9 F

EB

20 A19 A8 A7 A30 A27 D24 B23 B2 B16 B15 B18 B

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 9JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

C16CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BATTERY

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I22IGNITION SW

S11

STO

P LIG

HT S

W

C12

CR

UISE

CO

NTR

OL IN

DIC

ATO

RLIG

HT[C

OM

B. M

ETER

]

EFI RELA

Y

2

1

1 1 1

E

D

E

A

22

AA

2 2 2

E

AA

1

A

54D

E

E

B–L

W

W–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–R

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

B–Y

B–O

B–L

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B–W

B–W

B–Y

B–O

BR

BRBR

W–R

W–L

MREL BATT IGSW ST1– E2 VPA VPA2 VC VTA VTA2 GE01 M– M+ CL– CL+

+B B2 E01 E02 E03 ME01 E1 CCS EC EOM

See Engine Control System<5–6><5–7>

See Engine Control System<5–11>

17 D

D

P ower S ource C ruise C ontro l (2JZ– G E)

28 D

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unicationS

ystem<

1–8>

MPX1 MPX2

Left fender

CRUISE

RES/ACC

SET/COAST

CANCEL

J 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

A

See E

lectronicallyC

ontrolled Transmission

and A/T Indicator System

<13–6>

CPU

E 2 E 3, ENGINE CONTROL MODULEA B E 5, D E 6, E E 7, F

Right sideof thecowl panel

15A ECTS

1

1

2

7 E

BM

6 IA2

V–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

Page 460: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

16 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

1

60A AB

S NO

. 1120A

ALT

1

1J3

1 1

1K1

1

15A A

M2

40A AB

S N

O. 2

9 IA1

2

7

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1 4

6AM2

I22IGNITION SW

A

A

2

22

4

3

2

1

2 2

2 2

AB

S MO

TOR

RELA

Y 4

3

2

1

2 2

2 2

TRA

C M

OTO

R R

ELA

Y

A

3

1

6

4

2

2 22

2 22

5

3 D 1 A

19 A 2 D 29 A 27 A 21 A 7 A 16 D 8 D 7 D 1 D 8 A 9 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 D 11 A 9 D 28 A 18 A

2 C 3 B 7 B 8 A 7 A 10 A 9 A 4 A 3 A 2 A 1 A 12 A 11 A 5 A 6 A 1 B 3 C 4 B 5 B 8 BA

BS S

OL R

ELA

Y

2 B 6 B 4 C 1 C

EEUnder the ABS & TRAC & VSC actuatorEA Right fenderEEUnder the ABS & TRAC & VSC actuator

A

A

IA22

EA111

B

25 C

V S CP ower S ource

A 5 A 6,

ABS & TRAC & VSC ACTUATOR

A BJ 5JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A 7, C

A19 A20,

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

A B A21, C A22, D

W–L

W–R

B–Y

B–W

R–B

W–B

B–Y

B–R

W–R

WR

B–W

LG–B

LG–B

R–B

LG–R

R GR

LG–B

R–B

R

G–O L

V–R

W–B

R–B

O V–R

G–O

LB

R

R–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–R

G–B

W–L

W–G

L–B

L–Y Y

Y–G

R–G

R–L

R–W

GR

–B

Y–R

B–W

GR

–L

GR

–G

GR

–R

W–G

GR

O

R

A

2

2 2 2

2

111

1

1

A

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

B–L

BATTERY

LG–B

LG–R

40A A

M1

IA12

IA25

LG–B

LG–R

LG–B

5 C

W–B

11 IA2

14 IA2

3 IA1

4 IA2

R–B

G–O

W–B

13 IA2

4 IA1

1 IA2

12 IA2

3 IA2

Y–R

B–W

GR

–L

GR

–G

GR

–R

AGR

1J6

5A IG

N

1G7

E

E

1 C

J14JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

18 B 1 B 2 B 9 B 10 B 7 B 14 B 22 B 24 B 16 B

From E

ngine Control

Module

<4–11>

<5–11>

3 1 5 2

B–O

B–O

B W R G

(Shielded )

G–R

LG L P V

A23ABS DECELERATIONSENSOR

To Engine C

ontrolM

odule<

4–11><

5–11>

3 C

L–YTo H

eadlight Beam

Level Control EC

U<

11–3>

VGS GL1 GL2 GGND

B–W

R2+ R1+ D/G IG2 GSS VGS GL1 GL2 GGND FLO NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC–

SR MR2 MR1 MTT SFLH SFLR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SRRH SRRR SA1 SA2 SA3 STR AST PH PL MT+ MT–

GR

To Data Link

Connector 3

<4–5>

<5–5>

V–R

GR

Page 461: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

16 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

VS C

B

1J1

10A G

AUG

E

1D4

15A E

CU

–IG

1H5

24 A 23 A 22 A 10 A 19 C 17 C 28 C 27 C 9 C 6 B 20 C

B

B

1

2

BU

ZZER

13 A 14 A

1

2A

9A

BS

SPE

ED

SE

NS

OR

FRO

NT R

H

19 B 20 B

2

1

A31

AB

S SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

RR

EAR

LH

11 B 12 B

2

1

A32

AB

S SP

EE

D S

EN

SO

RR

EAR

RH

6 A 31 A

IFLeft kick panelII Right side ofthe cowl panel

26 C

1

2

15 C 24 C 7 C 18 C 8 C

1 2 3

4 1 3 5

B B

2 1

6 3

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–R

W R B

(Shielded )

GR

–L

R W B

(Shielded ) B–R

W–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

LLG

G–W

R–W

R–BY

W–B

W–B

OL–W

BR

–W

BR

G–W

BR

BR

G–W

BR

BR

–W

L–W O

W–B

W–B

V 7VS

C W

AR

NIN

G BU

ZZER

M 2MASTER CYLINDERPRESSURE SENSOR

Y 1YAW RATE SENSOR

J 7JUNCTION CONNECTOR

V 6

VS

C O

FF SW

A19 A20,

ABS & TRAC & VSC ECU

A B A21, C A22, D

From S

top Light SW<

8–3>

B

BJ15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

AJ10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

17 B8 B

A

AA A

W–B

W–B

W–B

AJ 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

12 IL34 IL315 IC16 IC18 II217 II2

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A W–B A

YD YAW2 GYAW VYS

16 A 15 A

1

2

P L

12 EA1 EA110

P23 11 22

D

5 C

A

J 9JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A LG–B

LG–B

P–B

LG–B

GR

(Short Pin)

3 B

D

A

P–B

D 1DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

C15

STEER

ING

SEN

SO

R[C

OM

B. SW

]

2 IE1 14 IE1 5 IE1 6 IE1 4 IE1 3 IE1

5 B 16 C 6 C 4 C 13 C

R–G V V–R

L–O

LG–R

LG–B

O L L R G P

B–R

B

C

D

E

F

G

A 8AB

S S

PEE

D S

EN

SOR

FRO

NT LH

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

5 EA1

16

4 B

B–W

B–W

B–W

A

R–L

AGR

TC TS WAWB

(Cont. next page)

LG–B

P

G

R

L

L

O

R–L

From A/T Indicator Light S

W[Park/N

eutral Position SW

]<

12–5><

13–5>

FSS E2 PMC VCM FL+ FL– YD YSS YAW GYAW VYS IG1 BZ TC TS WA

GND3 GND4 CSW R P STP GND2 GND1 SS1– SS1+ FR– FR+ RL+ RL– RR+ RR– BRL SP1 IND VSCW WT

E2 PMC VCM

SS1– SS1+

ESS IG1

Page 462: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

9 10 11 12

16 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

22 A 8 B

1D5

1G61F13

IF Left kick panelIIRight side ofthe cowl panel

11 IE1

ABS

VSC

OFF

VS

C

SLIP

SPE

EDO

METER

BRA

KE

CPU

A

A

AA

W–B

W–B

W–B

O

W–B

W–B

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

16 B 15 B 13 B 14 B 5 B 17 B 1 A

G

F

E

D

C

B

AP

G

R

L

L

O

R–L

R–L

OLLRGP

C12 C13,

COMBINATION METER

A B

VS C

Page 463: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

17 GS 400 / GS 300

2

7

ACC

IG1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3

6AM2

1D3 1J3

5A S

RS

–B

1K1

1

120A ALT

1

40A A

M1

9 IA1

1

15A AM

2

A

1J6 1J4

5AIGN

15ASRS–ACC

1N11N4

12

14

1D94

1F

1N3

3 EA1

To Data Link

Connector 1

<4–8>

<5–8>

3 B

LA

6 B

ACC

5 B

IG2

4 B

GSW

19 B

TC

12 B

SIL

6 C

PR–

5 C

PR+

1 A

PL–

2 A

PL+

1 C

SFR–

2 C

SFR+

6 A

SFL–

5 A

SFL+

11 B

P–

10 B

P+

SPIRALCABLE

13 B

D–

14 B

D+

27 B

E1

7 C

ESR

9 C

FSR

10 C

SSR

12 C

VUPR

4321

12 A

ESL

10 A

FSL

9 A

SSL

7 A

VUPL

4321

2 II31 II3

20 B

–SR

9 B

+SR

12

2 IF11 IF1

26 B

–SL

15 B

+SL

12

28 B

E2

IG Left side ofthe cowl panel

IFLeft kick panel EB Left fender

A

L–Y

B–W

B–W

L–B

LG

W–B

W–R

W–L

L–B

W–R

WB

–L

L–B

L–YG

R

B–O

L

B–Y

LG

LG

P–B

W

P–B

W

Y–B Y Y–B YY

–G

Y–R

Y–G

Y–R

Y–G

Y–RYY–B

W–B

GR

LG

L–YP

GR

–L

LG–B

L–W

P–L

W–B

BR

–W

B–W

BR

W–R

BR

–W

B–W

BR

W–R

W–B

1 2 1 2

A

22

A

11

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I22IGNITION SW

A11AIRBAG SENSORFRONT LH

A12AIRBAG SENSORFRONT RH

S12SIDE AIRBAGSENSOR LH

S13SIDE AIRBAGSENSOR RH

A29AIRBAG SQUIB(Steering Wheel Pad)

A28AIRBAG SQUIB(Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)

S23SIDE AIRBAGSQUIB LH

S24SIDE AIRBAGSQUIB RH

P14PRETENSIONER LH

P15PRETENSIONER RH

C12

SRS

WAR

NIN

G LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. METER

]

C 7 C 8,

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY

A B

S RSP ower S ource

To Body E

CU

No. 2<

1–2>

BATTERY

C 9, CTo D

ata LinkC

onnector 3<

4–5><

5–5>

1 2

1 2 1 2 1 2

2

1

VUPL SSL FSL ESL VUPR SSR FSR ESR

Page 464: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

18 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Source Electric TensionReducer

Cigarette Lighter andPower Outlet

Clock Fuel Lid Opener

2

ACC

IG1AM1

3

4

1J31F61C3

1K11F11

2H12

2B2

1

1

15AECU–IG

1J1 1H5

1E2

A

2

1

9 BC1

4

2

A

A

12 BC1

BJ

B

B

B

B

2F11

2E2

2

1

9 BD1

4

2

B

B

12 BD1

BL

15ACIG

1F7

1J4

B

B

1

2

A

A

II

15ARADIONO. 2

1C1

3B5

3G5

1C6

1F13

6 IJ2

3B1

3G1

1

2

16 IC3

3

2

M

BK

J20JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BJ

A

W–L

L–O

L–YL–Y

W

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–RB

–R

B–RB–Y

L–Y

R–L

B–L

W

W–G

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

1 1

2 2

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–WL–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y

W–B

W–B

A

A

PP

P

L–Y

GR

L–Y

L–O

L–Y

3

1 3

1

5 4B

I22IGNITION SW

10A FU

EL OP

N

40A AM

1

10A D

OM

E

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 8JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

T10TEN

SIO

N R

ED

UC

ER

SO

LENO

ID LH

T11TEN

SIO

N R

ED

UC

ER

SO

LENO

ID R

H

20A E

CU

–B1

120A A

LT

BATTERY

B 7BUCKLE SWLH

B 8BUCKLE SWRH

J23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C10

CIG

AR

ETTE

LIGH

TER

P 5

PO

WE

R O

UTLET

C11CLOCK F 8

FUE

L LIDO

PEN

ER

SW

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

F14FU

EL LIDO

PE

NE

R M

OTO

R

To Com

binationM

eter<28–6>

Rear floorpartition panel LH

Rear floorpartition panel RH

Right side ofthe cowl panel

Rear floorpartition panel LH

Quarterpanel LH

W–B

18 IJ2

LG–B

LG–B

6

To Body E

CU

No. 2<

1–3>

ACC+ B+

EARTH ILL+ PBEW

2

1

1

3B3

3G3

GR

PA

SSE

NG

ER

SE

AT BELT

A

2E5

L–Y

1H10

12 IL1 13 IL1 4 IL1

4 IJ2 14 IJ2 13 IJ2

1 2 5

D

836

D

B–RB

–R

L–Y

GR

GR

W–R

W–L

B–W

B–W

W–L

W–R

W–R

W–L

B–W

From Radio and Player<27–3>

3 IL1

GR J13

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

BM

7

W–B

A

Quarter panel RH

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A35

AU

TO A

NTE

NN

A C

ON

TRO

LR

ELAY A

ND

MO

TOR

Auto Antenna

Page 465: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

19 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Source Horn

* 1 : w/o Daytime Running Light* 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light

Wiper and Washer

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J3

40A AM

1

1K1

11

1

A

1

2

M

5 ID1

20AWASHER

25AWIPER

1J1

1F3 1F5 1B1

A

A

IF

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A

10AGAUGE

ID14

ID12

ID11

EB

1D4

1 A

10 B

9 IE1

2

1

3

5

2 2

2 2

16 II2

A

A

6

G W–L

G W

L–OL–Y

B–Y

L–O

B–Y

G

L–O

1

2

A

1 1

2 2

B–L

W–B

W–B

W–BL–Y

11 2 7 8 16 1 4 3 5L–W

L–R

L–B

L–W

W–B

(*2 )

W–B

(*1 )

L–R

L–B

W–B

GR

–B

G–B

W–BW–B

W–B(*2) W–B

(*1 )

L L

R–L

Y

G

2

17

G

B

G–B

G–B

G–B

B

B

A

I22IGNITION SW

J12JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C17FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

ABATTERY

W 2

WAS

HER

MO

TOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

10A H

OR

N

120A ALT

F 7FRONT WIPER MOTOR

WA

SH

ER

LEV

ELW

AR

NIN

G LIG

HT

[CO

MB

. ME

TER

] BA

C12

C13

,

HORNRELAY

J18JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

H16HORNLH

H17HORNRH

C16HORN SW[COMB. SW]

To Body EC

UN

o. 1<1–12>

2

1

W 1WASHER LEVELWARNING SW

1 1

Left kick panel Left fender

+BF1F2+1+2+SMISTWF EW

OFF

MIST

INT

MIST

LO

MIST

HI

MIST

WASHER

WIPER RELAY

M

IGLeft side ofthe cowl panel

Page 466: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

20 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Tilt and Power TelescopicMoon RoofPower Source

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J31

1K11

11 1

1

2D5

2G6 2F13

II

2D1

2F11

1J1

15AECU–IG

1H5

25AS/ROOF

30AP P/SEAT

2D8 2F1

2A1

2G4

2B8

A

A

IF

A

W–L

B

G–W

O

B–Y

B–Y

1 1

2 2

2

MPX1

R–L

B W

B–L

W–B

PG–Y

R–W

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

UP DWN CLS OPN E

1 1

2 2

4 3 10 9 7

3 2 4 1 5

B–R

W–B

B–R

W–B

W–B

Y Y–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–R

8 2 4 1 7 8 3

IGIG GND ECUE MPX1 MSW VC

AA

B–R

L–O

L–O

L

G–W

G–W

B–R

+B ECUBB

B

G–W

To Body EC

UN

o. 1<1–13>

I22IGNITION SW

10A M

PX–B

40A AM

1

M 5MOON ROOF CONTROL ECU

20A EC

U–B1

120A ALT

BATTERYM 6MOON ROOF CONTROL SW

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

T 5TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU

A

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

C15TILT AND TELESCOPICSW[COMB. SW]

TELESCOLONG

TILTUP

TELESCOSHORT

TILTDOWN

B

B

BB

B

Right side ofthe cowl panel

Left kick panel

4 9

10 5

B–R

6

MPX2

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unicationS

ystem<

1–8>

5

UP CLOSEDOWN OPEN

M

MOON ROOF MOTOR

LIMIT SW

NO

. 2

LIMIT SW

NO

. 1

M M

PO

WE

R TELE

SCO

PICM

OTO

R

PO

WE

R TILT M

OTO

R

TEM+ TEM– TIM+ TIM–

6 5 4 3

61G

131F

A A

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–BW–B

Page 467: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

21 GS 400 / GS 300

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J3

40A A

M1

1K1

1

120A ALT

1

2D3

2G5

15 IB1 14 IB1 15 IK1 14 IK1

2D10

2H7

15A ECU–IG

20A SE

AT HTR

B

B

A

A

II IF Left kickpanel

EB

A

9 IC2 9 IL2

2 BC1 2 BD1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

A

A

B

B

12 BC1 12 BD1

BL Rear floorpartition panel RH

BJ Rear floorpartition panel LH

E LH RH

W–B

W–B

B–Y

G–R

G–O

W–L

WB

–L

G–R

G–O

W–B

B–R

B–R

LG

W–B

B–Y

L–YB–R

W–B

B–Y

L–YL–Y

B–Y

L–B

L–BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–O

G–R

G–O

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–O

G–O

2 3 4 1

4 2 3

A

A

2

2

1

1

B–R

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J11JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

S21SEAT HEATER(Front Passenger’ s Seat Back)

S22SEAT HEATER(Front Passenger’ s Seat Cushion)

S20SEAT HEATER(Driver’ s Seat Cushion)

S19SEAT HEATER(Driver’ s Seat Back)

I23INNER MIRROR

I22IGNITION SW

S 3SEAT HEATER SW

S eat HeaterA u tomatic G la re–R es istant E C M irro rP ow er S ource

BATTERY

IG

IGGNDEC–EC+

2

1

5

3

2F13

2A1

1

2F5

6

IG R

ELAY

B

B

B–R

W–B

W–B

R16REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

R17REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

4 3 4 3

2F11

2D1

11J

51H

B B B

B

2D5 2G6

Left fenderRight side ofthe cowl panel

W–B

Page 468: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

22 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120A A

LT

1 1

1K1

30AD P/SEAT

1E9

1 BC1

2

1

M

9 6

B

2

1

M

10 5

1

2

M

7 8

1

2

M

3 2 4

1

1 2

M2 1

BB

43

BJRear floorpartition panel LH

12 BC1

AA

A

2A1

30AP P/SEAT

2E9

1 BD1

1

2

M

9 6

A

1

2

M

5 10

2

1

M

8 7

1

2

M

3 2 4

1

A

M2

A

1

4 3

12

BLRear floorpartition panel RH

BD112

BB

B

BATTER

Y

P21POWER SEAT MOTOR(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar Support Control)

P26POWER SEAT MOTOR(Front Passenger’ s Seat Lumbar Support Control)

P16POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)

P17POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Front Passenger’ s Seat)

L 8LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)

L 9LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL SW(Front Passenger’ s Seat)

J23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J24JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P24

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(D

river’s S

eat Slide C

ontrol )

P20

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(D

river’s S

eat Front Vertical C

ontrol )

P22

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(D

river’s S

eat Rear Vertical C

ontrol )

P23

PO

WER

SEA

T MO

TOR

(Driver’

s Seat R

eclining Control )

P29

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(Front Passenger’

s Seat Slide C

ontrol )

P25

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(Front Passenger’

s Seat Front Vertical C

ontrol )

P27

PO

WE

R S

EAT M

OTO

R(Front P

assenger’s S

eat Rear V

ertical Control )

P28PO

WE

R S

EA

T MO

TOR

(Front Passenger’s Seat R

eclining Control )

J24JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J23JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

B–L

L–WWB

B B–R

W–R

W–G

Y–G

Y–R

L–R L

W–B

W–B

B B–R

W–R

W–G

Y–G

Y–R

L–R L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LL

L L

L–W

L–WL–W

W–B W

–BL–B

L–O

L–O

L–B

BW

Pow er S ource P ow er S eat(D river’ s S ea t w /o D riv ing P os ition M emory)

1

2

RE

AR

FRO

NT

FRO

NT

REA

R

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FRO

NT

REA

R

SLIDEFRONTVERTICAL REAR VERTICAL RECLINING SLIDE

FRONTVERTICAL REAR VERTICAL RECLINING

FRO

NT

REA

R

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

FRO

NT

REA

R

FRO

NT

RE

AR

Pow er S ea t (Fron t P assenger’ s S ea t)

Page 469: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

23 GS 400 / GS 300

Power Source Cellular Mobile Telephone

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J3

11

1K1

1

B

B

B

2F11

2E2

15AECU–IG

1J1

1H5

10 A 9 A 3 B

6 IL2

5 II4

15 IL1

2 IJ1

5 B 12 B 5 A 12 A 4 B 8 A 8 B 1 B 6 B 4 A 3 A 7 B 2 B 7 A 2 A 11 B 6 A 1 A 11 A 10 B

1 B 6 B 4 B 3 B 8 B 7 B 2 B

3 A 6 A

See R

adio andP

layer System

<26–4>

<27–4>

5 IL1 14 IL1 11 IL1

A

BM

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

W–L

G–R

B–R

B–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–R

B–Y

B–R

B–R

1

2

B–R

B–R

WG–R

B–L

B–R

B–R

B–R

L L–R

L–Y

1 1

2 2

L–W

(Shielded )

W B P

V P

W–B

B–O

V P

B–O

W–B

W–B

2 1

A

GR

–RG

R–R

GR

–R

B

I22IGNITION SW

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR40A

AM1

15A TEL

120A A

LT

BATTERY

C18 C19,

CELLULAR PHONE(Hand Set)

A B T 4TELEPHONEMICROPHONE

C16TELEPHONE SW[COMB. SW]

From A/C ControlAssembly<29–8>

T 8 T 9,

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

A B

Quarter panel RH

3

MIC– MIC+

2 A

W–L

L–B

5 B

(Shielded )

GRRRG–B

L–W

B–W

G–W

R–W

Y–B

Y–B

B

B

B Y O R V BR

GR

–W

G

R–W

W G B B P

WWW W

4 10 3 9 510 23 18 12 11 2 24 6 1 8 14 15 17 3 20

5 4 16 13

SPEAKER RELAY TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

222519621

L

BR

R–W

R–W

R–W B

R

BR

SP–CNT TEL(+) TEL(–)

RL–SP(+)

RL–SP(–)

AUDIO(+)

AUDIO(–) GND

Page 470: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

24 GS 400 / GS 300

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J3

40AAM1

1K1

11

120AALT

1

1J1

15AECU–IG

10AHEATER

1H5 1F8

B

B

C

C

IFLeft kick panel EB Left fender

A

A

A

1 2

9 EA18 EA1

2H3

2A1

2

1

3

5

10AMIRHTR

2H102F6

8 IB1 12 IK1

7 B

12 A

7 B

12 A (*1)

(*2)

8 B

13 A (*1)

(*2)8 B

13 A

3 IB1 3 IK1

A

2H2 2H5

4

3

2

1

4 4

4 4

2J3 2J6 2J5

30ADEFOG

7 IC2

2G6

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

B–Y

B

L–BR

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

W–L

WBB

–L

B–Y

G–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

R–L

R–L

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–R

B–Y

L L–B

L–WL–W

R–L

R

W–B

W–B

J 7JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I22IGNITION SW

P 6PPS ECU

P 3PPS SOLENOID

SOL+ SOL– GND

1 2 61

1

2

5 4

2

2

1

AA

A

R ear W indow D efogger and M irror H ea terP P SP ow er S ource

To Speedom

eter[C

omb. M

eter]<

28–4>

BATTERY

R17 ,

RH

AR16 ,

LH

A B MIRROR HEATER[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR]

NO

ISEFILTER

NO

ISEFILTER

IGSPD

DEFRELAY

MIRRELAY

V–W

To Body E

CU

No. 1<

1–14>

* 1 : w/ Driving Position Memory* 2 : w/o Driving Position Memory

B

N 5NOISE FILTER(Rear Window Defogger)

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

1

Page 471: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1 2 3 4

25 GS 400 / GS 300

2

ACC

IG1AM1

3

1J3

40A A

M1

1K1

11

120A ALT

1

1J4

15ARADIONO. 2

1H10

1C1

D

D

3

4

A

A

A

A

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

IFLeft kickpanel

EB Left fender

A

2F13

2G6

To Body

EC

U N

o. 2<

1–2><

1–3>

From E

ngine Control M

odule<

12–6><

12–7><

13–6>

7 IM1 6 IM1 9 IM1 8 IM1 13 IM2 4 IM2

2A1

15ATV

2H8

3G3

3H3

12 IJ2

6 A

+B1

16 A

ACC

5 IM2 14 IM2 16 IM2 17 IM2 15 IM2 8 IM2 7 IM2 6 IM2

3 A

TX+

9 A

TX–

5 B

VG

1 B

VR

2 B

SYVC

6 B

B

7 B

G

8 B

R

1 A

GND1

8 A

MPX2

2 A

MPX1

4 B

TX1+

12 B

TX1–

1 A

AUI+

6 A

AUI–

2 A

AUO+

7 A

AUO–

13 A

ACC

5 A

+B

3 B

TX+

8 B

TX–

7 B

VG

6 B

VR

2 B

SYNC

5 B

B

4 B

G

1 B

R

8 A

GND1

12 A

SPD

10 IL3

BM Quarter panel RH

A

From S

tereo Com

ponentA

mplifier<

27–1>

To Front Door

Speaker LH

<27–2>

To Radio and Player<27–3>

IHInstrument panelbrace RH

L–Y

B

GR

B

GR–R

GR

W–B

W–B

W–L

BB W

B–L

Y–B

R–Y

G–B

Y–G

GR

GR

L–B

L–R P V GR

GR

–R

GR

GR

–RG

R–R

L–W O Y W B G R

W–B

BR Y

L–B

L–R P V GR

GR

–R

L–W O Y W B G R

W–B

V–WV–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

G–Y

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J10JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

S 4SHIFT LOCKCONTROL ECU

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

U 1

KEY

INTE

RLO

CK

SO

LEN

OID

[UN

LOC

K W

AR

NIN

G SW

]

I22IGNITION SW

M 3 M 4,

MULTI–DISPLAY

A B

N 2 N 3,

NAVIGATION ECU

A B

P ow er S ource S h ift Lock LE X US Nav iga tion S ystem

1

1

2

2

BATTERY

10 7 8 1

5 9 3 2 4

A

A

To Speedometer[Comb. Meter]<28–4>

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

See MultiplexCommunicationSystem<1–8>

NSSD ATL NSSL AT4 ACC

E P1 SLS+ KLS+

From A

/T Indicator Light SW

[Park/Neutral P

osition SW

]<

12–6><

13–7>

Page 472: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

26 GS 400 / GS 300

2

ACC

IG1AM1

3

1C3 1J3

40A AM

1

1K11F11

2H2

10A D

OM

E

2 2B

1

20A E

CU

–B1

120A A

LT

20A R

AD

IO N

O. 1

1 1

1

1 II4

1J4

1 1C

D D

2 IL2

A

A

2 D

+B1

5 D

+B2

3G3 3G1 3A1 3A3

3D13D3

1 IJ315 IM28 IM27 IM26 IM216 IM212 IM211 IM23 IM22 IM213 IM29 IM25 IM214 IM24 IM2

14 A

RR–

5 A

RR+

8 A

FR–

3 A

FR+

7 A

BEEP

13 A

RL–

4 A

RL+

9 A

FL–

10 A

FL+

1 A

GND1

6 A

AMP+

7 D

MUTE

6 D

ACC1

8 B

BEEP

2 B

FR+

6 B

FR–

1 B

RR+

5 B

RR–

5 A

TLMT

3 A

RL–

1 A

RL+

6 A

FL–

2 A

FL+

4 A

SE2

10 B

GND

4 B

AMP

9 B

MUTE

3 B

ACC

3 D

E

1 D

ACC

4 D

B

4 C

MUTE

9 C

TXM–

10 C

TXM+

7 C

CDL–

2 C

CDL+

6 C

CDR–

1 C

CDR+

IHInstrument panel brace RH

1 D

GND4

4 D

GND5

2 C

FL+

7 C

FL–

7 IM1 6 IM1

6 IJ3 11 IJ3

17 IB1 16 IB1

F 9FR

ON

T DO

OR

SP

EAK

ER LH

1 2

1 C

FR+

6 C

FR–

9 IM1 8 IM1

7 IJ3 12 IJ3

17 IK1 16 IK1F10FR

ON

T DO

OR

SP

EAK

ER R

H1 2

1 B

WF+

2 B

WF–

4 C

RR+

12 C

RR–

7 BB1 12 BB1 7 BA1 12 BA1

1 2 1 2 1 2

6 IL1

4 B12 A5 A5 B12 B

1 IL25 IL2

13 C

RL–

5 C

RL+

BMQuarter panel RH

A

+B ACC SGND DR+ DR– DL+ DL– TXM+ TXM– MUTE E

L–Y

GR

L–Y

B

Y

L–Y

GR

L–Y

GR

P–L

B–L

B–O

BR B W R G P O LG V L–O

W–B

P–L

B–L

B–O

BR B W R G P O LG V

B W R G P V L–B

W–B

L–Y

L–Y

GR

W–L

L–YL–Y

W

L–Y

L–YL–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

R–L

B–L

P V LG L

P V LG L

P V LG L

P V LG L

W–B

W–B

LG–B

LG–R

R W

R W B Y

B Y L–O

W–B

W–B

L–OBY

I22IGNITION SW

J18JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

D 6D/A CONVERTER

R14REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

R15REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

W 6WOOFER(Speaker)

J22JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J21JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

, R 3R 2 A B , R 4 C , DR 5

, S15S14 A B , CS16 , DS17

T 8 T 9,

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

A B

R adio and P laye r (N A K AM IC H I)P ower S ource

1

1 1 1

2

2 2 2

A

A

GR

15ARADIONO. 2

BATTERY

YB

5 4 2 10 9 12 11 1 6 7 14

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

GR

GR

17 IM2

7 B

(Shielded )

(Shielded )

SGND

1 IC2 5 IC2

TWEETERTWEETER

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

RADIO AND PLAYER

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

Page 473: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

1234

27 GS 400 / GS 300

1

20A

EC

U–B

1

120A

ALT

20A

RAD

IO N

O. 1

111

2B 21II4

10A

DO

ME

2H 12

1F 111K 1

40A

AM

1

1J 3 1C 3

2

ACC

IG1 AM1

3

1J 4

15ARADIONO. 2

1C 1

3G 33A 33G 13A 1

3D 33D 1 2IJ3

4C

4A1A3B

12A

8B

4A

10B

10A

9B

9A3A

2B

2A

6B

7A

1B

1A

5B

6A

2A 1C 2C105

3

6B

4

1B

9

4B7B

2

3B

7

8B

1

2B

6

5B

8

IH Instrumentpanel braceRH

7C 8C

1IJ3

6IL1

4B

L–O

L–O

L–O

6D

IJ3 9

9IL3

12A

YY

Y

2D

IJ3 4

1IL3

5A

BB

B

1IL2

5B

BB

5IL2

12B

YY

12BA1

2

Y

5IC2

GR

GR

L–Y

L–Y

( *3)

1

7BA1

1IC2

1

BB1 12

2

IL2 7

BB1 7

8IL2

3D 1D

1

IL2 10

2

IL2 4

5D 4D

10IJ3 5IJ3

IK1 16 IK1 17

5C 1C

IB1 16 IB1 17

6C 2C

T 8T 9 ,

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

AB

8IJ3 3IJ3 12IJ3 7IJ3 6IJ311IJ3

11

D

2

222

D

22

111

1

Y B W R

LG–R

LG–B L LG V P

B W R

LG–R

LG–B L LG V P

W R

W R

LG–R

LG–B L LG

V P

W–B

W–B

W–B

( Shi

elde

d)

W ( *3) B G R V P L–O

( Shi

elde

d)

G W R B P L

Y–G P–L GR

L–Y

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

L–Y

( *3)

GR

( *3)

W–B Y ( *1)

BR

( *1)

GR

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

W

R–L

B–L

L–Y

L–YW–L

L–Y

BATTERY

I22IGNITION SW

J18JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

F 9FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

F10FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

W 6WOOFER(Speaker)

R15REAR DOORSPEAKER RH

R14REAR DOORSPEAKER LH

C 6CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

From Multi–Display<25–4>

R 2R 3 ,

RADIO AND PLAYER

AB

S 7S 8 ,

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

AB

TX+TX–GND

BACCACCMUTEBUS+BUS–L+L–R+R–

ACCBGND

MUTETXM+TXM–CDL+CDL–CDR+CDR–

ACCMUTEBUS+BUS–SGNDL+L–R+R–MUTETXM+TXM–SGD4CDL+CDL–CDR+CDR–

E TLMT RL– RL+ RR– RR+ WF– WF+ FR– FR+ FL– FL+

+B

R 4 , C

S 9 , CS10 , D

L–B

( *1)

L–R

( *1)

( *2)

( *2)

To N

avig

atio

n E

CU

<25

–2>

From

Nav

igat

ion

EC

U<

25–2

><

25–3

>VP ( *1)

( *1)

W–B

B

Power SourceRadio and Player (Except NAKAMICHI)

* 1 : w/ LEXUS Navigation System* 2 : w/o LEXUS Navigation System* 3 : w/ CD Automatic Changer

TWEETERTWEETER

(*3)

( *3)

( *3)

( *3)

5C 4C 3C

B–W W–L

( *4)

W–R

( *4)

To Auto AntennaContro Relayand Motor<18–2>

* 4 : w/ Auto Antenna

( *4)

ANT ANTA ANTB

Page 474: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

28 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

1

120A A

LT

1

1K1

40A AM

1

1J3

2

ACC

IG1AM1 4

1J1

10AGAUGE

1D4

1 A

W–L

RE

AR

LIGH

T

SE

AT B

ELT

OIL

PRE

SSU

RE

ECT S

NO

W

EC

T PWR

CR

UIS

E

FUEL

CH

ARG

E

OIL LE

VEL

FUEL

WATER

SPE

ED

OM

ETE

R

TAC

HO

METER

HE

AD

LIGH

TLE

VELIN

G

AB

S

VS

C O

FF

VSC

ODOMETERTRIP METER

B–Y

A/TP R N D M 4 3 2

18 A 16 B 15 B 13 B 14 B 5 B 17 B 16 A 3 B 4 B 6 B 10 B 2 A 3 A

SLIP

BR

AKE

OD

O/

TRIP

RE

SET

WA

SHE

R

TUR

N LH

TUR

N R

H

R–L

C12 C13,

COMBINATION METER

A B

10 IE2 16 IE1 15 IE1 13 IE1

12 IC1 19 IL3

3

2

1

2

3 IC1 7 IL3

A

B–Y

GR R G

BR

–Y

Y–R

V–W

Y–R

BR

–YB

–O

B–O

B–O

B–Y

B–Y

(*2 )

(*1 )

See H

eadlight Beam Level

Control System

<11–2>

From E

ngineC

ontrolM

odule<4–10>

From Igniter

<3–3>

See Turn S

ignal and Hazard

Warning Light System

<10–3>

<10–4>

From P

PS E

CU

<24–1>

From N

avigationE

CU

<25–3>

See VSC System<16–9><16–10>

F15FU

EL SE

ND

ER

F17FU

EL SEN

DER

(Sub )

J13JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

P ower Source C omb ination M e te r * 1 : 1UZ–FE* 2 : 2JZ–GE

1

1

2

2

WB

–L

BATTERY

I22IGNITION SW

(*1 )

(*2 )

(*1 )

(*2 )

CPU

A V–W

A V–W

See W

iper and Washer

System

<19–4>

Page 475: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

28 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

14 A 1 B

22 A 8 B 12 B 6 A 5 A 4 A

13 A 15 A

7 B11 B2 B12 A

TAIL

HE

AD

DO

OR

HIG

H B

EAM

SR

S

MA

LFUN

CTIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

R LA

MP

L

CPU

18 IE1

C12 C13,

COMBINATION METER

A B

YY

See H

eadlightS

ystem<

6–2><

7–3>

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unicationS

ystem<

1–8>

From P

assengerS

eat Belt

Warning Light

[Clock]<

18–4>

See SR

S S

ystem<

17–2>

11 IE11D5

1F13 1G6

II Right side ofthe cowl panel

IF Left kick panel

AA

A

A

W–B

O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B J 6

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

See Engine C

ontrolSystem

<4–3>

<5–3>

See SR

S System

<17–2>

See Multiplex

Com

munication

System<

1–7><

1–8>

See Headlight

System<

6–2><

7–3>

C omb ina tion M e ter

R 7RHEOSTAT

9 A

From Illum

ination<

9–2>W

–G

E RV T

5 4 3

W–B

W G

BU

ZZER

(*4 )

(*3 )(*3 )

(*4 )

* 3 : USA* 4 : Canada, Taiwan

Page 476: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

29 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont. next page)

1

20A E

CU

–B1

120A A

LT

50A H

EA

TER

111

11

1

2

2 2

1K1

40A AM

1

1J3

2B2

5A EC

U–B

2

2F3

2

ACC

IG1AM1

3

4

1J1

10AHEATER

1F8

4

EB19

3 34

2

1

3

5

2

1

5

3

4

II12

33444

CC

C

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

A

A

11 EB1

1 EA2

ECRH bank of thecylinder head(1UZ–FE)Front side of theintake manifold(2JZ–GE)

EDLH bank of thecylinder head(1UZ–FE)Rear side of theintake manifold(2JZ–GE)

A

A

To EngineControl Module<4–10><5–10>

From EngineControl Module<4–10><5–10>

2 IG1 1 IG1 3 IG1

3 B 2 B 1 B

1 A 2 A

M2 1

IIRight side ofthe cowl panel

1J4

15ARADIONO. 2

1C1

3G3

3E3

A

B

C

D

12 IJ15 IJ1

23 F

21 D

22 F

10 D

18 B

18 B

(1UZ–FE)

(2JZ–GE)

2 EA1

E

4 IJ1

EB Left fender

1

2

4

1

A u tomatic A ir C ond ition ingP ower S ource

3 1 2

4 3 2

1

B–L

W

L

R–L

W–R

W–L

R–L

R–L

GR

L–R

L–WL–W

L–R

R–L

GR

BR

LG–R

L–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

R BW

–B

R–L

L–B

R–L

L–O

L–WL–W

GR

VL–B

W–B

W–B

W–R

GR

L–W

L–R

R–L

LG–RW–B

W–BL–BL–B

R–L R–L

R–L

BR

BR

R–L

R–L

L

B–Y

L–Y

W–R

R–L

L–Y

W–R

R–L

GR

BATTERY

L–W

1

2R

–L

IG GAS S. G

GND PRE TAM E2

I22IGNITION SW

J13JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

HTRRELAY

A/C COMPRELAY

To Body

ECU

No. 1<

1–13>

J 2JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BLOW

ER M

OTO

RC

ON

TRO

LLER

BA

B 3

B 4

,

B 2BLOWER MOTOR

A 3

A/C

MA

GN

ETIC

CLU

TCH

AN

D LO

CK S

EN

SO

R

E11EXHAUST GASSENSOR

E 3 E 5,

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

B D E 7, F

A 4A/C

DU

ALPR

ESS

UR

E S

W

A 1

A/C

AMB

IEN

TTE

MP. SE

NS

ORTo Fan N

o. 3R

elay<30–3>

L–W

+B SI GND

M+ M–

Page 477: FOREWORD - PBworks

J

5 6 7 8

29 GS 400 / GS 300 (Cont’ d)

A

B

C

D

E

15 A 3 A 2 A 1 A

11 IJ1

C

C

4 A 2 B 13 B 5 B 10 B 7 B 15 B

4 IH1 5 IH1 9 IH1 11 IH1 10 IH11 IH1

2

1

3 B 14 B 6 B 11 B 8 B 16 B

6 IH1 7 IH1 8 IH1 12 IH1 14 IH1 13 IH1

AMCPaAMHPaTPPaAOFAODTPOAMCDrAMHDrTPDrS5–3SG–5TEBLW

3E5

22 A

3G5

1C6

1G6 1F13

IFLeft kickpanel

II Right side ofthe cowl panel

A

A

A

14 A 19 A

13 IJ1 6 IJ1

1

2

18 A 10 A 21 A 6 A 7 A 4 B 1 B 9 B 17 A 16 A

A utomatic A ir C ond itioning

3 7 6 5 1 1 2 3

76531765317653

L–R

L–W

GR

W–R

R–L

W–R

GR

L–W

L–R R B–Y

B–O

W–L

R–B

R–W

B–W

B–R

W–R

W–G

GR

–R

W–B

G–W

G–B

G–R

GG–Y

G–O

B–O

B–WWB–L

B

R–GR

–L

R–G

B–R

B–Y

W B–W

B–O

B–Y

B–R

W B–W

B–O

B–Y

B–R

G–O

G–Y

GGG–Y

G–O

G–R

G–B

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–Y B–Y

B–R B–R

B–Y

W–R

W–R

R B–Y

B–Y

SG MFRS MREC TPI S5

GND

1

J18JUNCTIONCONNECTOR A15

A/C R

OO

MTE

MP

. SEN

SOR

A24AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A16A/C SOLAR SENSOR To Telephone

Transceiver andS

peaker Relay

<23–4>

See M

ultiplexC

omm

unicationS

ystem<

1–8>

A17A/C

THE

RM

ISTO

R

A25AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(Driver Side)

A26AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(Front Passenger Side)

A27AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

J 6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J17JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A13 A14,

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

A B

SG–1 DGS ACC +B TR SG–3 SG–4 AIF AIR TPI S5–4 S5–2 TSPa TSDr TEL IN MPX–

EBLeftfender

AW–B

M

M M M

5 A

MPX+

Page 478: FOREWORD - PBworks

J OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

30 GS 400 / GS 300

1

120AALT

15AAM2

50AFANMAIN

1 1

9 IA1

IG2

ST2

67 AM2

EE Under the ABS &TRAC & VSCactuator

1

1

2

3

5

4

1

11

1

1

11

30ACDSFAN

30ARDIFAN

1J6

5AIGN

1G7

4 EB1

5 II2

8 IA1

1

2

M

1 EB2

3

2

1

5

3

4

3

3 3 3

1

2

3

5

4

2

3

1

3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3

3 EB2

7 IA1

2 EB2

IG Left side ofthe cowl panel

5 EB12 EB1

EB Left fender

2

3

1

2

1

2

M

4 EB2

33

3

BATTERY

B

W–B

W–R

W–R

B–L

W–B

W–B

B–O

B–O

B–O

WW

W–L

B–O

W–R

W–R

B–O

W–R

G–Y

W–G

W–G

W–B

G–Y

B–W

W–L

W–R

W–L

G–Y

W–G

B–O

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

G–Y

L–W

W–B W–B

W–B W–B

W–R

W–G

R ad ia to r F an and C ondenser FanP ower S ource

ENG

MAIN

RE

LAY

R

B–O

11

22

2

2 2

1

1 1

B–W

J15JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B–O

B–O

B–O

A A

E

EE

A

AA

L–W

B–O

A 2A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR

From A

/C C

OM

PR

elay<29–2>

FAN NO. 3RELAY

FAN NO. 1RELAY

FAN N

O. 2

RELA

Y

I22IGNITION SW

A 4A/C SINGLEPRESSURE SW

W 3WATERTEMP. SW

R 1RADIATORFAN MOTOR

(*1 )

(*2)

(*2 )

J14JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

* 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light* 1 : w/o Daytime Running Light

A

A

J 5JU

NC

TION

CO

NN

ECTO

R

B

W–R

W–B

Page 479: FOREWORD - PBworks

MEMO

Page 480: FOREWORD - PBworks

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Page 481: FOREWORD - PBworks

K

Page 482: FOREWORD - PBworks

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Engine Room No.1 R/B (See Page 22)Fuse System Page

5A ALT–S Charging 72

10A H–LP L UPR Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 114

10A H LP R UPR Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) 114

10A HORN

Horn

Multiplex Communication System

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

332

152

202

10A MPX–B

Automatic Light Control

Combination Meter

Interior Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

Light Auto Turn Off

Luggage Compartment Door Opener

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

Power Window

Remote Control Mirror

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

188

398

176

250

192

256

152

258

362

228

242

202

216

10A TURN–HAZ Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 138

15A AM2

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Starting and Ignition (1UZ–FE)

Starting and Ignition (2JZ–GE)

76

92

64

68

15A ETCS

Cruise Control (1UZ–FE)

Cruise Control (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

294

302

76

92

15A H–LP L LWRHeadlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

118

114

15A H–LP R LWR

Fog Light

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

Multiplex Communication System

124

118

114

152

15A TEL Cellular Mobile Telephone 386

20A RADIO NO.1Radio and Player (Except NAKAMICHI)

Radio and Player (NAKAMICHI)

396

392

25A EFI

Cruise Control (1UZ–FE)

Cruise Control (2JZ–GE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1UZ–FE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

294

302

274

284

76

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 483: FOREWORD - PBworks

K

Fuse System Page

25A EFI

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Engine Immobiliser System (1UZ–FE)

Engine Immobiliser System (2JZ–GE)

92

106

110

30A CDS FAN Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 406

30A DRL NO.1 Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 118

30A DRL NO.2 Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 118

30A H–LP CLN Headlight Cleaner 334

30A RDI FAN Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 406

40A ABS NO.2 VSC 310

40A MAIN

Automatic Light Control

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

Headlight Beam Level Control

Headlight Cleaner

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Starting and Ignition (1UZ–FE)

Starting and Ignition (2JZ–GE)

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

188

118

114

338

334

192

152

64

68

202

50A FAN MAIN Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan 408

50A HEATER Automatic Air Conditioning 412

60A ABS NO.1 VSC 310

120A ALT

Automatic Light Control

Charging

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Illumination

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

Seat Heater

Taillight

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

188

72

76

92

132

192

152

408

378

348

126

202

Engine Room No.3 R/B (See Page 24)Fuse System Page

15A H–LP L UPR Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 118

15A H–LP R UPR Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) 118

Driver Side J/B (See Page 26)Fuse System Page

5A IGNCruise Control (1UZ–FE)

Cruise Control (2JZ–GE)

294

302

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 484: FOREWORD - PBworks

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Fuse System Page

5A IGN

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1UZ–FE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

SRS

VSC

274

284

76

92

408

321

310

5A SRS–B

Combination Meter

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

SRS

Taillight

400

114

321

126

5A STARTER

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1UZ–FE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Starting and Ignition (1UZ–FE)

Starting and Ignition (2JZ–GE)

274

284

76

92

64

68

7.5A OBDEngine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

76

92

7.5A PANEL Illumination 132

10A FUEL OPN Fuel Lid Opener 344

10A GAUGE

Back–Up Light

Charging

Combination Meter

Cruise Control (1UZ–FE)

Cruise Control (2JZ–GE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1UZ–FE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Headlight Beam Level Control

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

LEXUS Navigation System

PPS

Shift Lock

Stop Light

Taillight

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

VSC

Wiper and Washer

142

72

400

294

302

274

284

76

92

118

338

250

382

368

358

146

126

138

310

354

10A HEATER

Automatic Air Conditioning

Multiplex Communication System

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

412

152

378

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 485: FOREWORD - PBworks

K

Fuse System Page

10A TAIL Taillight 126

15A CIG Cigarette Lighter and Power Outlet 328

15A ECU–IG

Auto Antenna

Automatic Glare–Resistant EC Mirror

Automatic Light Control

Cellular Mobile Telephone

Electric Tension Reducer

Headlight Beam Level Control

Interior Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

Light Auto Turn Off

Luggage Compartment Door Opener

Moon Roof

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

Power Window

PPS

Remote Control Mirror

Seat Heater

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

VSC

Wireless Door Lock Control

390

342

188

386

352

338

176

250

192

256

372

152

258

362

228

368

242

348

202

310

216

15A FR FOGFog Light

Multiplex Communication System

124

152

15A RADIO NO.2

Auto Antenna

Automatic Air Conditioning

Clock

Interior Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

LEXUS Navigation System

Light Auto Turn Off

Luggage Compartment Door Opener

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

Power Window

Radio and Player (Except NAKAMICHI)

Radio and Player (NAKAMICHI)

Remote Control Mirror

Shift Lock

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

390

412

330

176

250

382

192

256

152

258

362

228

396

392

242

358

202

216

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 486: FOREWORD - PBworks

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Fuse System Page

15A SRS–ACC SRS 321

15A STOP

Cruise Control (1UZ–FE)

Cruise Control (2JZ–GE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1UZ–FE)

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2JZ–GE)

Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

294

302

274

284

7615A STOP Engine Control (1UZ–FE)

Engine Control (2JZ–GE)

Multiplex Communication System

Stop Light

VSC

76

92

152

146

310

20A D FR DOOR

Automatic Light Control

Interior Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

Power Window

Remote Control Mirror

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

188

176

250

192

152

258

362

228

242

202

216

20A D RR DOOR

Interior Light

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

176

192

152

228

202

216

20A WASHERHeadlight Cleaner

Wiper and Washer

334

354

25A WIPER Wiper and Washer 354

30A D P/SEAT

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/o Driving Position Memory)

152

258

270

Passenger Side J/B (See Page 28)Fuse System Page

5A ECU–B2

Automatic Air Conditioning

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

412

118

152

258

10A DOME

Auto Antenna

Clock

Garage Door Opener

Interior Light

390

330

346

176

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 487: FOREWORD - PBworks

K

Fuse System Page

10A DOME

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window

Radio and Player (Except NAKAMICHI)

Radio and Player (NAKAMICHI)

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

192

152

228

394

392

202

216

10A MIR HTR Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 378

15A TV LEXUS Navigation System 382

20A P FR DOOR

Interior Light

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning

Light Auto Turn Off

Luggage Compartment Door Opener

Multiplex Communication System

Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

Power Window

Remote Control Mirror

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

176

250

192

256

152

258

362

228

242

202

216

20A P RR DOOR

Interior Light

Light Auto Turn Off

Multiplex Communication System

Power Window

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

Wireless Door Lock Control

176

192

152

228

202

216

20A SEAT HTR Seat Heater 348

25A S/ROOF Moon Roof 372

30A DEFOG Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater 378

30A P P/SEATPower Seat (Front Passenger’s Seat)

Power Tilt and Power Telescopic

272

362

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

Page 488: FOREWORD - PBworks

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of orderinga connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts CatalogNews” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).

A1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor 90980–11070

A2 A/C Condenser Fan Motor 90980–10928

A3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor 90980–11016

A4A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual andSingle Pressure SW) 90980–10943

A5 ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator 90980–11151

A6 ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator 90980–10895

A7 ABS & TRAC & VSC Actuator 90980–11413

A8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH90980–11074

A9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH90980–11074

A10 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 90980–11150

A11 Airbag Sensor Front LH90980–11856

A12 Airbag Sensor Front RH90980–11856

A13 A/C Control Assembly 90980–11392

A14 A/C Control Assembly 90980–11391

A15 A/C Room Temp. Sensor 90980–10825

A16 A/C Solar Sensor 90980–11053

A17 A/C Thermistor 90980–10825

A18 A/T Shift Position Illumination 90980–11212

A19 ABS &TRAC &VSC ECU 90980–11935

A20 ABS &TRAC &VSC ECU 90980–11476

A21 ABS &TRAC &VSC ECU 90980–11637

A22 ABS &TRAC &VSC ECU 90980–11638

A23 ABS Deceleration Sensor 90980–11182

A24 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor

A25 Air Mix Control Servo Motor (Driver Side)

A26Air Mix Control Servo Motor (FrontPassenger Side)

90980–11165

A27 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor

A28Airbag Squib (Front Passenger AirbagAssembly) 90980–11884

A29 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) 90980–10850

A30 Automatic Light Control Sensor 90980–11107

A31 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH 90980–11060

A32 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH 90980–11300

A33 Ashtray Illumination Rear LH–

A34 Ashtray Illumination Rear RH–

A35 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor 90980–10799

B1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW 90980–11009

B2 Blower Motor 90980–10385

B3 Blower Motor Controller 90980–11579

B4 Blower Motor Controller 90980–11667

B5 Body ECU No.190980–11877

B6 Body ECU No.290980–11877

B7 Buckle SW LH90980–11399

B8 Buckle SW RH90980–11399

C1 Camshaft Position Sensor 90980–10947

C2 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve

C3 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve LH90980–11162

C4 Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve RH90980–11162

C5Crankshaft Position Sensor (1UZ–FE)

C5Crankshaft Position Sensor (2JZ–GE) 90980–10947

C6 CD Automatic Changer 90980–11923

C7 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11869

C8 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11872

C9 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly 90980–11867

C10 Cigarette Lighter 90980–11606

C11 Clock 90980–10799

C12 Combination Meter 90980–11915

C13 Combination Meter 90980–11914

C14 Combination SW 90980–11595

C15 Combination SW 90980–11614

C16 Combination SW 90980–11616

C17 Combination SW 90980–11594

C18 Cellular Phone (Hand Set) 90980–10998

C19 Cellular Phone (Hand Set) 90980–10798

D1 Data Link Connector 1 90980–11195

D2 Daytime Running Light Relay No.3 90980–10939

D3 Daytime Running Light Relay No.4 90980–10940

D4 Data Link Connector 3 90980–11665

D5 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) 90980–11450

D6 D/A Converter 90980–11556

D7 Diode (Daytime Running Light) 90980–11251

D8Diode (Luggage Compartment Door OpenDetection) 90980–11071

D9 Door Courtesy Light Front LH

D10 Door Courtesy Light Front RH90980–11148

D11 Door Courtesy Light Rear LH90980–11148

D12 Door Courtesy Light Rear RH

D13 Door Courtesy SW Front LH

D14 Door Courtesy SW Front RH90980–11156

D15 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH90980–11156

D16 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH

D17 Door Lock Control SW RH 90980–11013

D18Door Lock Motor , Door Key Lock andUnlock SW and Door Lock Detection SWFront LH

90980–11858

D19Door Lock Motor , Door Key Lock andUnlock SW and Door Lock Detection SWFront RH

90980–11858

D20Door Lock Motor and Door Lock DetectionSW Rear LH 90980–11150

D21Door Lock Motor and Door Lock DetectionSW Rear RH 90980–11150

D22 Driver Door ECU 90980–11595

Page 489: FOREWORD - PBworks

L

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

D23 Driver Door ECU 90980–11648

D24 Driver Door ECU 90980–11594

D25 Driving Position Memory SW 90980–11165

D26Daytime Running Light Resistor or ShortConnector 90980–10928

E1Electronically Controlled TransmissionSolenoid 90980–11151

E2 Engine Control Module 90980–11421

E3 Engine Control Module 90980–11476

E4 Engine Control Module 90980–11586

E5 Engine Control Module 90980–11637

E6 Engine Control Module 90980–11638

E7 Engine Control Module 90980–11423

E8 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor 90980–10736

E9 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 90980–11189

E10 Engine Oil Level Sensor 90980–11235

E11 Exhaust Gas Sensor 90980–10831

E12Electronically Controlled TransmissionPattern Select SW 90980–11165

F1 Front Fog Light LH90980–11096

F2 Front Fog Light RH90980–11096

F3 Front Side Marker Light LH90980–11162

F4 Front Side Marker Light RH90980–11162

F5 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH90980–10942

F6 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RH90980–10942

F7 Front Wiper Motor 90980–11599

F8 Fuel Lid Opener SW 90980–10825

F9 Front Door Speaker LH90980–10935

F10 Front Door Speaker RH90980–10935

F11 Front Passenger Door ECU 90980–11594

F12 Front Passenger Door ECU 90980–11648

F13 Front Passenger Door ECU 90980–11595

F14 Fuel Lid Opener Motor 90980–11150

F15 Fuel Pump and Sender 90980–11077

F16 Fuel Pump Control ECU 90980–10862

F17 Fuel Sender (Sub) 90980–11140

G1 Generator –

G2 Generator 90980–11349

G3 Glove Box Light 90980–11148

G4 Glove Box Light SW 90980–11098

G5 Garage Door Opener 90980–11212

H1 Headlight Beam Level Control ECU 90980–10897

H2 Headlight Beam Level Control ECU 90980–10891

H3 Headlight Beam Level Control Motor 90980–11144

H4 Headlight Cleaner Control Relay 90980–10939

H5 Headlight Cleaner Motor 90980–11410

H6 Headlight Control ECU LH90980–11255

H7 Headlight Control ECU RH90980–11255

H8 Headlight LH (High) 90980–11095

H9 Headlight LH (Low) 90980–11096

H10 Headlight RH (High) 90980–11095

H11 Headlight RH (Low) 90980–11096

H12

Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)(1UZ–FE) 90980–10869

H12Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)(2JZ–GE) 90980–11028

H13 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)90980 11028

H14 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) 90980–10869H14 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) 90980–10869

H15 Height Control Sensor (Front) 90980–11929

H16 Horn LH90980–10619

H17 Horn RH90980–10619

H18 Hazard SW 90980–10801

H19 Headlight Cleaner SW 90980–10797

H20 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)90980–11028

H21 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 2)90980–11028

H22 Height Control Sensor (Rear) 90980–11298

H23 High Mounted Stop Light (Bulb) 90980–10908

H24 High Mounted Stop Light (LED) 90980–11368

I1 Igniter 90980–11653

I2 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1

I3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2

I4 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.3

I5 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.490980–11150

I6 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.590980–11150

I7 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.6

I8 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.7

I9 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.8

I10 Ignition Coil No.1

I11 Ignition Coil No.2 90980–11246

I12 Ignition Coil No.3

I13 Injector No.1

I14 Injector No.2

I15 Injector No.3

I16 Injector No.490980–11153

I17 Injector No.590980–11153

I18 Injector No.6

I19 Injector No.7

I20 Injector No.8

I21 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 90980–10906

I22 Ignition SW 90980–11615

I23 Inner Mirror 90980–11186

Page 490: FOREWORD - PBworks

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of orderinga connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts CatalogNews” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).

I24 Interior Light Rear LH 90980–11187

I25 Interior Light Rear RH 90980–11187

J1 Junction Connector 90980–10803

J2 Junction Connector 90980–11542

J3 Junction Connector90980–11661

J4 Junction Connector90980–11661

J5 Junction Connector 90980–10803

J6 Junction Connector 90980–10976

J7 Junction Connector 90980–11542

J8 Junction Connector 90980–11398

J9 Junction Connector 90980–11915

J10 Junction Connector90980–11542

J11 Junction Connector90980–11542

J12 Junction Connector 90980–10803

J13 Junction Connector90980–11915

J14 Junction Connector90980–11915

J15 Junction Connector 90980–11542

J16 Junction Connector 90980–11539

J17 Junction Connector 90980–10803

J18 Junction Connector90980–11542

J19 Junction Connector90980–11542

J20 Junction Connector 90980–10976

J21 Junction Connector 90980–11398

J22 Junction Connector 90980–10976

J23 Junction Connector90980–10803

J24 Junction Connector90980–10803

K1 Knock Sensor 190980–11166

K2 Knock Sensor 290980–11166

L1 Luggage Compartment Door Opener SW 90980–10860

L2 License Plate Light LH90980–11148

L3 License Plate Light RH90980–11148

L4 Light Failure Sensor 90980–10803

L5Luggage Compartment Door Courtesy SWand Opener Motor 90980–10825

L6Luggage Compartment Door Key UnlockSW 90980–11212

L7 Luggage Compartment Light 90980–11148

L8 Lumbar Support Control SW (Driver’s Seat)

L9Lumbar Support Control SW (FrontPassenger’s Seat)

90980–10601

M1 Mass Air Flow Meter 90980–11317

M2 Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor 90980–10845

M3 Multi–Display 90980–11562

M4 Multi–Display 90980–11475

M5 Moon Roof Control ECU 90980–10997

M6 Moon Roof Control SW 90980–11488

M7 Mirror Retractor SW 90980–11090

N1 Noise Filter (Ignition) 90980–10843

N2 Navigation ECU 90980–11542

N3 Navigation ECU 90980–10799

N4 Noise Filter (High Mounted Stop Light) 90980–11094

N5 Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger) 90980–11259

N6 Noise Filter (Stop Light) 90980–10916

O1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor 90980–11156

O2 Oil Pressure SW 90980–11363

P1 Park/Neutral Position SW 90980–11332

P2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW 90980–10974

P3 PPS Solenoid 90980–11003

P4 Parking Brake SW 90980–10871

P5 Power Outlet 90980–10760

P6 PPS ECU 90980–10797

P7 Personal Light 90980–11187

P8 Power Window Control SW Front RH

P9 Power Window Control SW Rear LH 90980–10797

P10 Power Window Control SW Rear RH

P11 Power Window Master SW 90980–11469

P12 Power Window Motor Front LH90980–11011

P13 Power Window Motor Front RH90980–11011

P14 Pretensioner LH90980–11862

P15 Pretensioner RH90980–11862

P16 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)

P17Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’sSeat)

90980–10997

P18 Power Seat ECU 90980–11527

P19 Power Seat ECU 90980–11502

P20Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat FrontVertical Control)

P21Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat LumbarSupport Control)

P22Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat RearVertical Control)

P23Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat RecliningControl)

P24Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat SlideControl) 90980–10825

P25Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatFront Vertical Control)

P26Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatLumbar Support Control)

P27Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatRear Vertical Control)

P28Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatReclining Control)

Page 491: FOREWORD - PBworks

L

Code Part Name Part Number Code Part Name Part Number

P29Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s SeatSlide Control) 90980–10825

P30Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s SeatFront Vertical Control) 90980–10296

P31Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s SeatRear Vertical Control)

P32Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s SeatReclining Control) 90980–10908

P33Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s SeatSlide Control)

R1 Radiator Fan Motor 90980–10928

R2 Radio and Player 90980–10996

R3 Radio and Player 90980–10997

R4Radio and Player (Except NAKAMICHI) 90980–11165

R4Radio and Player (NAKAMICHI) 90980–10803

R5 Radio and Player 90980–10799

R6 Remote Control Mirror SW 90980–11657

R7 Rheostat 90980–11165

R8 Rear Combination Light LH 90980–11587

R9 Rear Combination Light LH 90980–11399

R10 Rear Combination Light RH 90980–11587

R11 Rear Combination Light RH 90980–11399

R12 Rear Door LH ECU90980–11877

R13 Rear Door RH ECU90980–11877

R14 Rear Door Speaker LH90980–10935

R15 Rear Door Speaker RH90980–10935

R16

Remote Control Mirror LH (w/ DrivingPosition Memory) 90980–11590

R16Remote Control Mirror LH (w/o DrivingPosition Memory) 90980–10798

R17

Remote Control Mirror RH (w/ DrivingPosition Memory) 90980–11590

R17Remote Control Mirror RH (w/o DrivingPosition Memory) 90980–10798

S1 Starter 90980–11400

S2 Starter –

S3 Seat Heater SW 90980–10797

S4 Shift Lock Control ECU 90980–11450

S5 Step Light LH–

S6 Step Light RH–

S7 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10803

S8 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10799

S9 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10997

S10 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–10996

S11 Stop Light SW 90980–11118

S12 Side Airbag Sensor LH90980–11857

S13 Side Airbag Sensor RH90980–11857

S14 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–11556

S15 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–11591

S16 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–11542

S17 Stereo Component Amplifier 90980–11535

S18Seat Belt Warning Occupant DetectionSensor 90980–10860

S19 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Back)

S20 Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat Cushion)

S21 Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat Back) 90980–10825

S22Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s SeatCushion)

S23 Side Airbag Squib LH90980–11864

S24 Side Airbag Squib RH90980–11864

T1 Theft Deterrent Horn 90980–10619

T2 Throttle Control Motor 90980–10942

T3Throttle Position Sensor (1UZ–FE) 90980–11037

T3Throttle Position Sensor (2JZ–GE) 90980–10711

T4 Telephone Microphone 90980–11369

T5 Tilt and Telescopic ECU 90980–10801

T6 Transponder Key Amplifier 90980–10933

T7 Turn Signal Flasher 90980–10799

T8 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay 90980–10802

T9 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay 90980–10803

T10 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH90980–11369

T11 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH90980–11369

U1Unlock Warning SW and Key InterlockSolenoid 90980–10795

V1Vehicle Speed Sensor (ElectronicallyControlled Transmission) 90980–11156

V2VSV (ACIS) (1UZ–FE)

90980 11156

V2VSV (ACIS) (2JZ–GE) 90980–11149

V3 VSV (EVAP) 90980–11156

V4 VVT Sensor LH90980–10947

V5 VVT Sensor RH90980–10947

V6 VSC Off SW 90980–11494

V7 VSC Warning Buzzer 90980–10906

V8 Vanity Light LH90980–11369

V9 Vanity Light RH90980–11369

V10 Vapor Pressure Sensor 90980–11860

V11 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) 90980–11859

W1 Washer Level Warning SW 90980–11068

W2 Washer Motor 90980–10981

W3 Water Temp. SW 90980–11235

W4 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer 90980–11156

W5 Wireless Door Lock Control ECU 90980–11165

W6 Woofer (Speaker) 90980–10825

Y1 Yaw Rate Sensor 90980–11904